]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merge from trunk
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19640 47194))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36
37 \(fn)" t nil)
38
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41
42 \(fn)" t nil)
43
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46
47 \(fn)" t nil)
48
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
52
53 \(fn)" t nil)
54
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64
65 ;;;***
66 \f
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
70
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
73
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
75
76 ;;;***
77 \f
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
81
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
88
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
90
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
93 \\{ada-mode-map}
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
100 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
104 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
105
106 \(fn)" t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
111 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113
114 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
115 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
116 Completion is available.
117
118 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
119
120 ;;;***
121 \f
122 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
123 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
124 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
125 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
126 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
127 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
128
129 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130
131 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
132 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
133 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
134 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135
136 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137
138 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
139 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
140 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143
144 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
145 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
146 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
147 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
148 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
149 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150
151 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152
153 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
154 Prompt for a change log name.
155
156 \(fn)" nil nil)
157
158 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
159 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160
161 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
162 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
163 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
164 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165
166 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
167 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
168 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169
170 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
171 current buffer to the complete file name.
172 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173
174 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175
176 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
177 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
178 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
179 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180
181 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
182 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183
184 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185
186 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
187 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
188 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189
190 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
191 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
192 after a comma on an existing line.
193
194 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
195 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
196 the same person.
197
198 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
199 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
200 notices.
201
202 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
203 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204
205 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206
207 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
208 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
209 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
210 the change log file in another window.
211
212 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213
214 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
215 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
216 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
217 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
218 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
219 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220
221 \\{change-log-mode-map}
222
223 \(fn)" t nil)
224
225 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
226 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227
228 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
229 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230
231 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
232 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233
234 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
235 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236
237 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
238 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239
240 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
241 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
242 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
243 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
244 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245
246 Has a preference of looking backwards.
247
248 \(fn)" nil nil)
249
250 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
251 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
252 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
253 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
254 or a buffer.
255
256 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
257 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258
259 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
260
261 ;;;***
262 \f
263 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
264 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
265 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19598 13691))
266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267
268 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
269 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
270 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
271 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
272 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
273 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
274 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
275 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
276 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
277 interpreted as `error'.")
278
279 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280
281 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
282 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
283 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
284 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
285 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
286 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
287 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
288 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289
290 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291
292 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
293 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294
295 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296
297 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
298 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299
300 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301
302 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
303 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304
305 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
306 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
307 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
308 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
309 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310
311 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
312 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
313 the new one.
314
315 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
316 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
317 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
318 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
319 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320
321 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
322 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
323 the cache-id will clear the cache.
324
325 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
326
327 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
328
329 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
330 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
331 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
332 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
333 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
334 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
335 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
336 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
337 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
338 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
339 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
340 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
341 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
342 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
343 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
344 definition will always be cached for later usage.
345
346 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
347
348 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
349 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
350 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
351
352 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
353 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
354 BODY...)
355
356 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
357 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
358 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
359 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
360 see also `ad-add-advice'.
361 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
362 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
363 before/around/after-advices will be used.
364 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
365 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
366 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
367 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
368 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
369 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
370
371 Semantics of the various flags:
372 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
373 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
374 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
375
376 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
377 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
378
379 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
380 advised function should be compiled.
381
382 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
383 during activation until somebody enables it.
384
385 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
386 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
387 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
388 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
389
390 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
391 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
392 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
393 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
394 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
395 during preloading.
396
397 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
398 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
399 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
400 BODY...)
401
402 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
403
404 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
405
406 ;;;***
407 \f
408 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
409 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
410 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19598 13691))
411 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
412
413 (autoload 'align "align" "\
414 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
415 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
416 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
417 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
418 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
419 rule's `separate' attribute).
420
421 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
422 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
423 `separate' attribute set.
424
425 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
426 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
427 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
428 on the format of these lists.
429
430 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
431
432 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
433 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
434 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
435 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
436 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
437 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
438 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
439 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
440 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
441 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
442 options.
443
444 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
445 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
446
447 Fred (123) 456-7890
448 Alice (123) 456-7890
449 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
450 Joe (123) 456-7890
451
452 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
453 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
454 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
455
456 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
459 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
461 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
462 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
463 align that section.
464
465 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
466
467 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
468 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
469 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
470 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
471 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
472 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
473 been used to align that section.
474
475 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
476
477 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
478 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
479 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
480 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
481 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
482 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
483 to be colored.
484
485 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
486
487 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
488 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
489
490 \(fn)" t nil)
491
492 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
493 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
494
495 \(fn)" t nil)
496
497 ;;;***
498 \f
499 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
500 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
501 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
502
503 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
504
505 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
506
507 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
508
509 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
510
511 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
512
513 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
514
515 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
516
517 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
518
519 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
520
521 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
522
523 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
526
527 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
528
529 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
530
531 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
536 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
537 \\<allout-mode-map>
538
539 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
540 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
541 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
542
543 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
544 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
545 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
546 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
547 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
548 outline.)
549
550 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
551
552 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
553 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
554 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
555 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
556 - easy topic encryption and decryption
557 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
558 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
559 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
560
561 and many other features.
562
563 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
564 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
565 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
566 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
567 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
568
569 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
570 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
571 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
572 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
573 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
574 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
575 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
576 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
577
578 Exposure Control:
579 ----------------
580 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
581 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
582 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
583 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
584 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
585
586 Navigation:
587 ----------
588 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
589 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
590 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
591 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
592 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
593 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
594 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
595 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
596 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
597 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
598
599
600 Topic Header Production:
601 -----------------------
602 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
603 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
604 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
605
606 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
607 ---------------------------------
608 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
609 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
610 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
611 current topic
612 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
613 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
614 are alternated according to nesting depth.
615 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
616 the offspring are not affected.
617 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
618
619 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
620 ----------------------------------
621 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
622 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
623 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
624 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
625 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
626 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
627 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
628 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
629
630 Topic-oriented Encryption:
631 -------------------------
632 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
633 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
634
635 Misc commands:
636 -------------
637 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
638 and establish a default file-var setting
639 for `allout-layout'.
640 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
641 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
642 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
643 buffer with name derived from derived from that
644 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
645 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
646 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
647 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
648 format.
649 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
650 auto-activation.
651
652 Topic Encryption
653
654 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
655 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
656 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
657 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
658
659 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
660 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
661 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
662 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
663
664 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
665 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
666 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
667 pitfalls.
668
669 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
670 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
671 for details.
672
673 HOT-SPOT Operation
674
675 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
676 navigation and exposure control.
677
678 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
679 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
680 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
681 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
682 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
683
684 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
685 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
686 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
687 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
688 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
689
690 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
691 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
692 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
693 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
694 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
695 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
696 at the beginning of the current entry.
697
698 Extending Allout
699
700 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
701 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
702 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
703
704 `allout-mode-hook'
705 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
706 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
707 `allout-structure-added-hook'
708 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
709 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
710
711 Terminology
712
713 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
714
715 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
716 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
717 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
718 CURRENT ITEM:
719 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
720 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
721 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
722 called the:
723 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
724
725 ANCESTORS:
726 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
727 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
728 of the ITEM.
729 OFFSPRING:
730 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
731 SUBTOPIC:
732 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
733 CHILD:
734 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
735 SIBLINGS:
736 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
737
738 Topic text constituents:
739
740 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
741 text.
742 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
743 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
744 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
745 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
746 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
747 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
748 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
749 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
750 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
751 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
752 the PREFIX.
753
754 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
755 of the ITEM.
756 PREFIX-LEAD:
757 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
758 It can be customized by changing the setting of
759 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
760
761 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
762 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
763 program code without interfering with processing of the text
764 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
765 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
766 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
767 docstring for more detail.
768 PREFIX-PADDING:
769 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
770 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
771 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
772 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
773 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
774 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
775 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
776 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
777 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
778 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
779 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
780 more details.
781 EXPOSURE:
782 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
783 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
784 CONCEALED:
785 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
786 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
787
788 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
789 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
790 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
791
792 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
793
794 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
795
796 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
797 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
798
799 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
800 setup for auto-startup.
801
802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
803
804 ;;;***
805 \f
806 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
807 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19619 52030))
808 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
809
810 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
811
812 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
813 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
814 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
815 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
816 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
817 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
818
819 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
820
821 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
822 Not documented
823
824 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
825
826 ;;;***
827 \f
828 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
829 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19562 42953))
830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
831
832 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
833 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
834 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
835 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
836 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
837 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
838 in the current window.
839
840 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
841
842 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
843 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
844 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
845
846 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
847
848 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
849 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
850 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
851
852 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
853
854 ;;;***
855 \f
856 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
857 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19598 13691))
858 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
859
860 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
861 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
862
863 \(fn)" t nil)
864
865 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
866 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
867
868 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
869 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
870 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
871 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
872
873 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
874 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
875
876 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
877
878 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
879
880 ;;;***
881 \f
882 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
883 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19619 52030))
884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
885
886 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
887 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
888 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
889 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
890 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
891 \\[yank].
892
893 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
894 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
895 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
896 the rules.
897
898 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
899 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
900 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
901 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
902
903 \(fn)" t nil)
904
905 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
906 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
907 \\{antlr-mode-map}
908
909 \(fn)" t nil)
910
911 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
912 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
913 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
914
915 \(fn)" nil nil)
916
917 ;;;***
918 \f
919 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
920 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
921 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
922
923 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
924 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
925 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
926 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
927 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
928 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
929
930 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
931
932 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
933 Toggle checking of appointments.
934 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
935 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
936
937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
938
939 ;;;***
940 \f
941 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
942 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
943 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19598 13691))
944 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
945
946 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
947 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
948 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
949 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
950
951 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
952 kind of objects to search.
953
954 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
955
956 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
957 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
958 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
959 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
960 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
961 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
962
963 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
964 normal variables.
965
966 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
967
968 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
969
970 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
971 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
972 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
973 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
974 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
975 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
976
977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
978 noninteractive functions.
979
980 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
981 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
982
983 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
984 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
985
986 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
987
988 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
989 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
990
991 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
992
993 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
994 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
995 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
996 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
997
998 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
999 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1000 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1001 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1002
1003 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1004 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1005
1006 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1007
1008 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1011 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1012 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1013 thus be found in `load-history'.
1014
1015 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1016
1017 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1018 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1019 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1020 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1021 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1022 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1023
1024 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1025 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1026 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1027
1028 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1029
1030 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1031 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1032 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1033 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1034 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1035 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1036
1037 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1038 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1039 bindings.
1040 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1041
1042 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1043
1044 ;;;***
1045 \f
1046 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19562
1047 ;;;;;; 42953))
1048 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1049
1050 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1051 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1052 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1053 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1054 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1055 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1056
1057 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1058 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1059 archive.
1060
1061 \\{archive-mode-map}
1062
1063 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1064
1065 ;;;***
1066 \f
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19640 47194))
1068 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1069
1070 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1071 Major mode for editing arrays.
1072
1073 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1074 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1075 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1076
1077 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1078
1079 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1080 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1081 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1082
1083 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1084 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1085 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1086 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1087 The variables are:
1088
1089 Variables you assign:
1090 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1091 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1092 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1093 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1094 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1095 row numbers in the buffer.
1096
1097 Variables which are calculated:
1098 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1099 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1100
1101 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1102 take a numeric prefix argument):
1103
1104 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1105 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1106 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1107 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1108
1109 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1110 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1111 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1112 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1113
1114 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1115 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1116 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1117 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1118
1119 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1120 between that of point and mark.
1121
1122 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1123 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1124
1125 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1126 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1127 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1128 newlines inside rows)
1129
1130 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1131
1132 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1133
1134 \(fn)" t nil)
1135
1136 ;;;***
1137 \f
1138 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19640
1139 ;;;;;; 47194))
1140 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1141
1142 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1143 Toggle Artist mode.
1144 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1145 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1146 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1147
1148 How to quit Artist mode
1149
1150 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1151
1152
1153 How to submit a bug report
1154
1155 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1156
1157
1158 Drawing with the mouse:
1159
1160 mouse-2
1161 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1162 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1163 below).
1164
1165 mouse-1
1166 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1167 or pastes:
1168
1169 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1170 --------------------------------------------------------------
1171 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1172 to new point
1173 --------------------------------------------------------------
1174 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1189 lines
1190 --------------------------------------------------------------
1191 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Paste Paste Paste
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199
1200 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1201 or diagonally.
1202
1203 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1204 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1205 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1206 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1207 poly-lines.
1208
1209 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1210 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1211 overwrite means the opposite.
1212
1213 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1214 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1215 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1216
1217 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1218
1219 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1220 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1221
1222 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1223 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1224 are currently drawing something.
1225
1226 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1227 some time to fill.
1228
1229
1230 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1231 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1232
1233
1234 Settings
1235
1236 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1237
1238 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1239
1240 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1241
1242 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1243
1244 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1245 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1246
1247 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1248
1249
1250 Drawing with keys
1251
1252 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1253 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1254 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1255 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1256 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1257 When pasting: Pastes
1258
1259 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1260
1261 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1262
1263 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1264 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1265 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1266 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1267 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1268 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1269
1270
1271 Arrows
1272
1273 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1274 of the line/poly-line
1275
1276 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1277 of the line/poly-line
1278
1279
1280 Selecting operation
1281
1282 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1283
1284 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1285 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1286 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1287 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1288 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1289 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1290 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1291 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1292 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1293 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1294 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1295 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1296 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1297 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1298 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1299 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1300 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1301 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1302 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1303 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1304
1305
1306 Variables
1307
1308 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1309 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1310
1311 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1312 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1313 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1314 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1315 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1316 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1317 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1318 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1319 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1320 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1321 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1322 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1323 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1324 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1325 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1326 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1327 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1328 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1329 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1330
1331 Hooks
1332
1333 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1334 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1335
1336
1337 Keymap summary
1338
1339 \\{artist-mode-map}
1340
1341 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1342
1343 ;;;***
1344 \f
1345 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19562
1346 ;;;;;; 42953))
1347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1348
1349 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1350 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1351 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1352
1353 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1354 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1355 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1357
1358 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1359 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1360
1361 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1362 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1363
1364 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1365
1366 Special commands:
1367 \\{asm-mode-map}
1368
1369 \(fn)" t nil)
1370
1371 ;;;***
1372 \f
1373 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1374 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
1375 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1376
1377 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1378 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1379 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1380
1381 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1382
1383 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1384 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1385 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1386 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1387 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1388 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1389 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1390 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1391 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1392 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1393
1394 For example:
1395 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1396 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1398 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1399 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1400
1401 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1402
1403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1404
1405 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1406 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1407 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1408 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1409 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1410 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1411
1412 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1413
1414 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1415 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1416 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1417 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1418 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1419 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1420
1421 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1422
1423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1424
1425 ;;;***
1426 \f
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1428 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1430
1431 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1432 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1433
1434 \(fn)" t nil)
1435
1436 ;;;***
1437 \f
1438 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1439 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19591 62571))
1440 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1441
1442 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1443 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1444 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1445
1446 \(fn)" t nil)
1447
1448 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1449 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1450 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1451 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1452
1453 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1454
1455 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1456 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1457 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1458 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1459 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1460 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1461
1462 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1463
1464 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1465 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1466 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1467 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1468
1469 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1470 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1471
1472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1473
1474 ;;;***
1475 \f
1476 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1477 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1478 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
1479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1480
1481 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1482
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1484
1485 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1486 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1487 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1488 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1489 save the buffer too.
1490
1491 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1492
1493 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1494
1495 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1496 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1497 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1498 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1499 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1500 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1501
1502 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1503 directory or directories specified.
1504
1505 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1506
1507 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1508 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1509 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1510
1511 \(fn)" nil nil)
1512
1513 ;;;***
1514 \f
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1516 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1517 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19562 42953))
1518 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1519
1520 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1521 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1522
1523 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1524 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1525 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1526 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1527 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1528
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1530
1531 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1532 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1533
1534 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1535 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1536
1537 \(fn)" nil nil)
1538
1539 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1540 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1541 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1542
1543 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1544 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1545 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1546 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1547 reflected in the current buffer.
1548
1549 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1550 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1551 writing before you save the file!
1552
1553 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1554
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1556
1557 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1558 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1559
1560 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1561 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1562
1563 \(fn)" nil nil)
1564
1565 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1566 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1567 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1570 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1571
1572 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1573
1574 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1575 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1576 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1577 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1578
1579 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1580 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1581 to revert a particular buffer.
1582
1583 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1584 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1585 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1586 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1587 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1588
1589 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1590 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1591 specifies in the mode line.
1592
1593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1594
1595 ;;;***
1596 \f
1597 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1598 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19562 42953))
1599 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1600
1601 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1602 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1603 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1605 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1606
1607 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1608
1609 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1610 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1611 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1612 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1613
1614 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1615 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1616 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1617
1618 Effects of the different modes:
1619 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1620 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1621 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1622 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1623 a random distance & direction.
1624 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1625 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1626 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1627
1628 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1629
1630 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1631 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1632 definition of \"random distance\".)
1633
1634 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1635
1636 ;;;***
1637 \f
1638 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1639 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
1640 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1641 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1642
1643 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1644 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1645 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1646 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1647
1648 \(fn)" t nil)
1649
1650 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1651 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1652 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1654 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1655 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1656
1657 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1658
1659 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1660 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1661 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1662 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1663 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1664 seconds.
1665
1666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1667
1668 ;;;***
1669 \f
1670 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1671 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19562 42953))
1672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1673
1674 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1675 Time execution of FORMS.
1676 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1677 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1678 FORMS once.
1679 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1680 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1681 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1682
1683 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1684
1685 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1686 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1687 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1688 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1689 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1690
1691 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1692
1693 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1694 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1695 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1696 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1697 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1698
1699 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1700
1701 ;;;***
1702 \f
1703 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1704 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19598 13691))
1705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1706
1707 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1708 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1709 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1710 of corresponding buffers.
1711 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1712 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1713 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1714 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1715 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1716 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1717
1718 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1719
1720 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1721 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1722
1723 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1724
1725 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1726 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1727 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1728 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1729
1730 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1731 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1732 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1733 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1734 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1735
1736 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1737 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1738
1739
1740 Special information:
1741
1742 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1743
1744 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1745 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1746 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1747 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1748 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1749 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1750 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1751 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1752 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1753 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1754 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1755
1756 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1757 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1758 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1759 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1760 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1761 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1762 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1763 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1764
1765 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1766
1767 ----------------------------------------------------------
1768 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1769 if that value is non-nil.
1770
1771 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1772
1773 \(fn)" t nil)
1774
1775 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1776 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1777 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1778 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1779 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1780 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1781 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1782 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1783 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1784 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1785
1786 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1787
1788 ;;;***
1789 \f
1790 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1791 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
1792 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1793
1794 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1795 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1796
1797 \(fn)" t nil)
1798
1799 ;;;***
1800 \f
1801 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1802 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1803 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
1804 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1805
1806 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1807
1808 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1809 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1810 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1811
1812 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1813
1814 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1815 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1816
1817 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1818
1819 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1820 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1821
1822 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1823
1824 ;;;***
1825 \f
1826 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19562
1827 ;;;;;; 42953))
1828 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1829
1830 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1831 Play blackbox.
1832 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1833
1834 What is blackbox?
1835
1836 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1837 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1838 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1839 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1840 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1841 your score.
1842
1843 Overview of play:
1844
1845 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1846 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1847 four.
1848
1849 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1850 movement keys.
1851
1852 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1853 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1854
1855 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1856 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1857
1858 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1859 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1860 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1861 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1862 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1863 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1864
1865 Details:
1866
1867 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1868
1869 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1870 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1871 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1872 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1873
1874 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1875 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1876 denoted by the letter `R'.
1877
1878 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1879 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1880 denoted by the letter `H'.
1881
1882 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1883 example.
1884
1885 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1886 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1887 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1888 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1889 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1890 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1891 ray.
1892
1893 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1894 degree deflection it causes.
1895
1896 1
1897 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1898 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1899 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1900 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1901 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1902 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1903 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1905 2 3
1906
1907 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1908 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1909
1910
1911 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1912 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1913 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1914 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1915 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1917 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1919
1920 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1921 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1922 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1923 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1924 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1925 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1926 emerging from the box.
1927
1928 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1929
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1935 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1938
1939 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1940 a reflection.
1941
1942 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1943
1944 ;;;***
1945 \f
1946 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1947 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1948 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1949 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1950 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19562 42953))
1951 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1952 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1953 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1954 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1955
1956 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1957 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1958 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1959 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1960 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1961 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1962 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1963
1964 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1965 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1966 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1967
1968 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1969 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1970 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1971 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1972 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1973 recent one.
1974
1975 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1976 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1977 yank successive words.
1978
1979 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1980 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1981 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1982 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1983 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1984
1985 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
1986 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1987 the list of bookmarks.)
1988
1989 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
1990
1991 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1992 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1993 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1994 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1995 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1996 this.
1997
1998 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1999 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2000 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2001 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2002
2003 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2004 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2005
2006 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2007 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2008 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2009
2010 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2011
2012 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2013 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2014
2015 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2016
2017 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2018 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2019 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2020
2021 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2022 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2023 after a bookmark was set in it.
2024
2025 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2026
2027 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2028 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2029 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2030
2031 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2032 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2033
2034 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2035
2036 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2037
2038 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2039 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2040 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2041 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2042
2043 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2044
2045 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2046 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2047 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2048
2049 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2050 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2051 name.
2052
2053 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2054
2055 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2056 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2057 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2058
2059 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2060 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2061 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2062 this.
2063
2064 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2065
2066 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2067 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2068 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2069
2070 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2071 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2072 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2073 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2074 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2075 probably because we were called from there.
2076
2077 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2078
2079 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2080 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2081 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2082
2083 \(fn)" t nil)
2084
2085 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2086 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2087 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2088 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2089 \(second argument).
2090
2091 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2092 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2093 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2094 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2095 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2096
2097 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2098 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2099 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2100 `bookmark-default-file'.
2101
2102 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2103
2104 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2105 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2106 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2107 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2108 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2109 while loading.
2110
2111 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2112 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2113 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2114 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2115 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2116 explicitly.
2117
2118 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2119 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2120 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2121 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2122
2123 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2124
2125 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2126 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2127 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2128 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2129 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2130
2131 \(fn)" t nil)
2132
2133 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2134
2135 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2136
2137 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2138 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2139
2140 \(fn)" t nil)
2141
2142 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2143
2144 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2145
2146 ;;;***
2147 \f
2148 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2151 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-xdg-open
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2156 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2157 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
2158 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2159
2160 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2161 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2162 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2163 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2164
2165 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2166 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2167 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2168 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2169 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2170
2171 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2172
2173 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2174 Not documented
2175
2176 \(fn)" nil nil)
2177
2178 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2179 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2180 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2181 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2182 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2183 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2184
2185 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2186
2187 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2188 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2189 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2190 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2191 narrowed.
2192
2193 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2194
2195 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2196 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2197
2198 \(fn)" t nil)
2199
2200 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2201 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2202
2203 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2204
2205 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2206 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2207 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2208 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2209
2210 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2211
2212 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2213 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2214 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2215 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2216
2217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2218
2219 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2220 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2221 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2222 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2223 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2224 to use.
2225
2226 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2227
2228 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2229 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2230 Default to the URL around or before point.
2231
2232 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2233 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2234 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2235 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2236
2237 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2238 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2239
2240 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2241 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2242
2243 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2244
2245 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2246 Not documented
2247
2248 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2249
2250 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2251 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2252 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2253 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2254
2255 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2256 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2257 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2258 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2259
2260 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2261 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2262 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2263
2264 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2265 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2266
2267 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2268
2269 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2270 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2271 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2272 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2273
2274 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2275 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2276 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2277 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2278
2279 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2280 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2281 new tab in an existing window instead.
2282
2283 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2284 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2285
2286 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2287
2288 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2289 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2290 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2291 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2292 Firefox.
2293
2294 When called interactively, if variable
2295 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2296 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2297 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2298 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2299
2300 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2301 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2302 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2303
2304 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2305 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2306
2307 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2308 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2309 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2310 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2311 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2312 URL in a new window.
2313
2314 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2315
2316 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2317 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2318 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2319 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2320
2321 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2322 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2323 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2324 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2325
2326 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2327 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2328 new tab in an existing window instead.
2329
2330 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2331 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2332
2333 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2334
2335 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2336 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2337
2338 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2339
2340 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2341 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2342 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2343 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2344
2345 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2346 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2347 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2348 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2349
2350 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2351 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352
2353 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2354
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2357
2358 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2359 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2360 program is invoked according to the variable
2361 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2362
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2365 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2366 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2367
2368 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2369 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point.
2376
2377 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2378 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2379 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2380
2381 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2382 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2383 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2384 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2385
2386 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2387 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2388
2389 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2390
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2393 Default to the URL around or before point.
2394
2395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2396 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2397 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2398
2399 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2400 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2401
2402 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2403
2404 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2405 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2406 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2407 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2408
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410
2411 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2413 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2414 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2415 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2416 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2417
2418 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2419
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2422 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2423 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2424 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2425
2426 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2427 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2428 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2429 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430
2431 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2432 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433
2434 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2435
2436 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2437 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2438 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2439 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2440 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2441 current one.
2442
2443 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2444 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2445 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2446 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447
2448 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2449 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2452
2453 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2454 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2455 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2456 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2457 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2458 don't offer a form of remote control.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point.
2465
2466 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2467
2468 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2469 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2470 Default to the URL around the point.
2471
2472 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2473 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2474
2475 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2476 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2477
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479
2480 ;;;***
2481 \f
2482 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19562
2483 ;;;;;; 42953))
2484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2485
2486 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2487 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2488
2489 \(fn)" t nil)
2490
2491 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2492 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2493
2494 \(fn)" nil nil)
2495
2496 ;;;***
2497 \f
2498 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2499 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19562 42953))
2500 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2501
2502 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2503 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2504 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2505 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2506
2507 \(fn)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2510 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2511 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2512 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2513
2514 \(fn)" t nil)
2515
2516 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2517 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2518
2519 \(fn)" t nil)
2520
2521 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2522 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2523 \\<bs-mode-map>
2524 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2525 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2526 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2527 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2528
2529 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2530 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2531 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2532 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2533 name of buffer configuration.
2534
2535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2536
2537 ;;;***
2538 \f
2539 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19619 52030))
2540 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2541
2542 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2543 Play Bubbles game.
2544 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2545 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2546 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2547 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2548 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2549 columns on its right towards the left.
2550
2551 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2552 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2553 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2554 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2555
2556 \(fn)" t nil)
2557
2558 ;;;***
2559 \f
2560 ;;;### (autoloads (list-buffers) "buff-menu" "buff-menu.el" (19598
2561 ;;;;;; 13691))
2562 ;;; Generated autoloads from buff-menu.el
2563
2564 (define-key ctl-x-map "\ 2" 'list-buffers)
2565
2566 (autoload 'list-buffers "buff-menu" "\
2567 Display a list of names of existing buffers.
2568 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Buffer List*'.
2569 Note that buffers with names starting with spaces are omitted.
2570 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
2571
2572 For more information, see the function `buffer-menu'.
2573
2574 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
2575
2576 ;;;***
2577 \f
2578 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2579 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19562 42953))
2580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2581
2582 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2583
2584 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2585 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2586
2587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2588
2589 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2590 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2591
2592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2593
2594 ;;;***
2595 \f
2596 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2597 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2598 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2599 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2600 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2601 ;;;;;; (19640 50171))
2602 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2603 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2604 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2605 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2606 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2607
2608 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2609 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2610
2611 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2612
2613 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2614 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2615 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2616 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2617 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2618 else the global value will be modified.
2619
2620 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2621
2622 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2623 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2624 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2625 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2626 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2627 else the global value will be modified.
2628
2629 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2630
2631 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2632 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2633 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2634
2635 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2636
2637 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2638 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2639 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2640 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2641
2642 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2643 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2644 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2645 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2646 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2647 before scanning it.
2648
2649 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2650 that already has a `.elc' file.
2651
2652 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2653 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2654
2655 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2656 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2657 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2658 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2659 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2660 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2661
2662 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2663
2664 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2665 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2666 Print the result in the echo area.
2667 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2668
2669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2670
2671 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2672 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2673 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2674
2675 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2676
2677 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2678 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2679 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2680 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2681 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2682 all functions called by those functions.
2683
2684 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2685 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2686 cons, etc.).
2687
2688 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2689 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2690 invoked interactively.
2691
2692 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2693
2694 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2695 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2696 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2697 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2698
2699 \(fn)" nil nil)
2700
2701 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2702 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2703 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2704 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2705 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2706 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2707 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2708 already up-to-date.
2709
2710 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2711
2712 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2713 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2714 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2715 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2716
2717 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2718 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2719 and corresponding effects.
2720
2721 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2722
2723 ;;;***
2724 \f
2725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19598
2726 ;;;;;; 13691))
2727 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2728
2729 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2730
2731 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2732
2733 ;;;***
2734 \f
2735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19598 13691))
2736 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2737
2738 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2739
2740 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2741
2742 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2743
2744 ;;;***
2745 \f
2746 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2747 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
2748 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2749
2750 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2751 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2752 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2753 from the cursor position.
2754
2755 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2756
2757 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2758
2759 ;;;***
2760 \f
2761 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2762 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2763 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19591
2764 ;;;;;; 62571))
2765 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2766 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2767
2768 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2769 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2770
2771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2772
2773 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2774 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2775
2776 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2777
2778 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2779 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2780
2781 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2782
2783 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2784 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2785
2786 \(fn)" t nil)
2787
2788 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2789 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2790 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2791 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2792
2793 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2794
2795 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2796 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2797 This is most useful in the X window system.
2798 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2799 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2800
2801 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2802
2803 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2804 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2805 See calc-keypad for details.
2806
2807 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2808
2809 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2810 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2811
2812 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2813
2814 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2815 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2816
2817 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2818
2819 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2820 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2821
2822 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2823
2824 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2825 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2826 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2827
2828 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2829
2830 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2831 Define Calc function.
2832
2833 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2834 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2835 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2836
2837 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2838 actual Lisp function name.
2839
2840 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2841
2842 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2843
2844 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2845
2846 ;;;***
2847 \f
2848 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19619
2849 ;;;;;; 52030))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2851
2852 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2853 Run the Emacs calculator.
2854 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2855
2856 \(fn)" t nil)
2857
2858 ;;;***
2859 \f
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19562
2861 ;;;;;; 42953))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2863
2864 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2865 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2866 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2867 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2868 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2869 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2870
2871 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2872 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2873 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2874 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2875 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2876 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2877 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2878 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2879 window.
2880
2881 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2882 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2883
2884 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2885 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2886 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2887 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2888 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2889 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2890
2891 Runs the following hooks:
2892
2893 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2894 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2895 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2896 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2897
2898 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2899
2900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2901
2902 ;;;***
2903 \f
2904 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2905 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19598 13691))
2906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2907
2908 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2909 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2910
2911 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2912
2913 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2914 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2915 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2916 it fails.
2917
2918 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2919
2920 ;;;***
2921 \f
2922 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2923 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2925
2926 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2927 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2928
2929 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2930 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2931 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2932 restriction to ASCII.
2933
2934 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2935
2936 capitalizedWorDD
2937 ^ ^ ^^
2938
2939 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2940 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2941 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2942
2943 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2944 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2945 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2946 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2947 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2948 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2949 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2950
2951 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2952 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2953
2954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2955
2956 ;;;***
2957 \f
2958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19598
2959 ;;;;;; 13691))
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2961 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2962
2963 ;;;***
2964 \f
2965 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2966 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2968
2969 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2970 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2971
2972 \(fn)" nil nil)
2973
2974 ;;;***
2975 \f
2976 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2977 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2978 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
2979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2980
2981 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2982 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2983 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2984 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2985 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2986 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2987 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2988
2989 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2990
2991 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2992 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2993 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2995 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2997 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2999 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3001
3002 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3003 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3004 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3005 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3006 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3007 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3008
3009 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3010
3011 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3012 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3013
3014 Key bindings:
3015 \\{c-mode-map}
3016
3017 \(fn)" t nil)
3018
3019 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3020 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3021
3022 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3023 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3024 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3025 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3026 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3027 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3028 message.
3029
3030 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3031
3032 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3033 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3034
3035 Key bindings:
3036 \\{c++-mode-map}
3037
3038 \(fn)" t nil)
3039
3040 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3043
3044 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3045 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3046 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3047 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3048 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3049 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3050 message.
3051
3052 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3053
3054 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3055 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3056
3057 Key bindings:
3058 \\{objc-mode-map}
3059
3060 \(fn)" t nil)
3061
3062 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3063 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3065
3066 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3067 Major mode for editing Java code.
3068 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3069 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3070 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3071 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3072 message.
3073
3074 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3075
3076 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3077 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3078
3079 Key bindings:
3080 \\{java-mode-map}
3081
3082 \(fn)" t nil)
3083
3084 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3085 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3086 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3087
3088 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3089 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3090 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3091 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3092 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3093 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3094 message.
3095
3096 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3097
3098 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3099 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3100
3101 Key bindings:
3102 \\{idl-mode-map}
3103
3104 \(fn)" t nil)
3105
3106 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3107 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3108 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3109 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3110
3111 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3112 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3113 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3114 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3115 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3116 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3117 message.
3118
3119 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3120
3121 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3122 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3123
3124 Key bindings:
3125 \\{pike-mode-map}
3126
3127 \(fn)" t nil)
3128 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3129 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3130 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3131 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3132 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3133 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3134
3135 ;;;***
3136 \f
3137 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3138 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19640 47194))
3139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3140
3141 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3142 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3143 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3144 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3145
3146 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3147
3148 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3149 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3150 might get set too.
3151
3152 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3153 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3154 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3155 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3156 way.
3157
3158 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3159 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3160 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3161 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3162 a null operation.
3163
3164 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3165
3166 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3167 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3168 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3169 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3170
3171 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3172
3173 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3174 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3175 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3176
3177 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3178
3179 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3180 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3181 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3182 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3183 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3184
3185 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3186
3187 ;;;***
3188 \f
3189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19598 13691))
3190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3191 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3192 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3193 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3194
3195 ;;;***
3196 \f
3197 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3198 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3199 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3201
3202 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3203 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3204
3205 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3206
3207 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3208 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3209
3210 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3211
3212 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3213 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3214
3215 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3216 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3217 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3218 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3219 execution.
3220
3221 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3222
3223 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3224
3225 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3226 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3227
3228 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3229 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3230 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3231 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3232
3233 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3234 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3235 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3236 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3237 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3238 `write' commands.
3239
3240 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3241 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3242 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3243 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3244
3245 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3246 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3247 semantics.
3248
3249 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3250
3251 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3252
3253 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3254
3255 STATEMENT :=
3256 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3257 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3258
3259 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3260 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3261 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3262 | integer
3263
3264 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3265
3266 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3267 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3268 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3269
3270 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3271 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3272 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3273
3274 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3275 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3276
3277 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3278 BREAK := (break)
3279
3280 REPEAT :=
3281 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3282 (repeat)
3283 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3284 ;; (repeat))
3285 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3286 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3287 ;; (read REG)
3288 ;; (repeat))
3289 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3290 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3291 ;; (read REG)
3292 ;; (repeat))
3293 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3294
3295 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3296 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3297 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3298 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3299 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3300 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3301 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3302 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3303 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3304 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3305 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3306 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3307 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3308 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3309 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3310 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3311
3312 WRITE :=
3313 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3314 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3315 ;; representation.
3316 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3317 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3318 ;; (write r7))
3319 | (write EXPRESSION)
3320 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3321 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3322 ;; representation.
3323 | (write integer)
3324 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3325 ;; buffer.
3326 | (write string)
3327 ;; Same as: (write string)
3328 | string
3329 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3330 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3331 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3332 ;; representation.
3333 | (write REG ARRAY)
3334 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3335 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3336 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3337 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3338 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3339 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3340
3341 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3342 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3343
3344 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3345 END := (end)
3346
3347 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3348 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3349 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3350
3351 ARG := REG | integer
3352
3353 OPERATOR :=
3354 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3355 + | - | * | / | %
3356
3357 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3358 | & | `|' | ^
3359
3360 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3361 | << | >>
3362
3363 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3364 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3365 | <8
3366
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3369 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3370 | >8
3371
3372 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3373 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3374 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3375 | //
3376
3377 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3378 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3379
3380 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3381 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3382 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3383 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3384 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3385 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3386 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3387 | de-sjis
3388
3389 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3390 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3391 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3392 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3393 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3394 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3395 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3396 ;; byte of SJIS.
3397 | en-sjis
3398
3399 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3400 ;; Same meaning as C code
3401 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3402
3403 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3404 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3405 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3406 | <8=
3407
3408 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3409 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3410 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3411
3412 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3413 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3414 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3415 | //=
3416
3417 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3418
3419
3420 TRANSLATE :=
3421 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3422 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3423 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3424 LOOKUP :=
3425 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3426 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3427 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3428 MAP :=
3429 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3430 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3431 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3432 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3433 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3434 MAP-ID := integer
3435
3436 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3437
3438 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3439
3440 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3441 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3442 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3443 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3444 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3445 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3446
3447 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3448
3449 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3450 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3451 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3452
3453 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3454
3455 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3456
3457 ;;;***
3458 \f
3459 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3460 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
3461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3462
3463 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3464 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3465 There are no special keybindings by default.
3466
3467 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3468 to the action header.
3469
3470 \(fn)" t nil)
3471
3472 ;;;***
3473 \f
3474 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3475 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19562 42953))
3476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3477
3478 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3479 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3480 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3481
3482 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3483
3484 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3485 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3486 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3487
3488 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3489
3490 ;;;***
3491 \f
3492 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3493 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3494 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3495 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3496 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3497 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3498 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3499 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3500 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19640 47194))
3501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3502 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3503 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3504 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3505 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3506 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3507
3508 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3509 Not documented
3510
3511 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3512
3513 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3514 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3515 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3516 the users will view as each check is completed.
3517
3518 \(fn)" t nil)
3519
3520 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3521 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3522 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3523 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3524 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3525 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3526 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3527 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3528
3529 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3530
3531 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3532 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3533 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3534 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3535 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3536 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3537 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3538 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3539
3540 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3541
3542 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3543 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3544 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3545 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3546 spacing are all verified.
3547
3548 \(fn)" t nil)
3549
3550 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3551 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3552 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3553 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3554 otherwise stop after the first error.
3555
3556 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3557
3558 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3559 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3560 Only documentation strings are checked.
3561 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3562 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3563 a separate buffer.
3564
3565 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3566
3567 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3568 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3569 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3570 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3571 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3572
3573 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3574
3575 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3576 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3577 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3578 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3579 if there is one.
3580
3581 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3582
3583 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3584 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3585 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3586 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3587 if there is one.
3588 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3589
3590 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3591
3592 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3593 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3594 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3595
3596 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3597
3598 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3599 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3600 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3601 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3602 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3603
3604 \(fn)" t nil)
3605
3606 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3607 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3608 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3609 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3610 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3611 space at the end of each line.
3612
3613 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3614
3615 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3616 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3617 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3618 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3619
3620 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3621
3622 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3623 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3624 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3625 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3626
3627 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3628
3629 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3630 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3631 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3632 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3633
3634 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3635
3636 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3637 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3638 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3639 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3640
3641 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3642
3643 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3644 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3645 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3646 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3647
3648 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3649
3650 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3651 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3652 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3653 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3654
3655 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3656
3657 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3658 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3659 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3660 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3661
3662 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3663
3664 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3665 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3666 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3667 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3668
3669 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3670
3671 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3672 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3673 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3674 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3675
3676 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3677
3678 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3679 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3680 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3681 turn it off.
3682
3683 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3684 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3685 checking of documentation strings.
3686
3687 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3688
3689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3690
3691 ;;;***
3692 \f
3693 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3694 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3695 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19562 42953))
3696 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3697
3698 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3699 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3700 Return the length of resulting text.
3701
3702 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3703
3704 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3705 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3706
3707 \(fn)" t nil)
3708
3709 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3710 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3711 Return the length of resulting text.
3712
3713 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3714
3715 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3716 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3717
3718 \(fn)" t nil)
3719
3720 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3721 Not documented
3722
3723 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3724
3725 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3726 Not documented
3727
3728 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3729
3730 ;;;***
3731 \f
3732 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3733 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19562 42953))
3734 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3735
3736 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3737 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3738 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3739 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3740 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3741 editing and the result is evaluated.
3742
3743 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3744
3745 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3746 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3747 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3748 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3749 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3750
3751 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3752
3753 \(fn)" t nil)
3754
3755 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3756 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3757 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3758 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3759 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3760
3761 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3762 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3763 \\{command-history-map}
3764
3765 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3766 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3767
3768 \(fn)" t nil)
3769
3770 ;;;***
3771 \f
3772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19640 47194))
3773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3774
3775 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3776 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3777 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3778 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3779 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3780 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3781
3782 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3783 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3784
3785 ;;;***
3786 \f
3787 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3788 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
3789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3790
3791 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3792 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3793 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3794 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3795 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3796 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3797 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3798 of this function.
3799
3800 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3801 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3802 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3803 property are:
3804
3805 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3806 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3807
3808 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3809 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3810 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3811 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3812 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3813 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3814 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3815 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3816 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3817 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3818 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3819 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3820
3821 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3822 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3823 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3824
3825 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3826 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3827 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3828 list elements are:
3829
3830 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3831
3832 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3833
3834 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3835
3836 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3837 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3838
3839 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3840 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3841
3842 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3843 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3844 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3845 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3846 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3847 value specified by their associated list element.
3848
3849 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3850
3851 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3852 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3853 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3854
3855 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3856 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3857 * indent the first argument by 4.
3858 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3859 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3860 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3861
3862 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3863
3864 ;;;***
3865 \f
3866 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3867 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
3868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3869
3870 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3871 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3872 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3873 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3874
3875 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3876 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3877 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3878 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3879
3880 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3881 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3882
3883 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3884
3885 ;;;***
3886 \f
3887 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19562
3888 ;;;;;; 42953))
3889 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3890
3891 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3892 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3893 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3894 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3895 of `scheme-program-name').
3896 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3897 it is given as initial input.
3898 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3899 discards input when it starts up.
3900 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3901 is run).
3902 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3903
3904 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3905 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3906
3907 ;;;***
3908 \f
3909 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3910 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3911 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3912 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
3913 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3914
3915 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3916 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3917 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3918 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3919 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3920 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3921 functions have already modified the buffer.
3922
3923 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3924
3925 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3926 either globally or locally.")
3927
3928 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3929 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3930 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3931 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3932 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3933 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3934 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3935 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3936 process as its initial input.
3937
3938 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3939
3940 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3941
3942 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3943
3944 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3945 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3946 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3947 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3948 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3949 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3950 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3951 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3952 process as its initial input.
3953
3954 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3955
3956 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3957
3958 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3959
3960 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3961 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3962 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3963 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3964 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3965 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3966
3967 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3968
3969 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3970 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3971 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3972 directory tracking functions.")
3973
3974 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3975 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3976 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3977
3978 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3979
3980 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3981
3982 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3983 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3984 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3985
3986 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3987
3988 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3989
3990 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3991 Send COMMAND to current process.
3992 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3993 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3994
3995 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3996
3997 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3998 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3999 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4000 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4001
4002 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4003
4004 ;;;***
4005 \f
4006 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4007 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4009
4010 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4011 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4012 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4013 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4014
4015 This command pushes the mark in each window
4016 at the prior location of point in that window.
4017 If both windows display the same buffer,
4018 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4019 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4020
4021 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4022 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4023 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4024 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4025 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4026 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4027 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4028 ignored.
4029
4030 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4031 this command work in interlaced mode:
4032 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4033 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4034 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4035
4036 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4037
4038 ;;;***
4039 \f
4040 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4041 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4042 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4043 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4044 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19619
4045 ;;;;;; 52030))
4046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4047
4048 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4049 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4050
4051 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4052
4053 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4054 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4055 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4056 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4057 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4058 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4059 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4060
4061 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4062
4063 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4064 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4065
4066 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4067
4068 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4069 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4070 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4071 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4072 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4073 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4074 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4075
4076 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4077 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4078 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4079 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4080 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4081
4082 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4083 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4084 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4085 describing how the process finished.")
4086
4087 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4088 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4089 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4090 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4091 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4092
4093 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4094 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4095 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4096
4097 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4098
4099 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4100 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4101 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4102 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4103
4104 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4105
4106 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4107 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4108
4109 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4110 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4111
4112 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4113 (lambda ()
4114 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4115 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4116 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4117 (concat \"make -k \"
4118 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4119
4120 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4121 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4122
4123 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4124 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4125 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4126 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4127
4128 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4129
4130 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4131 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4132 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4133 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4134
4135 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4136 and move to the source code that caused it.
4137
4138 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4139 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4140
4141 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4142 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4143 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4144 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4145
4146 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4147 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4148 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4149 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4150
4151 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4152 kills its subprocesses.
4153
4154 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4155 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4156 to a function that generates a unique name.
4157
4158 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4159
4160 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4161 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4162 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4163 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4164
4165 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4166 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4167
4168 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4169 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4170 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4171 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4172
4173 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4174 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4175 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4176
4177 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4178
4179 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4180
4181 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4182 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4183 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4184 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4185 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4186
4187 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4188
4189 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4190
4191 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4192
4193 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4194 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4195 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4196 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4197 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4198 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4199 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4200
4201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4202
4203 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4204 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4205 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4206 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4207 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4208 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4209
4210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4211
4212 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4213 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4214 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4215
4216 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4217
4218 ;;;***
4219 \f
4220 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4221 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4222 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4223
4224 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4225 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4226 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4227 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4228 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4229 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4230
4231 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4232
4233 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4234 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4235
4236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4237
4238 ;;;***
4239 \f
4240 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4241 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (19640
4242 ;;;;;; 47194))
4243 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4244
4245 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4246 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4247 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4248 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4249
4250 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4251
4252 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4253 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4254 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4255 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4256 Composition on.
4257
4258 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4259 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4260
4261 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4262 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4263
4264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4265
4266 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4267 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4268 With prefix arg, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if arg
4269 is positive.
4270 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4271
4272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4273
4274 ;;;***
4275 \f
4276 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4277 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4278 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4279 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4280 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4281
4282 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4283 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4284 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4285 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4286 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4287 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4288 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4289
4290 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4291 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4292 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4293
4294 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4295 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4296 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4297
4298 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4299 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4300 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4301 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4302
4303 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4304 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4305 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4306 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4307 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4308 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4309 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4310
4311 \\{conf-mode-map}
4312
4313 \(fn)" t nil)
4314
4315 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4316 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4317 Comments start with `#'.
4318 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4319
4320 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4321
4322 \[Desktop Entry]
4323 Encoding=UTF-8
4324 Name=The GIMP
4325 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4326 Name[cs]=GIMP
4327
4328 \(fn)" t nil)
4329
4330 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4331 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4332 Comments start with `;'.
4333 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4334
4335 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4336
4337 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4338 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4339 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4340
4341 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4342 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4343
4344 \(fn)" t nil)
4345
4346 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4347 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4348 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4349 between `/*' and `*/'.
4350 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4351
4352 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4353 // another kind of comment
4354 /* yet another */
4355
4356 name:value
4357 name=value
4358 name value
4359 x.1 =
4360 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4361 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4362
4363 \(fn)" t nil)
4364
4365 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4366 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4367 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4368 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4369 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4370 `conf-space-keywords'.
4371 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4372 in an interactive fashion instead.
4373
4374 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4375
4376 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4377
4378 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4379 image/png png
4380 image/tiff tiff tif
4381
4382 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4383 class desktop
4384 # Standard multimedia devices
4385 add /dev/audio desktop
4386 add /dev/mixer desktop
4387
4388 \(fn)" t nil)
4389
4390 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4391 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4392 See `conf-space-mode'.
4393
4394 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4395
4396 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4397 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4398 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4399 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4400
4401 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4402
4403 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4404 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4405
4406 \(fn)" t nil)
4407
4408 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4409 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4410 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4411 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4412
4413 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4414
4415 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4416 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4417
4418 \(fn)" t nil)
4419
4420 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4421 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4422 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4423 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4424
4425 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4426
4427 *background: gray99
4428 *foreground: black
4429
4430 \(fn)" t nil)
4431
4432 ;;;***
4433 \f
4434 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4435 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19598 13691))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4437
4438 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4439 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4440 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4441 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4442
4443 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4444
4445 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4446 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4447 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4448 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4449
4450 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4451
4452 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4453 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4454 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4455 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4456
4457 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4458
4459 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4460 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4461
4462 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4463
4464 ;;;***
4465 \f
4466 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4467 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19598
4468 ;;;;;; 13691))
4469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4470
4471 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4472 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4473 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4474 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4475 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4476 following the copyright are updated as well.
4477 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4478 interactively.
4479
4480 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4481
4482 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4483 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4484 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4485
4486 \(fn)" t nil)
4487
4488 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4489 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4490
4491 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4492
4493 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4494 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4495
4496 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4497
4498 ;;;***
4499 \f
4500 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4501 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19640 47194))
4502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4503 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4504 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4505 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4506 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4507 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4508 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4509 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4510
4511 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4512 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4513 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4514 Tab indents for Perl code.
4515 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4516 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4517
4518 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4519 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4520 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4521 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4522 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4523 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4524 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4525 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4526 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4527 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4528 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4529 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4530
4531 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4532
4533 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4534 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4535
4536 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4537
4538 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4539 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4540 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4541 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4542 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4543 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4544 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4545 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4546 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4547
4548 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4549
4550 bite if angry;
4551
4552 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4553 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4554 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4555 to nil.)
4556
4557 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4558 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4559 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4560
4561 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4562
4563 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4564 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4565 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4566 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4567 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4568
4569 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4570
4571 if (A) { B }
4572
4573 into
4574
4575 B if A;
4576
4577 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4578
4579 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4580 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4581 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4582 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4583 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4584 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4585 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4586 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4587 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4588 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4589 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4590 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4591 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4592
4593 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4594 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4595 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4596 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4597 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4598 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4599
4600 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4601 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4602 man via menu.
4603
4604 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4605 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4606 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4607 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4608 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4609
4610 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4611 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4612 span the needed amount of lines.
4613
4614 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4615 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4616 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4617 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4618
4619 Variables controlling indentation style:
4620 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4621 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4622 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4623 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4624 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4625 `cperl-auto-newline'
4626 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4627 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4628 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4629 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4630 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4631 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4632 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4633 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4634 `cperl-indent-level'
4635 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4636 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4637 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4638 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4639 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4640 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4641 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4642 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4643 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4644 `cperl-brace-offset'
4645 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4646 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4647 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4648 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4649 `cperl-label-offset'
4650 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4651 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4652 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4653
4654 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4655 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4656 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4657 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4658 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4659 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4660
4661 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4662 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4663 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4664 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4665
4666 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4667 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4668 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4669 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4670 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4671 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4672 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4673
4674 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4675 column 0 is indented on
4676 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4677
4678 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4679 with no args.
4680
4681 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4682 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4683 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4684
4685 \(fn)" t nil)
4686
4687 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4688 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4689
4690 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4691
4692 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4693 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4694
4695 \(fn)" t nil)
4696
4697 ;;;***
4698 \f
4699 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4700 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4702
4703 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4704 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4705 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4706 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4707 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4708
4709 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4710
4711 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4712 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4713
4714 \(fn)" t nil)
4715
4716 ;;;***
4717 \f
4718 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4719 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
4720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4721
4722 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4723 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4724 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4725 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4726
4727 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4728 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4729
4730 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4731
4732 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4733 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4734 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4735
4736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4737
4738 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4739
4740 ;;;***
4741 \f
4742 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4743 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
4744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4745
4746 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4747 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4748 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4749 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4750
4751 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4752 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4753 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4754 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4755
4756 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4757 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4758 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4759
4760 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4761 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4762 'bob', and 'eve'.
4763
4764 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4765 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4766 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4767
4768 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4769
4770 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4771 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4772 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4773
4774 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4775
4776 ;;;***
4777 \f
4778 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19619
4779 ;;;;;; 52030))
4780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4781
4782 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4783 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4784
4785 \(fn)" t nil)
4786
4787 ;;;***
4788 \f
4789 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4790 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
4791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4792
4793 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4794 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4795 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4798 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4799
4800 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4801
4802 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4803 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4804 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4805 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4806 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4807
4808 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4809 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4810 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4811 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4812 function of these prefix keys.
4813
4814 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4815 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4816 options:
4817 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4818 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4819 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4820
4821 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4822 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4823 the prefix fallback behavior.
4824
4825 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4826 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4827 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4828 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4829
4830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4831
4832 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4833 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4834
4835 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4836
4837 ;;;***
4838 \f
4839 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4840 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4841 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4842 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4843 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4844 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4845 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4846 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4847 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4848 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4849 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
4850 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4851
4852 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4853 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4854
4855 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4856
4857 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4858 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4859
4860 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4861
4862 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4863 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4864
4865 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4866 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4867
4868 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4869 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4870
4871 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4872 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4873
4874 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4875 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4876
4877 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4878
4879 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4880
4881 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4882 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4883 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4884
4885 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4886 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4887
4888 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4889 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4890
4891 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4892 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4893
4894 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4895
4896 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4897
4898 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4899 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4900 Return VALUE.
4901
4902 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4903 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4904
4905 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4906 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4907
4908 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4909 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4910
4911 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4912
4913 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4914
4915 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4916 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4917 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4918 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4919 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4920
4921 \(fn)" t nil)
4922
4923 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4924 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4925 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4926 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4927
4928 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4929
4930 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4931 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4932
4933 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4934
4935 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4937
4938 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4939
4940 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4941
4942 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4943 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4944
4945 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4946
4947 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4948
4949 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4950 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4951 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4952
4953 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4954
4955 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4956 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4957 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4958 as part of Emacs itself.
4959
4960 Each elements looks like this:
4961
4962 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4963
4964 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4965 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4966 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4967 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4968 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4969 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4970 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4971 and `defface'.
4972
4973 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4974
4975 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4976 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4977 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4978 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4979 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4980
4981 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4982 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4983 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4984 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4985
4986 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4987
4988 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4989 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4990 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4991 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4992 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4993
4994 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4995 that were added or redefined since that version.
4996
4997 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4998
4999 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5000 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5001 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5002 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5003
5004 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5005 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5006
5007 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5008
5009 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5010 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5011 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5012
5013 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5014 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5015
5016 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5017
5018 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5019 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5020
5021 \(fn)" t nil)
5022
5023 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5024 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5025
5026 \(fn)" t nil)
5027
5028 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5029 Customize all already saved user options.
5030
5031 \(fn)" t nil)
5032
5033 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5034 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5035 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5036 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5037 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5038 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5039
5040 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5041 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5042 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5043 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5044 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5045 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5046
5047 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5048
5049 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5050 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5051 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5052 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5053
5054 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5055
5056 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5057 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5058
5059 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5060
5061 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5062 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5063
5064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5065
5066 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5067 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5068 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5069 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5070 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5071 that option.
5072
5073 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5074
5075 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5076 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5077 The result includes selecting that window.
5078 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5079 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5080 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5081 that option.
5082
5083 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5084
5085 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5086 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5087
5088 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5089
5090 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5091 File used for storing customization information.
5092 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5093 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5094 it should be an absolute file name.
5095
5096 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5097 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5098 something like the following in your init file:
5099
5100 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5101 \(load custom-file)
5102
5103 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5104 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5105
5106 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5107 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5108 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5109 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5110 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5111
5112 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5113 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5114 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5115 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5116 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5117 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5118 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5119 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5120 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5121 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5122
5123 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5124
5125 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5126 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5127
5128 \(fn)" nil nil)
5129
5130 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5131 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5132
5133 \(fn)" t nil)
5134
5135 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5136 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5137 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5138
5139 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5140
5141 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5142 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5143 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5144 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5145 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5146
5147 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5148
5149 ;;;***
5150 \f
5151 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme customize-create-theme)
5152 ;;;;;; "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (19640 47194))
5153 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5154
5155 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5156 Create or edit a custom theme.
5157 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit.
5158 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use.
5159
5160 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5161
5162 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5163 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5164
5165 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5166
5167 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5168 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5169 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5170 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5171
5172 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5173
5174 ;;;***
5175 \f
5176 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5177 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
5178 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5179
5180 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5181 Mode used for cvs status output.
5182
5183 \(fn)" t nil)
5184
5185 ;;;***
5186 \f
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5188 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19598 13691))
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5190
5191 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5192 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5193
5194 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5195
5196 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5197 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5198 C++ modes are included.
5199
5200 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5201
5202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5203
5204 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5205 Turn on CWarn mode.
5206
5207 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5208 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5209
5210 \(fn)" nil nil)
5211
5212 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5213 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5214 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5217 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5218
5219 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5220
5221 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5222 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5223 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5224 ARG is positive.
5225 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5226 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5227 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5228
5229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5230
5231 ;;;***
5232 \f
5233 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5234 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5235 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
5236 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5237
5238 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5239 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5240
5241 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5242
5243 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5244 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5245
5246 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5247
5248 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5249 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5250 For readability, the table is slightly
5251 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5252
5253 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5254 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5255 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5256 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5257 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5258
5259 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5260
5261 ;;;***
5262 \f
5263 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5264 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
5265 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5266 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5267 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5268 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5269 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5270
5271 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5272 Completion on current word.
5273 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5274 and presents suggestions for completion.
5275
5276 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5277 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5278 completions.
5279
5280 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5281 then it searches *all* buffers.
5282
5283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5284
5285 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5286 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5287
5288 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5289 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5290 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5291 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5292 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5293
5294 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5295 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5296
5297 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5298 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5299 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5300
5301 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5302 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5303
5304 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5305
5306 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5307
5308 ;;;***
5309 \f
5310 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5311 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
5312 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5313
5314 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5315 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5316
5317 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5318
5319 ;;;***
5320 \f
5321 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19598
5322 ;;;;;; 13691))
5323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5324
5325 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5326 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5327 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5328 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5329 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5330
5331 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5332
5333 ;;;***
5334 \f
5335 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19562
5336 ;;;;;; 42953))
5337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5338
5339 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5340 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5341
5342 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5343 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5344 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5345
5346 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5347 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5348 Data lines are not indented.
5349
5350 Key bindings:
5351
5352 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5353 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5354
5355 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5356 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5357 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5358 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5359
5360 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5361
5362 dcl-basic-offset
5363 Extra indentation within blocks.
5364
5365 dcl-continuation-offset
5366 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5367
5368 dcl-margin-offset
5369 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5370
5371 dcl-margin-label-offset
5372 Indentation for a label.
5373
5374 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5375 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5376
5377 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5378 dcl-block-end-regexp
5379 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5380 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5381 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5382 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5383 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5384
5385 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5386 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5387 Two such functions are included in the package:
5388 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5389 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5390
5391 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5392 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5393 One such function is included in the package:
5394 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5395
5396 dcl-tab-always-indent
5397 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5398 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5399 margin.
5400
5401 dcl-electric-characters
5402 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5403 typed.
5404
5405 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5406 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5407 which words trigger electric indentation.
5408
5409 dcl-tempo-comma
5410 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5411 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5412 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5413
5414 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5415 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5416 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5417 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5418
5419 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5420 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5421 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5422 dcl-imenu-label-call
5423 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5424
5425 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5426 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5427 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5428 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5429
5430
5431 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5432
5433 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5434 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5435 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5436 $ i = 1
5437 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5438 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5439 $ label:
5440 $ if i.eq.1
5441 $ then
5442 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5443 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5444 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5445 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5446 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5447 \"lined up with the command line\"
5448 $ type sys$input
5449 Data lines are not indented at all.
5450 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5451 $ endif
5452 $
5453
5454
5455 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5456 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5457
5458 \(fn)" t nil)
5459
5460 ;;;***
5461 \f
5462 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5463 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19598 13691))
5464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5465
5466 (setq debugger 'debug)
5467
5468 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5469 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5470 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5471 of the evaluator.
5472
5473 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5474 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5475 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5476
5477 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5478
5479 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5480 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5481
5482 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5483
5484 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5485 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5486 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5487 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5488 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5489 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5490
5491 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5492 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5493
5494 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5495
5496 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5497 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5498 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5499 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5500 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5501
5502 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5503
5504 ;;;***
5505 \f
5506 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5507 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
5508 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5509
5510 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5511 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5512
5513 \(fn)" t nil)
5514
5515 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5516 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5517 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5518 Upper-case letters are commands.
5519
5520 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5521 modify it.
5522
5523 The most useful commands are:
5524 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5525 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5526 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5527 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5528 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5529 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5530
5531 \(fn)" t nil)
5532
5533 ;;;***
5534 \f
5535 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5536 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19562
5537 ;;;;;; 42953))
5538 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5539
5540 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5541 Customization of `columns' group.
5542
5543 \(fn)" t nil)
5544
5545 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5546 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5547
5548 START and END delimits the text region.
5549
5550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5551
5552 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5553 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5554
5555 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5556
5557 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5558
5559 ;;;***
5560 \f
5561 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19591
5562 ;;;;;; 62571))
5563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5564
5565 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5566 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5567 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5568 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5569 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5570 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5571 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5572
5573 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5574
5575 Customization:
5576
5577 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5578 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5579 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5580 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5581 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5582 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5583 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5584 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5585 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5586 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5587 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5588 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5589 blank line.
5590 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5591 Directories to search when finding external units.
5592 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5593 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5594
5595 Coloring:
5596
5597 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5598 Face used to color delphi comments.
5599 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5600 Face used to color delphi strings.
5601 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5602 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5603 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5604 Face used to color everything else.
5605
5606 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5607 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5608
5609 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5610
5611 ;;;***
5612 \f
5613 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19562
5614 ;;;;;; 42953))
5615 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5616
5617 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5618
5619 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5620 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5621 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5624 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5625
5626 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5627
5628 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5629 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5630 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5631 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5632
5633 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5634 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5635 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5636 any selection.
5637
5638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5639
5640 ;;;***
5641 \f
5642 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5643 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19598 13691))
5644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5645
5646 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5647 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5648
5649 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5650
5651 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5652 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5653 or nil if there is no parent.
5654 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5655 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5656 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5657 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5658 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5659
5660 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5661 arguments are currently understood:
5662 :group GROUP
5663 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5664 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5665 :syntax-table TABLE
5666 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5667 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5668 :abbrev-table TABLE
5669 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5670 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5671
5672 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5673
5674 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5675
5676 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5677 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5678 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5679
5680 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5681 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5682
5683 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5684 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5685 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5686
5687 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5688 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5689
5690 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5691 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5692
5693 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5694
5695 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5696
5697 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5698
5699 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5700 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5701 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5702 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5703 the first time the mode is used.
5704
5705 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5706
5707 ;;;***
5708 \f
5709 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5710 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19591 62571))
5711 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5712
5713 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5714 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5715 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5716 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5717 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5718 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5719 otherwise.
5720
5721 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5722
5723 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5724 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5725 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5726 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5727 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5728 character composition information (if relevant),
5729 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5730
5731 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5732
5733 ;;;***
5734 \f
5735 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5736 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5737 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5738 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19598 13691))
5739 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5740
5741 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5742 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5743 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5744
5745 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5746
5747 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5748 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5749 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5750 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5751 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5752 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5753
5754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5755
5756 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5757 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5758 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5759 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5760
5761 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5762
5763 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5764 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5765 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5766
5767 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5768 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5769 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5770
5771 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5772 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5773
5774 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5775 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5776 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5777
5778 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5779 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5780 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5781 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5782
5783 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5784
5785 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5786 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5787
5788 Handlers are called with argument list
5789
5790 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5791
5792 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5793
5794 desktop-file-version
5795 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5796 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5797 desktop-buffer-point
5798 desktop-buffer-mark
5799 desktop-buffer-read-only
5800 desktop-buffer-locals
5801
5802 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5803 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5804
5805 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5806 code like
5807
5808 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5809 ...
5810 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5811 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5812
5813 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5814
5815 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5816
5817 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5818 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5819 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5820 List elements must have the form
5821
5822 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5823
5824 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5825 function.
5826
5827 Handlers are called with argument list
5828
5829 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5830
5831 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5832
5833 desktop-file-version
5834 desktop-buffer-file-name
5835 desktop-buffer-name
5836 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5837 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5838 desktop-buffer-point
5839 desktop-buffer-mark
5840 desktop-buffer-read-only
5841 desktop-buffer-misc
5842
5843 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5844 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5845 created and set.
5846
5847 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5848 code like
5849
5850 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5851 ...
5852 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5853 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5854
5855 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5856
5857 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5858
5859 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5860
5861 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5862 Empty the Desktop.
5863 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5864 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5865 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5866
5867 \(fn)" t nil)
5868
5869 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5870 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5871 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5872 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5873 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5874
5875 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5876
5877 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5878 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5879 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5880
5881 \(fn)" t nil)
5882
5883 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5884 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5885 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5886 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5887 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5888 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5889 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5890 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5891
5892 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5893
5894 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5895 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5896 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5897
5898 \(fn)" nil nil)
5899
5900 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5901 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5902 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5903 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5904 directory DIRNAME.
5905
5906 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5907
5908 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5909 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5910
5911 \(fn)" t nil)
5912
5913 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5914 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5915
5916 \(fn)" t nil)
5917
5918 ;;;***
5919 \f
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5921 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5922 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19598 13691))
5923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5924
5925 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5926 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5927 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5928 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5929 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5930 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5931
5932 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5933
5934 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5935 Repair a broken attribution line.
5936 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5937
5938 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5939
5940 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5941 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5942 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5943 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5944
5945 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5946
5947 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5948 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5949
5950 \(fn)" t nil)
5951
5952 ;;;***
5953 \f
5954 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5955 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19640 47194))
5956 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5957
5958 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5959 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5960 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5961 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5962 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5963
5964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5965
5966 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5967 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5968 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5969 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5970
5971 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5972 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5973 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5974 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5975
5976 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5977 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5978
5979 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5980 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5981 calendar-date-style 'european
5982 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5983
5984 \(diary-mail-entries)
5985
5986 # diary-rem.el ends here
5987
5988 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5989
5990 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5991 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5992
5993 \(fn)" t nil)
5994
5995 ;;;***
5996 \f
5997 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5998 ;;;;;; "vc/diff.el" (19562 42953))
5999 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6000
6001 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6002 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6003
6004 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6005
6006 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6007 The command to use to run diff.")
6008
6009 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6010
6011 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6012 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6013 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6014 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6015 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6016 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6017
6018 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6019 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6020 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6021
6022 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6023
6024 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6025 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6026 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6027 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6028 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6029 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6030
6031 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6032
6033 ;;;***
6034 \f
6035 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6036 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
6037 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6038
6039 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6040 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6041 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6042 normal diffs.
6043
6044 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6045 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6046 headers for you on-the-fly.
6047
6048 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6049 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6050 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6051
6052 \\{diff-mode-map}
6053
6054 \(fn)" t nil)
6055
6056 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6057 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6058 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6059
6060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6061
6062 ;;;***
6063 \f
6064 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19640 47194))
6065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6066
6067 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6068 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6069 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6070
6071 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6072
6073 ;;;***
6074 \f
6075 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6076 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6077 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19640 47194))
6078 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6079
6080 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6081 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6082 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6083 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6084 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6085 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6086 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6087 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6088
6089 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6090
6091 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6092 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6093
6094 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6095 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6096 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6097 A value of t means move to first file.")
6098
6099 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6100
6101 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6102 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6103 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6104 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6105 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6106 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6107
6108 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6109 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6110 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6111 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6112 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6113 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6114 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6115 list of files to make directory entries for.
6116 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6117 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6118 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6119 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6120
6121 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6122
6123 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6124 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6125
6126 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6127 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6128
6129 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6130 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6131
6132 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6133 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6134
6135 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6138 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6139
6140 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6141
6142 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6143 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6144 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6145 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6146 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6147 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6148 is displayed.
6149 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6150 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6151
6152 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6153
6154 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6155 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6156 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6157 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6158 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6159 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6160 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6161 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6162 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6163 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6164 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6165 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6166 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6167 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6168 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6169 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6170 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6171 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6172 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6173 to see why something went wrong.
6174 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6175 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6176 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6177 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6178 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6179 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6180 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6181 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6182 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6183 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6184 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6185 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6186 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6187
6188 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6189 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6190 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6191 again for the directory tree.
6192
6193 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6194 for more info):
6195
6196 `dired-listing-switches'
6197 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6198 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6199 `dired-marker-char'
6200 `dired-del-marker'
6201 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6202 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6203 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6204 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6205
6206 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6207
6208 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6209 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6210 `dired-mode-hook'
6211 `dired-load-hook'
6212
6213 Keybindings:
6214 \\{dired-mode-map}
6215
6216 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6217 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6218
6219 ;;;***
6220 \f
6221 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6222 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
6223 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6224
6225 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6226 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6227 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6228 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6229 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6230 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6231 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6232
6233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6234
6235 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6236 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6237 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6238
6239 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6240
6241 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6242 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6243
6244 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6245
6246 ;;;***
6247 \f
6248 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19598
6249 ;;;;;; 13508))
6250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6251
6252 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6253 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6254 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6255 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6256 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6257 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6258
6259 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6260
6261 ;;;***
6262 \f
6263 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6264 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6265 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6266 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6267 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6268 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19598 13691))
6269 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6270
6271 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6272 Return a new, empty display table.
6273
6274 \(fn)" nil nil)
6275
6276 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6277 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6278 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6279 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6280 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6281
6282 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6283
6284 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6285 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6286 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6287 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6288 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6289
6290 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6291
6292 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6293 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6294
6295 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6296
6297 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6298 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6299
6300 \(fn)" t nil)
6301
6302 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6303 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6304
6305 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6306 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6307
6308 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6309 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6310 byte.
6311
6312 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6313 in the default way after this call.
6314
6315 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6316
6317 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6318 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6319
6320 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6321
6322 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6323 Display character C using printable string S.
6324
6325 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6326
6327 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6328 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6329 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6330 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6331
6332 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6333
6334 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6335 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6336 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6337 X frame.
6338
6339 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6340
6341 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6342 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6343
6344 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6345
6346 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6347 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6348
6349 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6350
6351 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6352 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6353
6354 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6355
6356 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6357 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6358
6359 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6360
6361 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6362 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6363
6364 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6365
6366 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6367 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6368
6369 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6370 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6371
6372 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6373 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6374
6375 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6376 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6377 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6378 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6379
6380 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6381 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6382 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6383 in `.emacs'.
6384
6385 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6386
6387 ;;;***
6388 \f
6389 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6390 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
6391 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6392
6393 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6394 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6395 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6396 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6397 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6398 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6399 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6400 Default is 2.
6401
6402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6403
6404 ;;;***
6405 \f
6406 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19640 47194))
6407 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6408
6409 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6410 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6411 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6412 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6413 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6414 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6415 private or ask).
6416 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6417 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6418 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6419 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6420 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6421
6422 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6423
6424 ;;;***
6425 \f
6426 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6427 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19619 52030))
6428 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6429
6430 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6431 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6432 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6433 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6434 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6435 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6436 table and its own syntax table.
6437
6438 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6439
6440 \(fn)" t nil)
6441 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6442
6443 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6444 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6445
6446 \(fn)" t nil)
6447
6448 ;;;***
6449 \f
6450 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6451 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19591 62571))
6452 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6453
6454 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6455 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6456 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6457
6458 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6459
6460 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6461 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6462
6463 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6464 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6465
6466 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6467 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6468 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6469
6470 \(fn)" t nil)
6471
6472 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6473 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6474 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6475 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6476
6477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6478
6479 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6480 Not documented
6481
6482 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6483
6484 ;;;***
6485 \f
6486 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19562 42953))
6487 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6488
6489 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6490 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6491
6492 \(fn)" t nil)
6493
6494 ;;;***
6495 \f
6496 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19562 42953))
6497 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6498
6499 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6500 Toggle Double mode.
6501 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6502 turn it off.
6503
6504 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6505 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6506
6507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6508
6509 ;;;***
6510 \f
6511 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19562 42953))
6512 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6513
6514 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6515 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6516
6517 \(fn)" t nil)
6518
6519 ;;;***
6520 \f
6521 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6522 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6523 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19598 13691))
6524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6525
6526 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6527
6528 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6529 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6530 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6531 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6532
6533 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6534 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6535 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6536 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6537 a keymap, or a list of arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6538 If KEYMAP is a keymap or list, this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6539
6540 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6541 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6542 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6543 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6544 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6545 mode is global):
6546
6547 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6548 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6549 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6550 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6551 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6552 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6553 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6554 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6555 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6556 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6557 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6558 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6559 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6560 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6561 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6562 a new state and sets it.
6563
6564 For example, you could write
6565 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6566 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6567 ...BODY CODE...)
6568
6569 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6570
6571 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6572
6573 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6574
6575 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6576 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6577 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6578 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6579 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6580 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6581 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6582 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6583 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6584 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6585 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6586 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6587
6588 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6589 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6590 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6591 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6592 call another major mode in their body.
6593
6594 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6595
6596 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6597 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6598 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6599 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6600 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6601 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6602 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6603
6604 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6605
6606 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6607 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6608 :inherit Parent keymap.
6609 :group Ignored.
6610 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6611 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6612
6613 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6614
6615 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6616 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6617 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6618 the constant's documentation.
6619
6620 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6621
6622 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6623 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6624 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6625
6626 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6627
6628 ;;;***
6629 \f
6630 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6631 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19598
6632 ;;;;;; 13691))
6633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6634
6635 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6636 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6637
6638 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6639 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6640 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6641
6642 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6643 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6644
6645 :filter FUNCTION
6646
6647 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6648 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6649
6650 :visible INCLUDE
6651
6652 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6653 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6654
6655 :active ENABLE
6656
6657 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6658 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6659
6660 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6661
6662 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6663
6664 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6665
6666 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6667 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6668
6669 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6670 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6671
6672 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6673
6674 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6675
6676 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6677
6678 :keys KEYS
6679
6680 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6681 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6682 computed automatically.
6683 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6684
6685 :key-sequence KEYS
6686
6687 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6688 menu item.
6689 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6690 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6691 keyboard equivalent.
6692
6693 :active ENABLE
6694
6695 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6696 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6697
6698 :visible INCLUDE
6699
6700 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6701 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6702
6703 :label FORM
6704
6705 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6706 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6707
6708 :suffix FORM
6709
6710 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6711 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6712
6713 :style STYLE
6714
6715 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6716 defined:
6717
6718 toggle: A checkbox.
6719 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6720 radio: A radio button.
6721 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6722 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6723 menu bar itself.
6724 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6725
6726 :selected SELECTED
6727
6728 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6729 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6730
6731 :help HELP
6732
6733 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6734
6735 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6736 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6737 as a solid horizontal line.
6738
6739 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6740
6741 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6742
6743 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6744
6745 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6746 Not documented
6747
6748 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6749
6750 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6751 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6752 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6753 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6754
6755 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6756
6757 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6758 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6759 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6760 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6761 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6762 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6763
6764 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6765 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6766 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6767
6768 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6769 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6770 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6771
6772 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6773 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6774
6775 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6776
6777 ;;;***
6778 \f
6779 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6780 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6781 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6782 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6783 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6784 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6785 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6786 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19562 42953))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6788
6789 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6790 Customization for ebnf group.
6791
6792 \(fn)" t nil)
6793
6794 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6795 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6796
6797 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6798
6799 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6800 processed.
6801
6802 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6803
6804 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6805
6806 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6807 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6808
6809 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6810 killed after process termination.
6811
6812 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6813
6814 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6815
6816 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6817 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6818
6819 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6820 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6821 it to the printer.
6822
6823 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6824 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6825 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6826 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6827
6828 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6829
6830 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6831 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6832 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6833
6834 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6835
6836 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6837 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6838
6839 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6840
6841 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6842 processed.
6843
6844 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6845
6846 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6847
6848 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6849 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6850
6851 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6852 killed after process termination.
6853
6854 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6855
6856 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6857
6858 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6859 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6860 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6861 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6862
6863 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6864
6865 \(fn)" t nil)
6866
6867 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6868 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6869 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6870
6871 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6872
6873 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6874
6875 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6876 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6877
6878 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6879
6880 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6881 processed.
6882
6883 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6884
6885 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6886
6887 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6888 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6889
6890 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6891 killed after EPS generation.
6892
6893 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6894
6895 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6896
6897 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6898 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6899
6900 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6901 The EPS file name has the following form:
6902
6903 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6904
6905 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6906 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6907
6908 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6909 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6910 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6911 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6912 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6913
6914 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6915 files.
6916
6917 \(fn)" t nil)
6918
6919 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6920 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6921
6922 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6923 The EPS file name has the following form:
6924
6925 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6926
6927 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6928 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6929
6930 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6931 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6932 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6933 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6934 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6935
6936 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6937 files.
6938
6939 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6940
6941 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6942
6943 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6944 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6945
6946 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6947
6948 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6949 are processed.
6950
6951 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6952
6953 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6954
6955 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6956 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6957
6958 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6959 killed after syntax checking.
6960
6961 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6962
6963 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6964
6965 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6966 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6967
6968 \(fn)" t nil)
6969
6970 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6971 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6972
6973 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6974
6975 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6976 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6977
6978 \(fn)" nil nil)
6979
6980 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6981 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6982
6983 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6984
6985 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6986
6987 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6988 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6989
6990 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6991
6992 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6993
6994 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6995 Delete style NAME.
6996
6997 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6998
6999 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7000
7001 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7002 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7003
7004 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7005
7006 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7007
7008 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7009 Set STYLE as the current style.
7010
7011 Returns the old style symbol.
7012
7013 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7014
7015 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7016
7017 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7018 Reset current style.
7019
7020 Returns the old style symbol.
7021
7022 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7023
7024 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7025
7026 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7027 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7028
7029 Returns the old style symbol.
7030
7031 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7032
7033 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7034
7035 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7036
7037 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7038 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7039
7040 Returns the old style symbol.
7041
7042 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7043
7044 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7045
7046 \(fn)" t nil)
7047
7048 ;;;***
7049 \f
7050 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7051 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7052 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7053 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7054 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7055 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7056 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7057 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7058 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7059 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7060 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19591
7061 ;;;;;; 62571))
7062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7063
7064 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7065 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7066 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7067 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7068 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7069 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7070
7071 Tree mode key bindings:
7072 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7073
7074 \(fn)" t nil)
7075
7076 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7077 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7078
7079 \(fn)" t nil)
7080
7081 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7082 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7083
7084 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7085
7086 \(fn)" nil nil)
7087
7088 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7089 View declaration of member at point.
7090
7091 \(fn)" t nil)
7092
7093 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7094 Find declaration of member at point.
7095
7096 \(fn)" t nil)
7097
7098 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7099 View definition of member at point.
7100
7101 \(fn)" t nil)
7102
7103 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7104 Find definition of member at point.
7105
7106 \(fn)" t nil)
7107
7108 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7109 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7110
7111 \(fn)" t nil)
7112
7113 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7114 View definition of member at point in other window.
7115
7116 \(fn)" t nil)
7117
7118 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7119 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7120
7121 \(fn)" t nil)
7122
7123 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7124 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7125
7126 \(fn)" t nil)
7127
7128 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7129 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7130
7131 \(fn)" t nil)
7132
7133 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7134 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7135
7136 \(fn)" t nil)
7137
7138 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7139 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7140 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7141 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7142 completion.
7143
7144 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7145
7146 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7147 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7148 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7149 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7150
7151 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7154 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7155 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7156 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7157
7158 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7159
7160 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7161 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7162 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7163
7164 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7165
7166 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7167 Search for call sites of a member.
7168 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7169 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7170 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7171 looks like a function call to the member.
7172
7173 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7176 Move backward in the position stack.
7177 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7178
7179 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7180
7181 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7182 Move forward in the position stack.
7183 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7184
7185 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7186
7187 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7188 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7189
7190 \(fn)" t nil)
7191
7192 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7193 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7194
7195 \(fn)" t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7198 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7199 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7200 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7201
7202 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7203
7204 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7205 Display statistics for a class tree.
7206
7207 \(fn)" t nil)
7208
7209 ;;;***
7210 \f
7211 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7212 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
7213 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7214
7215 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7216 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7217 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7218 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7219
7220 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7221 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7222 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7223
7224 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7225 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7226 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7227
7228 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7229
7230 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7231
7232 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7233
7234 ;;;***
7235 \f
7236 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7237 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19562 42953))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7239
7240 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7241 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7242 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7243
7244 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7245
7246 ;;;***
7247 \f
7248 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7249 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
7250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7251
7252 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7253 Not documented
7254
7255 \(fn)" nil nil)
7256
7257 ;;;***
7258 \f
7259 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19619 52030))
7260 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7261
7262 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7263 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7264 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7265 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7266 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7267 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7268
7269 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7270
7271 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7272 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7273 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7274 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7275
7276 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7277 an EDE controlled project.
7278
7279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7280
7281 ;;;***
7282 \f
7283 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7284 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7285 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19640 47194))
7286 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7287
7288 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7289 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7290 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7291 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7292 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7293
7294 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7295 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7296 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7297 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7298
7299 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7300
7301 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7302 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7303 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7304 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7305
7306 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7307
7308 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7309 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7310 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7311 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7312
7313 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7314
7315 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7316
7317 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7318 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7319 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7320 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7321 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7322
7323 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7324 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7325 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7326 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7327 instrumented for Edebug.
7328
7329 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7330 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7331 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7332 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7333 already is one.)
7334
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7338 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7339
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7343 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7344
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7346
7347 ;;;***
7348 \f
7349 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7350 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7351 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7352 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7353 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7354 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7355 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7356 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7357 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7358 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19598 13691))
7359 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7360
7361 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7362 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7363
7364 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7365
7366 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7367 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7368
7369 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7370
7371 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7372
7373 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7374
7375 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7376 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7377 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7378 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7379
7380 \(fn)" t nil)
7381
7382 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7383 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7384 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7385 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7386
7387 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7388
7389 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7390 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7391
7392 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7393
7394 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7395
7396 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7397 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7398
7399 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7400
7401 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7402
7403 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7404 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7405 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7406 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7407
7408 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7409
7410 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7411
7412 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7413 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7414 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7415 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7416
7417 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7418
7419 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7420
7421 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7422 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7423 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7424 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7425
7426 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7427
7428 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7429
7430 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7431 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7432 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7433 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7434
7435 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7436
7437 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7438
7439 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7440 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7441 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7442 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7443 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7444 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7445
7446 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7447
7448 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7449 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7450 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7451 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7452
7453 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7454
7455 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7456
7457 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7458 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7459 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7460 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7461
7462 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7463
7464 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7465
7466 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7467
7468 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7469 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7470 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7471 follows:
7472 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7473 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7474
7475 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7476
7477 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7478 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7479 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7480 follows:
7481 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7482 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7483
7484 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7485
7486 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7487 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7488 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7489 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7490 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7491
7492 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7493
7494 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7495 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7496 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7497 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7498 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7499 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7500
7501 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7502
7503 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7504
7505 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7506 Merge two files without ancestor.
7507
7508 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7509
7510 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7511 Merge two files with ancestor.
7512
7513 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7514
7515 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7516
7517 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7518 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7519
7520 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7521
7522 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7523 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7524
7525 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7526
7527 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7528 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7529 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7530 buffer.
7531
7532 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7533
7534 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7535 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7536 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7537 buffer.
7538
7539 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7540
7541 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7542 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7543 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7544 and don't ask the user.
7545 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7546 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7547
7548 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7549
7550 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7551 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7552 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7553 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7554 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7555 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7556 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7557 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7558
7559 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7560
7561 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7562
7563 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7564
7565 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7566 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7567 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7568 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7569 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7570
7571 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7572
7573 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7574
7575 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7576 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7577 When called interactively, displays the version.
7578
7579 \(fn)" t nil)
7580
7581 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7582 Display Ediff's manual.
7583 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7584
7585 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7586
7587 ;;;***
7588 \f
7589 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7590 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
7591 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7592
7593 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7594 Not documented
7595
7596 \(fn)" t nil)
7597
7598 ;;;***
7599 \f
7600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "vc/ediff-hook.el" (19598 13691))
7601 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-hook.el
7602
7603 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-misc] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Ediff Miscellanea") menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-misc] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "This Window and Next Window") compare-windows :help ,(purecopy "Compare the current window and the next window"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Windows Line-by-line...") ediff-windows-linewise :help ,(purecopy "Compare windows line-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Windows Word-by-word...") ediff-windows-wordwise :help ,(purecopy "Compare windows word-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Regions Line-by-line...") ediff-regions-linewise :help ,(purecopy "Compare regions line-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Regions Word-by-word...") ediff-regions-wordwise :help ,(purecopy "Compare regions word-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Revisions...") ediff-directory-revisions :help ,(purecopy "Compare directory files with their older versions"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "File with Revision...") ediff-revision :help ,(purecopy "Compare file with its older versions"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Three Directories...") ediff-directories3 :help ,(purecopy "Compare files common to three directories simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Two Directories...") ediff-directories :help ,(purecopy "Compare files common to two directories simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Three Buffers...") ediff-buffers3 :help ,(purecopy "Compare three buffers simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Three Files...") ediff-files3 :help ,(purecopy "Compare three files simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Two Buffers...") ediff-buffers :help ,(purecopy "Compare two buffers simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Two Files...") ediff-files :help ,(purecopy "Compare two files simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Revisions with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the files in the same directory by comparing the files with common ancestors"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Revisions...") ediff-merge-directory-revisions :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the files in the same directory (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Revisions with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the same file by comparing them with a common ancestor"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Revisions...") ediff-merge-revisions :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the same file (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directories with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge files common to a pair of directories by comparing the files with common ancestors"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directories...") ediff-merge-directories :help ,(purecopy "Merge files common to a pair of directories"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Buffers with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge buffers by comparing their contents with a common ancestor"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Buffers...") ediff-merge-buffers :help ,(purecopy "Merge buffers (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Files with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge files by comparing them with a common ancestor"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Files...") ediff-merge-files :help ,(purecopy "Merge files (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "To a Buffer...") ediff-patch-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Apply a patch to the contents of a buffer"))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "To a File...") ediff-patch-file :help ,(purecopy "Apply a patch to a file"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Use separate control buffer frame") ediff-toggle-multiframe :help ,(purecopy "Switch between the single-frame presentation mode and the multi-frame mode"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "List Ediff Sessions") ediff-show-registry :help ,(purecopy "List all active Ediff sessions; it is a convenient way to find and resume such a session"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize Ediff") ediff-customize :help ,(purecopy "Change some of the parameters that govern the behavior of Ediff"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Ediff Manual") ediff-documentation :help ,(purecopy "Bring up the Ediff manual"))))
7604
7605 ;;;***
7606 \f
7607 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7608 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
7609 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7610
7611 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7612 Display Ediff's registry.
7613
7614 \(fn)" t nil)
7615
7616 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7617
7618 ;;;***
7619 \f
7620 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7621 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (19640 47194))
7622 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7623
7624 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7625 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7626 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7627 which see.
7628
7629 \(fn)" t nil)
7630
7631 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7632 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7633 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7634 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7635
7636 \(fn)" t nil)
7637
7638 ;;;***
7639 \f
7640 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7641 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7642 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
7643 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7644
7645 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7646 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7647 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7648
7649 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7650 Edit a keyboard macro.
7651 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7652 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7653 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7654 its command name.
7655 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7656
7657 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7658
7659 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7660 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7661
7662 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7663
7664 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7665 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7666
7667 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7668
7669 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7670 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7671 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7672 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7673 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7674 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7675
7676 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7677 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7678 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7679 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7680
7681 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7682
7683 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7684 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7685 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7686 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7687 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7688 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7689
7690 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7691
7692 ;;;***
7693 \f
7694 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7695 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19619 52030))
7696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7697
7698 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7699 Set scroll margins.
7700 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7701 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7702
7703 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7704
7705 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7706 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7707
7708 \(fn)" t nil)
7709
7710 ;;;***
7711 \f
7712 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7713 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
7714 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7715
7716 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7717 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7718 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7719 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7720 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7721 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7722 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7723
7724 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7725 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7726
7727 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7728 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7729 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7730 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7731
7732 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7733 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7734 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7735
7736 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7737 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7738 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7739
7740 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7741
7742 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7743 Not documented
7744
7745 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7746
7747 ;;;***
7748 \f
7749 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7750 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19562 42953))
7751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7752
7753 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7754 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7755
7756 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7757
7758 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7759 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7760 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7761 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7762 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7763 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7764 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7765
7766 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7767
7768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7769
7770 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7771 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7772
7773 \(fn)" t nil)
7774
7775 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7776 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7777 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7778 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7779 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7780 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7781 arg list.
7782
7783 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7784 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7785 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7786 effect.
7787
7788 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7789 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7790
7791 ;;;***
7792 \f
7793 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode) "electric"
7794 ;;;;;; "electric.el" (19598 13691))
7795 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
7796
7797 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
7798 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
7799 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7801 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7802 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
7803
7804 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
7805
7806 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
7807 Automatically reindent lines of code when inserting particular chars.
7808 `electric-indent-chars' specifies the set of chars that should cause reindentation.
7809
7810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7811
7812 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
7813 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
7814 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7816 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7817 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
7818
7819 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
7820
7821 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
7822 Automatically pair-up parens when inserting an open paren.
7823
7824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7825
7826 ;;;***
7827 \f
7828 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19562
7829 ;;;;;; 42953))
7830 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7831
7832 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7833 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7834
7835 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7836 an elided material again.
7837
7838 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7839
7840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7841
7842 ;;;***
7843 \f
7844 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7845 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7846 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
7847 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7848
7849 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7850 Lint the file FILE.
7851
7852 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7853
7854 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7855 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7856 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7857
7858 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7859
7860 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7861 Lint the current buffer.
7862 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7863
7864 \(fn)" t nil)
7865
7866 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7867 Lint the function at point.
7868 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7869
7870 \(fn)" t nil)
7871
7872 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7873 Initialize elint.
7874 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7875 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7876
7877 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7878
7879 ;;;***
7880 \f
7881 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7882 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19562
7883 ;;;;;; 42953))
7884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7885
7886 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7887 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7888 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7889
7890 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7891
7892 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7893 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7894 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7895 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7896
7897 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7898
7899 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7900 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7901 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7902
7903 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7904
7905 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7906
7907 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7908 Display current profiling results.
7909 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7910 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7911 displayed.
7912
7913 \(fn)" t nil)
7914
7915 ;;;***
7916 \f
7917 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7918 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
7919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7920
7921 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7922 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7923 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7924
7925 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7926
7927 ;;;***
7928 \f
7929 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7930 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7931 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7932 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7933 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (19562 42953))
7934 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
7935
7936 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7937 Run Emerge on two files.
7938
7939 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7940
7941 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7942 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7943
7944 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7945
7946 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7947 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7948
7949 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7950
7951 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7952 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7953
7954 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7955
7956 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7957 Not documented
7958
7959 \(fn)" nil nil)
7960
7961 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7962 Not documented
7963
7964 \(fn)" nil nil)
7965
7966 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7967 Not documented
7968
7969 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7970
7971 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7972 Not documented
7973
7974 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7975
7976 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7977 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7978
7979 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7980
7981 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7982 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7983
7984 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7985
7986 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7987 Not documented
7988
7989 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7990
7991 ;;;***
7992 \f
7993 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7994 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19619 52030))
7995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7996
7997 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7998 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7999 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8000 text/enriched format.
8001 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8002
8003 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8004 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8005
8006 Commands:
8007
8008 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8009
8010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8011
8012 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8013 Not documented
8014
8015 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8016
8017 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8018 Not documented
8019
8020 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8021
8022 ;;;***
8023 \f
8024 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8025 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8026 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8027 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8028 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8029 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19640
8030 ;;;;;; 47194))
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8032
8033 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8034 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8035
8036 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8037
8038 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8039 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8040
8041 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8042
8043 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8044 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8045 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8046 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8047 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8048 the keys are listed.
8049 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8050
8051 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8052
8053 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8054 Decrypt FILE.
8055
8056 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8057
8058 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8059 Verify FILE.
8060
8061 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8062
8063 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8064 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8065
8066 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8067
8068 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8069 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8070
8071 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8072
8073 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8074 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8075
8076 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8077 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8078 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8079 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8080 should consider using the string based counterpart
8081 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8082 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8083
8084 For example:
8085
8086 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8087 (decode-coding-string
8088 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8089 'utf-8))
8090
8091 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8094 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8095
8096 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8097 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8098
8099 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8100
8101 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8102 Verify the current region between START and END.
8103
8104 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8105 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8106 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8107 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8108 should consider using the string based counterpart
8109 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8110 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8111
8112 For example:
8113
8114 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8115 (decode-coding-string
8116 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8117 'utf-8))
8118
8119 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8120
8121 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8122 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8123 between START and END.
8124
8125 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8126 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8127
8128 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8129
8130 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8131 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8132
8133 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8134 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8135 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8136 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8137 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8138 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8139
8140 For example:
8141
8142 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8143 (epg-sign-string
8144 context
8145 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8146
8147 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8148
8149 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8150 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8151
8152 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8153 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8154 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8155 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8156 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8157 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8158
8159 For example:
8160
8161 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8162 (epg-encrypt-string
8163 context
8164 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8165 nil))
8166
8167 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8168
8169 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8170 Delete selected KEYS.
8171
8172 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8173
8174 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8175 Import keys from FILE.
8176
8177 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8178
8179 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8180 Import keys from the region.
8181
8182 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8183
8184 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8185 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8186 between START and END.
8187
8188 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8189
8190 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8191 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8192
8193 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8194
8195 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8196 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8197
8198 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8199
8200 ;;;***
8201 \f
8202 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8203 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19598 13691))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8205
8206 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8207 Decrypt marked files.
8208
8209 \(fn)" t nil)
8210
8211 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8212 Verify marked files.
8213
8214 \(fn)" t nil)
8215
8216 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8217 Sign marked files.
8218
8219 \(fn)" t nil)
8220
8221 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8222 Encrypt marked files.
8223
8224 \(fn)" t nil)
8225
8226 ;;;***
8227 \f
8228 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8229 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19640 47194))
8230 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8231
8232 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8233 Not documented
8234
8235 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8236
8237 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8238 Not documented
8239
8240 \(fn)" t nil)
8241
8242 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8243 Not documented
8244
8245 \(fn)" t nil)
8246
8247 ;;;***
8248 \f
8249 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8250 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8251 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19598 13691))
8252 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8253
8254 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8255 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8256
8257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8258
8259 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8260 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8261 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8262
8263 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8264
8265 \(fn)" t nil)
8266
8267 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8268 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8269 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8270
8271 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8272
8273 \(fn)" t nil)
8274
8275 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8276 Sign the current buffer.
8277 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8278
8279 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8280
8281 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8282
8283 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8284 Encrypt the current buffer.
8285 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8286
8287 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8288
8289 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8290
8291 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8292 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8293 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8294
8295 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8296
8297 \(fn)" t nil)
8298
8299 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8300 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8301 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8302 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8303 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8304 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8305
8306 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8307
8308 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8309 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8310
8311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8312
8313 ;;;***
8314 \f
8315 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19598 13691))
8316 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8317
8318 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8319 Return a context object.
8320
8321 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8322
8323 ;;;***
8324 \f
8325 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8326 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19598 13691))
8327 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8328
8329 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8330 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8331
8332 \(fn)" nil nil)
8333
8334 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8335 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8336
8337 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8338
8339 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8340 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8341
8342 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8343
8344 ;;;***
8345 \f
8346 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8347 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19598 13691))
8348 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8349
8350 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8351 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8352
8353 \(fn)" nil nil)
8354
8355 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8356 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8357 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8358
8359 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8360
8361 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8362 (server (erc-compute-server))
8363 (port (erc-compute-port))
8364 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8365 password
8366 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8367
8368 That is, if called with
8369
8370 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8371
8372 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8373 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8374 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8375
8376 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8377
8378 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8379
8380 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8381 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8382 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8383 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8384
8385 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8386
8387 ;;;***
8388 \f
8389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19562
8390 ;;;;;; 42953))
8391 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8392 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8393
8394 ;;;***
8395 \f
8396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19562 42953))
8397 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8398 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8399
8400 ;;;***
8401 \f
8402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19562 42953))
8403 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8404 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8405
8406 ;;;***
8407 \f
8408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19562 42953))
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8410 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8411
8412 ;;;***
8413 \f
8414 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8415 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19562 42953))
8416 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8417 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8418
8419 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8420 Parser for /dcc command.
8421 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8422 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8423 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8424
8425 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8426
8427 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8428 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8429
8430 \(fn)" nil nil)
8431
8432 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8433 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8434
8435 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8436 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8437 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8438 that subcommand.
8439
8440 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8441
8442 ;;;***
8443 \f
8444 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8445 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8446 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8447 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8448 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8449 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8450
8451 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8452 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8453
8454 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8455
8456 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8457 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8458 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8459 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8460
8461 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8462
8463 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8464 Not documented
8465
8466 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8467
8468 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8469 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8470
8471 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8472
8473 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8474 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8475
8476 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8477
8478 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8479 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8480
8481 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8482
8483 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8484 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8485
8486 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8487
8488 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8489 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8490
8491 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8492
8493 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8494 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8495
8496 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8497
8498 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8499 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8500
8501 \(fn)" nil nil)
8502
8503 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8504 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8505
8506 \(fn)" nil nil)
8507
8508 ;;;***
8509 \f
8510 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19562
8511 ;;;;;; 42953))
8512 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8513 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8514
8515 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8516 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8517 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8518
8519 \(fn)" nil nil)
8520
8521 ;;;***
8522 \f
8523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19591
8524 ;;;;;; 62571))
8525 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8526 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8527
8528 ;;;***
8529 \f
8530 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8531 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19562 42953))
8532 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8533 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8534
8535 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8536 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8537 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8538 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8539 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8540 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8541 system.
8542
8543 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8544
8545 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8546 Not documented
8547
8548 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8549
8550 ;;;***
8551 \f
8552 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8553 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8554 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8555
8556 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8557 Not documented
8558
8559 \(fn)" nil nil)
8560
8561 ;;;***
8562 \f
8563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19598 13691))
8564 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8565 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8566
8567 ;;;***
8568 \f
8569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19640 47194))
8570 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8571 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8572
8573 ;;;***
8574 \f
8575 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8576 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19562 42953))
8577 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8578 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8579
8580 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8581 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8582 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8583 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8584 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8585 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8586
8587 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8588
8589 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8590 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8591 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8592 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8593
8594 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8595 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8596 automatically.
8597
8598 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8599 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8600
8601 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8602
8603 ;;;***
8604 \f
8605 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8606 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8607 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8608 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8609 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8610 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8611
8612 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8613 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8614
8615 \(fn)" t nil)
8616
8617 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8618 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8619
8620 \(fn)" t nil)
8621
8622 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8623 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8624
8625 \(fn)" t nil)
8626
8627 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8628 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8629
8630 \(fn)" t nil)
8631
8632 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8633 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8634
8635 \(fn)" t nil)
8636
8637 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8638 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8639
8640 \(fn)" t nil)
8641
8642 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8643 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8644
8645 \(fn)" t nil)
8646
8647 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8648 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8649
8650 \(fn)" t nil)
8651
8652 ;;;***
8653 \f
8654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19562 42953))
8655 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8656 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8657
8658 ;;;***
8659 \f
8660 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8661 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8663 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8664
8665 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8666 Show who's gone.
8667
8668 \(fn)" nil nil)
8669
8670 ;;;***
8671 \f
8672 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8673 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19562 42953))
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8675
8676 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8677 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8678 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8679 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8680
8681 \(fn)" nil nil)
8682
8683 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8684 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8685
8686 \(fn)" t nil)
8687
8688 ;;;***
8689 \f
8690 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8691 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19562 42953))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8693 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8694
8695 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8696 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8697 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8698 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8699
8700 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8701
8702 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8703 Not documented
8704
8705 \(fn)" nil nil)
8706
8707 ;;;***
8708 \f
8709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19562 42953))
8710 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8711 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8712
8713 ;;;***
8714 \f
8715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19562
8716 ;;;;;; 42953))
8717 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8718 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8719
8720 ;;;***
8721 \f
8722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19562 42953))
8723 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8724 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8725
8726 ;;;***
8727 \f
8728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19562 42953))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8730 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8731
8732 ;;;***
8733 \f
8734 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8735 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19562 42953))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8737 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8738
8739 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8740 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8741
8742 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8743
8744 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8745 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8746 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8747
8748 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8749
8750 ;;;***
8751 \f
8752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19562 42953))
8753 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8754 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8755
8756 ;;;***
8757 \f
8758 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8759 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8760 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8761
8762 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8763 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8764 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8765
8766 \(fn)" t nil)
8767
8768 ;;;***
8769 \f
8770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19562
8771 ;;;;;; 42953))
8772 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8773 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8774
8775 ;;;***
8776 \f
8777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19562 42953))
8778 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8779 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8780
8781 ;;;***
8782 \f
8783 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8784 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8786
8787 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8788 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8789 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8790
8791 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8792
8793 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8794 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8795 mode line.
8796
8797 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8798 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8799 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8800
8801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8802 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8803
8804 ;;;***
8805 \f
8806 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8807 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19562 42953))
8808 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8809 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8810
8811 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8812 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8813 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8814 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8815
8816 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8817
8818 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8819 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8820 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8821
8822 \(fn)" t nil)
8823
8824 ;;;***
8825 \f
8826 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8827 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
8828 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8829 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8830
8831 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8832 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8833
8834 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8835
8836 ;;;***
8837 \f
8838 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19619
8839 ;;;;;; 52030))
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8841
8842 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8843 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8844
8845 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8846
8847 \(fn)" nil nil)
8848
8849 ;;;***
8850 \f
8851 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19619
8852 ;;;;;; 52030))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8854
8855 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8856 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8857
8858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8859
8860 ;;;***
8861 \f
8862 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8863 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19562 42953))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8865
8866 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8867 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8868 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8869 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8870 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8871 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8872 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8873 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8874 buffer selected (or created).
8875
8876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8877
8878 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8879 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8880 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8881
8882 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8883
8884 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8885 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8886 The result might be any Lisp object.
8887 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8888 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8889 corresponding to a successful execution.
8890
8891 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8892
8893 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8894
8895 ;;;***
8896 \f
8897 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8898 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8899 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8900 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8901 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8902 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8903 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8904 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8906
8907 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8908 *File name of tags table.
8909 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8910 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8911 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8912 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8913 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
8914
8915 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8916 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8917 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8918 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8919
8920 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8921
8922 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8923 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8924 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8925 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8926 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8927 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8928
8929 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8930
8931 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
8932 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8933 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8934 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8935 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8936 `auto-compression-mode').")
8937
8938 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8939
8940 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8941 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8942 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8943 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8944 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8945
8946 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8947
8948 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8949 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8950 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8951 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8952
8953 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8954
8955 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8956 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8957 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8958 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8959 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8960
8961 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8962
8963 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8964 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8965
8966 \(fn)" t nil)
8967
8968 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8969 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8970 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8971 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8972
8973 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8974 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8975 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8976 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8977 file the tag was in.
8978
8979 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8980
8981 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8982 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8983 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8984 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8985 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8986 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8987 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8988 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8989 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8990
8991 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8992
8993 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8994 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8995 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8996 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8997 without directory names.
8998
8999 \(fn)" nil nil)
9000 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9001 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9002 (progn
9003 (load "etags")
9004 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9005
9006 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9007 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9008 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9009 but does not select the buffer.
9010 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9011
9012 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9013 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9014 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9015 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9016 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9017
9018 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9019
9020 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9021 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9022 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9023
9024 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9025
9026 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9027
9028 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9029 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9030 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9031 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9032
9033 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9034 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9035 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9036 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9037 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9038
9039 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9040
9041 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9042 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9043 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9044
9045 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9046
9047 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9048 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9049
9050 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9051 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9052 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9053 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9054 around or before point.
9055
9056 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9057 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9058 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9059 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9060 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9061
9062 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9063
9064 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9065 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9066 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9067
9068 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9069
9070 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9071 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9072
9073 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9074 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9075 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9076 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9077 around or before point.
9078
9079 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9080 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9081 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9082 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9083 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9084
9085 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9086
9087 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9088 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9089 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9090
9091 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9092
9093 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9094 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9095
9096 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9097 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9098 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9099
9100 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9101 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9102 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9103 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9104 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9105
9106 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9107
9108 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9109 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9110 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9111
9112 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9113
9114 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9115 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9116 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9117
9118 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9119 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9120
9121 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9122 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9123 where they were found.
9124
9125 \(fn)" t nil)
9126
9127 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9128 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9129
9130 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9131 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9132 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9133
9134 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9135 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9136
9137 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9138 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9139
9140 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9141
9142 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9143 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9144 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9145 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9146
9147 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9148 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9149 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9150 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9151 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9152
9153 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9154 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9155
9156 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9157 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9158 Stops when a match is found.
9159 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9160
9161 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9162
9163 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9164
9165 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9166 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9167 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9168 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9169 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9170 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9171 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9172 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9173
9174 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9175 produce the list of files to search.
9176
9177 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9178
9179 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9180
9181 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9182 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9183 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9184 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9185 directory specification.
9186
9187 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9188
9189 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9190 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9191
9192 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9193
9194 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9195 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9196 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9197 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9198
9199 \(fn)" t nil)
9200
9201 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9202 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9203 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9204 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9205 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9206
9207 \(fn)" t nil)
9208
9209 ;;;***
9210 \f
9211 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9212 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9213 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9214 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9215 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9216 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9217 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9218 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9220
9221 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9222 Not documented
9223
9224 \(fn)" nil nil)
9225
9226 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9227 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9228
9229 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9230 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9231
9232 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9233 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9234 primary language.
9235
9236 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9237 even if the buffer is read-only.
9238
9239 See also the descriptions of the variables
9240 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9241
9242 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9243
9244 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9245 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9246
9247 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9248 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9249
9250 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9251 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9252 primary language.
9253
9254 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9255 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9256
9257 See also the descriptions of the variables
9258 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9259
9260 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9261
9262 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9263 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9264 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9265 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9266
9267 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9268
9269 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9270 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9271 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9272 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9273
9274 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9275 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9276 primary language.
9277
9278 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9279 buffer is read-only.
9280
9281 See also the descriptions of the variables
9282 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9283 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9284
9285 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9286
9287 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9288 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9289
9290 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9291 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9292
9293 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9294 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9295 the primary language.
9296
9297 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9298 buffer is read-only.
9299
9300 See also the descriptions of the variables
9301 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9302 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9303
9304 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9305
9306 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9307 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9308 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9309
9310 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9311
9312 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9313 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9314
9315 \(fn)" t nil)
9316
9317 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9318 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9319
9320 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9321 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9322 be 1, 2, or 3.
9323
9324 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9325 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9326 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9327
9328 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9329
9330 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9331
9332 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9333 This function is deprecated.
9334
9335 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9336
9337 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9338 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9339
9340 \(fn)" t nil)
9341
9342 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9343 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9344
9345 \(fn)" t nil)
9346
9347 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9348 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9349
9350 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9351 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9352
9353 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9354 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9355
9356 \(fn)" nil nil)
9357
9358 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9359 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9360
9361 \(fn)" nil nil)
9362
9363 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9364 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9365
9366 \(fn)" nil nil)
9367
9368 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9369 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9370
9371 \(fn)" nil nil)
9372
9373 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9374 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9375 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9376
9377 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9378
9379 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9380 Not documented
9381
9382 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9383
9384 ;;;***
9385 \f
9386 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9387 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9388 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
9389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9390
9391 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9392 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9393 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9394 server for future sessions.
9395
9396 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9397
9398 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9399 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9400 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9401
9402 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9403
9404 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9405 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9406 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9407
9408 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9409
9410 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9411 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9412 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9413 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9414 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9415 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9416 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9417 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9418 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9419 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9420 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9421 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9422
9423 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9424
9425 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9426 Display a form to query the directory server.
9427 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9428 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9429
9430 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9431
9432 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9433 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9434 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9435
9436 \(fn)" t nil)
9437
9438 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9439
9440 ;;;***
9441 \f
9442 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9443 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9444 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19598 13691))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9446
9447 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9448 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9449
9450 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9451
9452 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9453 Display URL and make it clickable.
9454
9455 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9456
9457 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9458 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9459
9460 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9461
9462 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9463 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9464
9465 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9466
9467 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9468 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9469
9470 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9471
9472 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9473 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9474
9475 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9476
9477 ;;;***
9478 \f
9479 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9480 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19598 13691))
9481 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9482
9483 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9484 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9485 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9486
9487 \(fn)" t nil)
9488
9489 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9490 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9491
9492 \(fn)" t nil)
9493
9494 ;;;***
9495 \f
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9497 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9499
9500 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9501 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9502
9503 \(fn)" t nil)
9504
9505 ;;;***
9506 \f
9507 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19591
9508 ;;;;;; 62571))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9510
9511 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9512 Create an empty ewoc.
9513
9514 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9515
9516 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9517 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9518 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9519 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9520 `insert-before-markers'.
9521
9522 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9523 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9524 respectively, of the ewoc.
9525
9526 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9527 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9528 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9529
9530 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9531
9532 ;;;***
9533 \f
9534 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9535 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9536 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9537 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
9538 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9539
9540 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9541 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9542 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9543
9544 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9545
9546 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9547 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9548 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9549 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9550 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9551
9552 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9553
9554 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9555 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9556 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9557 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9558 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9559 executable.
9560
9561 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9562
9563 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9564 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9565 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9566
9567 \(fn)" t nil)
9568
9569 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9570 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9571 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9572 file modes.
9573
9574 \(fn)" nil nil)
9575
9576 ;;;***
9577 \f
9578 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9579 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9580 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
9581 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9582
9583 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9584 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9585 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9586 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9587
9588 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9589
9590 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9591 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9592 to generate such functions.
9593
9594 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9595 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9596 beginning of the expanded text.
9597
9598 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9599 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9600 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9601 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9602
9603 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9604
9605 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9606
9607 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9608 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9609 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9610
9611 \(fn)" nil nil)
9612
9613 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9614 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9615 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9616
9617 \(fn)" t nil)
9618
9619 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9620 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9621 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9622
9623 \(fn)" t nil)
9624 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9625 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9626
9627 ;;;***
9628 \f
9629 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19591 62571))
9630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9631
9632 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9633 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9634 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9635
9636 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9637 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9638 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9639
9640 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9641
9642 Key definitions:
9643 \\{f90-mode-map}
9644
9645 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9646
9647 `f90-do-indent'
9648 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9649 `f90-if-indent'
9650 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9651 `f90-type-indent'
9652 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9653 `f90-program-indent'
9654 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9655 (default 2).
9656 `f90-continuation-indent'
9657 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9658 `f90-comment-region'
9659 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9660 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9661 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9662 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9663 (default \"!\").
9664 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9665 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9666 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9667 `f90-break-delimiters'
9668 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9669 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9670 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9671 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9672 (default t).
9673 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9674 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9675 `f90-smart-end'
9676 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9677 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9678 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9679 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9680 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9681 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9682 `f90-leave-line-no'
9683 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9684
9685 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9686 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9687
9688 \(fn)" t nil)
9689
9690 ;;;***
9691 \f
9692 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9693 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9694 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9695 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19591
9696 ;;;;;; 62571))
9697 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9698
9699 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9700 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9701
9702 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9703 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9704
9705 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9706 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9707 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9708 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9709 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9710 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9711 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9712
9713 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9714 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9715 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9716
9717 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9718
9719 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9720 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9721
9722 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9723
9724 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9725 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9726 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9727 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9728 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9729 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9730
9731 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9732
9733 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9734 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9735 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9736
9737 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9738 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9739 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9740 the same amount).
9741
9742 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9743
9744 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9745 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9746 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9747
9748 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9749 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9750 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9751 will remove any scaling currently active.
9752
9753 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9754
9755 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9756 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9757 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9758
9759 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9760 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9761 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9762 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9763 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9764
9765 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9766 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9767
9768 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9769 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9770
9771 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9772 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9773 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9774
9775 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9776 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9777 is one of the above.
9778
9779 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9780 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9781 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9782 will remove any scaling currently active.
9783
9784 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9785 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9786 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9787 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9788 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9789
9790 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9791
9792 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9793 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9794 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9795 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9796
9797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9798
9799 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9800 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9801 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9802 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9803 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9804
9805 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9806 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9807
9808 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9809
9810 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9811 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9812 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9813 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9814
9815 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9816 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9817 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9818 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9819
9820 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9821 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9822
9823 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9824
9825 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9826 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9827 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9828 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9829
9830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9831
9832 ;;;***
9833 \f
9834 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9835 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9836 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19619 52030))
9837 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9838
9839 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9840 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9841 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9842 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9843
9844 \(fn)" nil nil)
9845
9846 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9847 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9848
9849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9850
9851 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9852 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9853 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9854 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9855
9856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9857
9858 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9859 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9860 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9861 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9862 backup file names and the like).
9863
9864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9865
9866 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9867 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9868 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9869 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9870 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9871 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9872 internally by feedmail):
9873
9874 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9875 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9876 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9877 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9878
9879 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9880 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9881 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9882 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9883 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9884
9885 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9886
9887 ;;;***
9888 \f
9889 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9890 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19591 62571))
9891 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9892
9893 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9894 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9895 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9896 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9897 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9898 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9899 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9900
9901 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9902
9903 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9904 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9905 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9906 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9907 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9908 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9909 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9910
9911 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9912
9913 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9914
9915 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9916 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9917 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9918 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9919 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9920 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9921
9922 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9923
9924 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9925 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9926 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9927 Return value:
9928 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9929 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9930 * otherwise, nil
9931
9932 \(fn E)" t nil)
9933
9934 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9935 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9936 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9937
9938 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9939
9940 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
9941 Try to get a file name at point.
9942 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
9943
9944 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9945 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9946
9947 \(fn)" t nil)
9948
9949 ;;;***
9950 \f
9951 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9952 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9953 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9954 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19591 62571))
9955 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9956
9957 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9958 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9959 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9960 be added to the cache.
9961
9962 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9963
9964 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9965 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9966 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9967 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9968 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9969
9970 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9971
9972 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9973 Add FILE to the file cache.
9974
9975 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9976
9977 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9978 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9979 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9980
9981 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9982
9983 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9984 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9985 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9986
9987 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9988
9989 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9990 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9991 This function does not use any external programs.
9992 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9993 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9994 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9995
9996 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9997
9998 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9999 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10000 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10001 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10002 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10003 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10004 \(directories) is done.
10005
10006 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10007
10008 ;;;***
10009 \f
10010 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10011 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10012 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10013 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10014 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19598 13691))
10015 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10016
10017 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10018 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10019
10020 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10021 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10022 Local Variables list.
10023
10024 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10025 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10026 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10027
10028 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10029
10030 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10031 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10032
10033 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10034
10035 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10036 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10037
10038 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10039 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10040 the -*- line.
10041
10042 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10043 then this function adds it.
10044
10045 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10046
10047 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10048 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10049
10050 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10051
10052 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10053 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10054
10055 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10056
10057 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10058 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10059
10060 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10061
10062 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10063 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10064
10065 \(fn)" t nil)
10066
10067 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10068 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10069
10070 \(fn)" t nil)
10071
10072 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10073 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10074
10075 \(fn)" t nil)
10076
10077 ;;;***
10078 \f
10079 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19619
10080 ;;;;;; 52030))
10081 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10082
10083 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10084 Filesets initialization.
10085 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10086
10087 \(fn)" nil nil)
10088
10089 ;;;***
10090 \f
10091 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19562 42953))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10093
10094 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10095 Initiate the building of a find command.
10096 For example:
10097
10098 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10099 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10100 (mtime \"+1\"))
10101 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10102
10103 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10104 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10105
10106 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10107
10108 ;;;***
10109 \f
10110 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10111 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10112 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
10113 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10114
10115 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10116 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10117 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10118 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10119 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10120
10121 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10122
10123 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
10124 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10125 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10126 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10127 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10128
10129 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10130
10131 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10132 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10133 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10134 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10135
10136 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10137
10138 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10139 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10140 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10141
10142 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10143
10144 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10145 as the final argument.
10146
10147 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10148
10149 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10150 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10151 and run dired on those files.
10152 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10153 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10154
10155 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10156
10157 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10158
10159 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10160 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10161 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10162
10163 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10164
10165 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10166
10167 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10168
10169 ;;;***
10170 \f
10171 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10172 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10173 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
10174 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10175
10176 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10177 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10178 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10179 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10180 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10181 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10182 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10183
10184 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10185 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10186 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10187
10188 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10189
10190 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10191
10192 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10193
10194 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10195 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10196 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10197
10198 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10199 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10200
10201 Variables of interest include:
10202
10203 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10204 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10205 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10206
10207 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10208 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10209 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10210
10211 - `ff-ignore-include'
10212 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10213
10214 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10215 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10216
10217 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10218 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10219
10220 - `ff-special-constructs'
10221 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10222 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10223 extracting the filename from that construct.
10224
10225 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10226 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10227
10228 - `ff-search-directories'
10229 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10230 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10231
10232 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10233 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10234
10235 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10236 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10237
10238 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10239 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10240
10241 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10242 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10243
10244 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10245 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10246
10247 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10248
10249 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10250 Visit the file you click on.
10251
10252 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10253
10254 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10255 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10256
10257 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10258
10259 ;;;***
10260 \f
10261 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10262 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10263 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10264 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10265 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10266 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10267 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19562 42953))
10268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10269
10270 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10271 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10272 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10273
10274 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10275
10276 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10277 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10278 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10279 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10280
10281 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10282 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10283 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10284 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10285
10286 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10287
10288 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10289 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10290
10291 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10292 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10293 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10294 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10295
10296 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10297 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10298 in `load-path'.
10299
10300 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10301
10302 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10303 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10304
10305 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10306 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10307 places point before the definition.
10308 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10309
10310 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10311 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10312 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10313
10314 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10315
10316 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10317 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10318
10319 See `find-function' for more details.
10320
10321 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10322
10323 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10324 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10325
10326 See `find-function' for more details.
10327
10328 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10329
10330 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10331 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10332
10333 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10334 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10335 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10336
10337 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10338 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10339
10340 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10341
10342 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10343 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10344
10345 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10346 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10347 places point before the definition.
10348
10349 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10350
10351 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10352 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10353 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10354
10355 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10356
10357 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10358 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10359
10360 See `find-variable' for more details.
10361
10362 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10363
10364 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10365 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10366
10367 See `find-variable' for more details.
10368
10369 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10370
10371 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10372 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10373 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10374 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10375 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10376 buffer nor display it.
10377
10378 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10379 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10380
10381 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10382
10383 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10384 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10385
10386 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10387 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10388 places point before the definition.
10389
10390 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10391
10392 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10393 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10394 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10395
10396 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10397
10398 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10399 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10400 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10401
10402 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10403
10404 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10405 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10406
10407 \(fn)" t nil)
10408
10409 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10410 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10411
10412 \(fn)" t nil)
10413
10414 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10415 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10416
10417 \(fn)" nil nil)
10418
10419 ;;;***
10420 \f
10421 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10422 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19591 62571))
10423 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10424
10425 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10426 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10427
10428 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10429
10430 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10431 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10432
10433 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10434
10435 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10436 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10437
10438 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10439
10440 ;;;***
10441 \f
10442 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10443 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19619 52030))
10444 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10445
10446 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10447 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10448
10449 \(fn)" t nil)
10450
10451 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10452 Display FILE's commentary section.
10453 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10454
10455 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10456
10457 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10458 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10459
10460 \(fn)" t nil)
10461
10462 ;;;***
10463 \f
10464 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10465 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19591 62571))
10466 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10467
10468 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10469 Toggle flow control handling.
10470 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10471 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10472
10473 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10474
10475 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10476 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10477 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10478 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10479 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10480 to get the effect of a C-q.
10481
10482 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10483
10484 ;;;***
10485 \f
10486 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10487 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
10488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10489
10490 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10491 Not documented
10492
10493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10494
10495 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10496 Not documented
10497
10498 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10499
10500 ;;;***
10501 \f
10502 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10503 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19598 13691))
10504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10505
10506 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10507 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10508 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10509 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10510
10511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10512
10513 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10514 Turn flymake mode on.
10515
10516 \(fn)" nil nil)
10517
10518 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10519 Turn flymake mode off.
10520
10521 \(fn)" nil nil)
10522
10523 ;;;***
10524 \f
10525 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10526 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10527 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19598 13691))
10528 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10529
10530 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10531 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10532
10533 \(fn)" t nil)
10534 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10535
10536 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10537 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10538 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10539 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10540 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10541 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10542 otherwise turn it off.
10543
10544 Bindings:
10545 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10546 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10547 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10548 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10549
10550 Hooks:
10551 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10552
10553 Remark:
10554 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10555 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10556 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10557
10558 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10559 consider adding:
10560 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10561 in your .emacs file.
10562
10563 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10564 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10565
10566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10567
10568 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10569 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10570
10571 \(fn)" nil nil)
10572
10573 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10574 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10575
10576 \(fn)" nil nil)
10577
10578 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10579 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10580
10581 \(fn)" nil nil)
10582
10583 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10584 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10585
10586 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10587
10588 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10589 Flyspell whole buffer.
10590
10591 \(fn)" t nil)
10592
10593 ;;;***
10594 \f
10595 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10596 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10597 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10599
10600 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10601 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10602
10603 \(fn)" nil nil)
10604
10605 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10606 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10607
10608 \(fn)" nil nil)
10609
10610 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10611 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10612
10613 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10614 of two major techniques:
10615
10616 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10617 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10618 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10619
10620 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10621 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10622 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10623 movement commands.
10624
10625 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10626 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10627 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10628 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10629 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10630 mileage may vary).
10631
10632 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10633 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10634
10635 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10636
10637 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10638 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10639 \(This is the default.)
10640
10641 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10642
10643 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10644 \\{follow-mode-map}
10645
10646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10647
10648 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10649 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10650
10651 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10652 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10653 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10654 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10655 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10656 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10657
10658 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10659 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10660 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10661
10662 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10663 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10664 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10665
10666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10667
10668 ;;;***
10669 \f
10670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "font-core" "font-core.el" (19640 47194))
10671 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-core.el
10672
10673 (put 'font-lock-defaults 'risky-local-variable t)
10674
10675 ;;;***
10676 \f
10677 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19562
10678 ;;;;;; 42953))
10679 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10680
10681 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10682 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10683 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10684 started, play around with the following keys:
10685 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10686
10687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10688
10689 ;;;***
10690 \f
10691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format" "format.el" (19598 13691))
10692 ;;; Generated autoloads from format.el
10693
10694 (put 'format-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
10695
10696 ;;;***
10697 \f
10698 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10699 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19562 42953))
10700 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10701
10702 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10703 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10704
10705 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10706 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10707 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10708 C-c < forms-first-record <
10709 C-c > forms-last-record >
10710 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10711 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10712 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10713 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10714 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10715 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10716 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10717 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10718 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10719 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10720
10721 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10722
10723 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10724 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10725
10726 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10727
10728 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10729 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10730
10731 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10732
10733 ;;;***
10734 \f
10735 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10736 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
10737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10738
10739 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10740 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10741 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10742
10743 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10744 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10745
10746 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10747
10748 Key definitions:
10749 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10750
10751 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10752
10753 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10754 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10755 `fortran-do-indent'
10756 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10757 `fortran-if-indent'
10758 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10759 `fortran-structure-indent'
10760 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10761 (default 3)
10762 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10763 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10764 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10765 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10766 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10767 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10768 nil don't change the indentation
10769 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10770 value of either
10771 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10772 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10773 depending on the continuation format in use.
10774 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10775 indentation for a line of code.
10776 (default 'fixed)
10777 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10778 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10779 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10780 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10781 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10782 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10783 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10784 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10785 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10786 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10787 column 5.
10788 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10789 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10790 statements (default nil).
10791 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10792 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10793 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10794 `fortran-continuation-string'
10795 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10796 line (default \"$\").
10797 `fortran-comment-region'
10798 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10799 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10800 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10801 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10802 as typed (default t).
10803 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10804 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10805
10806 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10807 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10808
10809 \(fn)" t nil)
10810
10811 ;;;***
10812 \f
10813 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10814 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19562 42953))
10815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10816
10817 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10818 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10819
10820 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10821 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10822
10823 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10824
10825 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10826 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10827
10828 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10829 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10830
10831 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10832
10833 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10834 Compile fortune file.
10835
10836 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10837 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10838
10839 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10840
10841 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10842 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10843
10844 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10845 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10846 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10847 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10848
10849 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10850
10851 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10852 Display a fortune cookie.
10853
10854 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10855 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10856 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10857 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10858
10859 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10860
10861 ;;;***
10862 \f
10863 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10864 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
10865 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10866
10867 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10868 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10869
10870 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
10871
10872 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
10873 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10874 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10875 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10876
10877 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10878 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10879 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10880 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10881
10882 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10883 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10884 shown in some of the buffers.
10885
10886 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10887
10888 The following commands help control operation :
10889
10890 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10891 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10892
10893 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10894 detailed description of this mode.
10895
10896
10897 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10898 | GDB Toolbar |
10899 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10900 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10901 | | |
10902 | | |
10903 | | |
10904 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10905 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10906 | | (comint-mode) |
10907 | | |
10908 | | |
10909 | | |
10910 | | |
10911 | | |
10912 | | |
10913 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10914 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10915 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10916 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10917 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10918 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10919
10920 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10921
10922 ;;;***
10923 \f
10924 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10925 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19598
10926 ;;;;;; 13691))
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10928
10929 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10930 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10931 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10932 instead (which see).")
10933
10934 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10935 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10936
10937 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10938 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10939 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10940 documentation string instead.
10941
10942 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10943 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10944 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10945 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10946 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10947 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10948 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10949 enders are actually possible.
10950
10951 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10952 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10953
10954 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10955 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10956 `font-lock-keywords'.
10957
10958 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10959 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10960 runs the macro expansion.
10961
10962 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10963 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10964 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10965
10966 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10967
10968 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10969
10970 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
10971
10972 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10973 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10974
10975 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10976
10977 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10978 Enter generic mode MODE.
10979
10980 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10981 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10982 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10983
10984 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10985 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10986
10987 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10988
10989 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10990 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10991 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10992 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10993 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10994 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10995 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10996 `font-lock-keywords'.
10997
10998 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10999
11000 ;;;***
11001 \f
11002 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11003 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
11004 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11005
11006 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11007 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11008 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11009 at places they belong to.
11010
11011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11012
11013 ;;;***
11014 \f
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11016 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11017 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11019
11020 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11021 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11022 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11023
11024 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11025
11026 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11027 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11028
11029 Guideline for numbers:
11030 1 - error messages
11031 3 - non-serious error messages
11032 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11033 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11034 9 - messages inside loops.
11035
11036 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11037
11038 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11039 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11040 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11041
11042 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11043
11044 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11045 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11046
11047 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11048
11049 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11050 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11051
11052 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11053 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11054 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11055 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11056 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11057 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11058
11059 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11060 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11061 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11062 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11063 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11064
11065 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11066
11067 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11068
11069 ;;;***
11070 \f
11071 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11072 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19640 47194))
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11074 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11075 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11076
11077 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11078 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11079
11080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11081
11082 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11083 Read network news.
11084 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11085 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11086 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11087 name of an NNTP server to use.
11088 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11089 server.
11090
11091 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11092
11093 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11094 Read news as a slave.
11095
11096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11097
11098 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11099 Pop up a frame to read news.
11100 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11101 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11102 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11103 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11104 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11105 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11106 current display is used.
11107
11108 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11109
11110 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11111 Read network news.
11112 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11113 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11114 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11115
11116 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11117
11118 ;;;***
11119 \f
11120 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11121 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11122 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11123 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11124 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11125 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19640 47194))
11126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11127
11128 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11129 Start Gnus unplugged.
11130
11131 \(fn)" t nil)
11132
11133 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11134 Start Gnus plugged.
11135
11136 \(fn)" t nil)
11137
11138 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11139 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11140
11141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11142
11143 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11144 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11145
11146 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11147 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11148 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11149
11150 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11151 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11152 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11153
11154 \(fn)" t nil)
11155
11156 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11157 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11158
11159 \(fn)" nil nil)
11160
11161 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11162 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11163 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11164 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11165 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11166 supported.
11167
11168 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11169
11170 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11171 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11172 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11173 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11174 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11175 supported.
11176
11177 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11178
11179 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11180 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11181
11182 \(fn)" nil nil)
11183
11184 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11185 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11186 downloaded into the agent.
11187
11188 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11189
11190 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11191 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11192 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11193 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11194
11195 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11196
11197 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11198 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11199
11200 \(fn)" t nil)
11201
11202 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11203 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11204
11205 \(fn)" t nil)
11206
11207 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11208 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11209 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11210
11211 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11212
11213 ;;;***
11214 \f
11215 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11216 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11218
11219 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11220 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11221
11222 \(fn)" nil nil)
11223
11224 ;;;***
11225 \f
11226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11227 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19640 47194))
11228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11229
11230 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11231 Set a bookmark for this article.
11232
11233 \(fn)" t nil)
11234
11235 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11236 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11237
11238 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11239
11240 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11241 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11242 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11243 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11244 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11245
11246 \(fn)" t nil)
11247
11248 ;;;***
11249 \f
11250 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11251 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11252 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19640
11253 ;;;;;; 47194))
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11255
11256 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11257 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11258
11259 Usage:
11260 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11261
11262 \(fn)" t nil)
11263
11264 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11265 Generate the cache active file.
11266
11267 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11268
11269 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11270 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11271
11272 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11273
11274 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11275 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11276 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11277 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11278 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11279 supported.
11280
11281 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11282
11283 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11284 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11285 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11286 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11287 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11288 supported.
11289
11290 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11291
11292 ;;;***
11293 \f
11294 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11295 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19598 13691))
11296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11297
11298 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11299 Delay this article by some time.
11300 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11301
11302 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11303 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11304
11305 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11306 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11307
11308 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11309 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11310
11311 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11312
11313 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11314 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11315
11316 \(fn)" t nil)
11317
11318 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11319 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11320 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11321 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11322
11323 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11324 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11325
11326 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11327
11328 ;;;***
11329 \f
11330 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11331 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19640 47194))
11332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11333
11334 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11335 Not documented
11336
11337 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11338
11339 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11340 Not documented
11341
11342 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11343
11344 ;;;***
11345 \f
11346 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11347 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11349
11350 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11351 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11352
11353 \(fn)" t nil)
11354
11355 ;;;***
11356 \f
11357 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11358 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
11359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11360
11361 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11362 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11363
11364 \(fn)" t nil)
11365
11366 ;;;***
11367 \f
11368 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11369 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11370 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19640
11371 ;;;;;; 47194))
11372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11373
11374 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11375 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11376
11377 \(fn)" t nil)
11378
11379 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11380 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11381
11382 \(fn)" t nil)
11383
11384 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11385 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11386
11387 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11388 different input formats.
11389
11390 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11391
11392 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11393 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11394
11395 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11396 different input formats.
11397
11398 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11399
11400 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11401 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11402 The PNG is returned as a string.
11403
11404 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11405
11406 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11407 Convert FILE to a Face.
11408 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11409 726 bytes.
11410
11411 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11412
11413 ;;;***
11414 \f
11415 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11416 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19640 47194))
11417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11418
11419 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11420 Display gravatar in the From header.
11421 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11422
11423 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11424
11425 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11426 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11427 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11428
11429 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11430
11431 ;;;***
11432 \f
11433 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11434 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19640 47194))
11435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11436
11437 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11438 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11439 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11440 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11441
11442 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11443
11444 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11445 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11446
11447 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11448
11449 ;;;***
11450 \f
11451 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11452 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (19640 47194))
11453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11454
11455 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11456 Not documented
11457
11458 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11459
11460 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11461 Not documented
11462
11463 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11464
11465 ;;;***
11466 \f
11467 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11468 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11470
11471 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11472
11473 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11474 Run batched scoring.
11475 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11476
11477 \(fn)" t nil)
11478
11479 ;;;***
11480 \f
11481 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11482 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11483 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
11484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11485
11486 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11487 Not documented
11488
11489 \(fn)" nil nil)
11490
11491 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11492 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11493 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11494
11495 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11496
11497 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11498 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11499
11500 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11501
11502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11503
11504 ;;;***
11505 \f
11506 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11507 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11508 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
11509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11510
11511 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11512 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11513 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11514 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11515 group parameters.
11516
11517 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11518 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11519 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11520 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11521
11522 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11523 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11524 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11525 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11526 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11527 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11528 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11529 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11530 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11531 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11532
11533 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11534
11535 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11536 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11537 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11538 nil CATCH-ALL).
11539
11540 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11541 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11542
11543 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11544
11545 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11546 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11547 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11548
11549 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11550
11551 \(fn)" nil nil)
11552
11553 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11554 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11555 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11556
11557 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11558
11559 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11560 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11561 existing groups are considered.
11562
11563 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11564 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11565 returned.
11566
11567 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11568 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11569 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11570 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11571 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11572 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11573 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11574 clauses will be generated.
11575
11576 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11577 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11578 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11579 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11580 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11581 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11582
11583 For example, given the following group parameters:
11584
11585 nnml:mail.bar:
11586 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11587 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11588 nnml:mail.foo:
11589 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11590 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11591 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11592 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11593 nnml:mail.others:
11594 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11595
11596 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11597
11598 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11599 \"mail.bar\")
11600 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11601 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11602 \"mail.others\")
11603
11604 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11605
11606 ;;;***
11607 \f
11608 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11609 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19640 47194))
11610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11611
11612 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11613 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11614 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11615 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11616
11617 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11618
11619 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11620 Mail to ADDRESS.
11621
11622 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11623
11624 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11625 Like `message-reply'.
11626
11627 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11628
11629 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11630
11631 ;;;***
11632 \f
11633 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11634 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11635 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11636 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11637
11638 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11639 Display picons in the From header.
11640 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11641
11642 \(fn)" t nil)
11643
11644 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11645 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11646 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11647
11648 \(fn)" t nil)
11649
11650 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11651 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11652 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11653
11654 \(fn)" t nil)
11655
11656 ;;;***
11657 \f
11658 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11659 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11660 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11661 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11662 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19619 52030))
11663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11664
11665 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11666 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11667 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11668 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11669
11670 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11671
11672 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11673 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11674 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11675 LIST1 is modified.
11676
11677 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11678
11679 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11680 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11681 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11682
11683 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11684
11685 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11686 Not documented
11687
11688 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11689
11690 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11691 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11692 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11693
11694 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11695
11696 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11697 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11698 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11699
11700 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11701
11702 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11703
11704 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11705 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11706 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11707
11708 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11709
11710 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11711 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11712 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11713
11714 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11715
11716 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11717 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11718 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11719
11720 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11721
11722 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11723 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11724
11725 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11726
11727 ;;;***
11728 \f
11729 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11730 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19640 47194))
11731 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11732
11733 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11734 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11735
11736 \(fn)" t nil)
11737
11738 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11739 Install the registry hooks.
11740
11741 \(fn)" t nil)
11742
11743 ;;;***
11744 \f
11745 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11746 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19598
11747 ;;;;;; 13691))
11748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11749
11750 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11751 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11752 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11753 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11754 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11755 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11756
11757 \(fn)" t nil)
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11760 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11761 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11762 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11763 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11764
11765 \(fn)" t nil)
11766
11767 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11768 Not documented
11769
11770 \(fn)" t nil)
11771
11772 ;;;***
11773 \f
11774 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11775 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11776 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11777
11778 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11779 Update the format specification near point.
11780
11781 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11782
11783 ;;;***
11784 \f
11785 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
11786 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11787 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11788
11789 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11790 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11791
11792 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11793
11794 ;;;***
11795 \f
11796 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
11797 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
11799
11800 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
11801 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
11802 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
11803
11804 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
11805
11806 ;;;***
11807 \f
11808 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
11809 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19640 47194))
11810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
11811
11812 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
11813 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
11814
11815 \(fn)" t nil)
11816
11817 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
11818 Install the sync hooks.
11819
11820 \(fn)" t nil)
11821
11822 ;;;***
11823 \f
11824 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11825 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11826 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11827
11828 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11829 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11830
11831 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11832
11833 ;;;***
11834 \f
11835 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19562 42953))
11836 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11837
11838 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11839 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11840
11841 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11842 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11843 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11844
11845 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11846 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11847 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11848
11849 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11850 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11851
11852 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11853 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11854
11855 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11856
11857 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11858
11859 ;;;***
11860 \f
11861 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11862 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19562
11863 ;;;;;; 42953))
11864 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11865
11866 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11867
11868 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11869 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11870 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11871 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11872 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11873
11874 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11875
11876 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11877 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11878 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11879 or to send e-mail.
11880 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11881 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11882
11883 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11884 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11885
11886 \(fn)" t nil)
11887 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11888
11889 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11890 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11891
11892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11893
11894 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11895 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11896
11897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11898
11899 ;;;***
11900 \f
11901 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve) "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el"
11902 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
11903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
11904
11905 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
11906 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
11907 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
11908
11909 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
11910
11911 ;;;***
11912 \f
11913 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11914 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11915 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19562 42953))
11916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11917
11918 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11919 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11920
11921 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11922
11923 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11924 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11925 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11926 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11927 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11928
11929 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11930 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11931 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11932
11933 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11934
11935 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11936 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11937 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11938 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11939 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11940
11941 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11942
11943 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11944 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11945
11946 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11947
11948 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11949 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11950
11951 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
11952 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11953 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11954
11955 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
11956 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11957 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11958
11959 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
11960 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11961 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11962 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11963
11964 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11965 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11966 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11967 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11968 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11969
11970 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11971
11972 (defvar grep-history nil)
11973
11974 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11975
11976 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11977 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11978 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11979
11980 \(fn)" nil nil)
11981
11982 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11983 Not documented
11984
11985 \(fn)" nil nil)
11986
11987 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11988 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11989
11990 \(fn)" nil nil)
11991
11992 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11993 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11994 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11995 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11996 found matches.
11997
11998 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11999 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12000
12001 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12002 can easily repeat a grep command.
12003
12004 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12005 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12006 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12007 list is empty).
12008
12009 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12010
12011 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12012 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12013 Collect output in a buffer.
12014 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12015 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12016
12017 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12018 easily repeat a find command.
12019
12020 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12021
12022 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12023
12024 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12025 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12026 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12027 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12028 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12029
12030 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12031 before it is executed.
12032 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12033
12034 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12035 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12036 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12037
12038 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12039
12040 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12041
12042 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12043 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12044 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12045 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12046 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12047
12048 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12049 before it is executed.
12050 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12051
12052 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12053 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12054 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12055
12056 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12057
12058 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12059
12060 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12061 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12062 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12063 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12064
12065 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12066
12067 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12068
12069 ;;;***
12070 \f
12071 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19562 42953))
12072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12073
12074 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12075 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12076 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12077 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12078 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12079
12080 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12081
12082 ;;;***
12083 \f
12084 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12085 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19619 52030))
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12087
12088 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12089 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12090 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12091 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12092
12093 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12094
12095 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12096 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12097 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12098 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12099
12100 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12101
12102 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12103 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12104 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12105 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12106
12107 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12108
12109 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12110 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12111 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12112 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12113
12114 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12115 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12116
12117 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12118
12119 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12120 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12121 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12122 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12123
12124 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12125
12126 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12127 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12128 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12129 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12130
12131 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12132
12133 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12134 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12135 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12136 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12137 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12138
12139 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12140 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12141 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12142 original source file access method.
12143
12144 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12145 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12146
12147 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12148 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12149
12150 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12151 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12152
12153 \(fn)" t nil)
12154
12155 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12156 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12157 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12159 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12160 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12161
12162 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12163
12164 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12165 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12166
12167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12168
12169 ;;;***
12170 \f
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19562
12172 ;;;;;; 42953))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12174
12175 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12176 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12177 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12178 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12179
12180 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12181 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12182 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12183 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12184
12185 \(fn)" t nil)
12186
12187 ;;;***
12188 \f
12189 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12190 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
12191 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12192
12193 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12194 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12195
12196 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12197
12198 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12199 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12200 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12201 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12202
12203 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12204
12205 \(fn)" t nil)
12206
12207 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12208 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12209 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12210 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12211 to be updated.
12212
12213 \(fn)" t nil)
12214
12215 ;;;***
12216 \f
12217 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12218 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12219 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19640 47194))
12220 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12221
12222 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12223 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12224
12225 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12226
12227 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12228 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12229 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12230
12231 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12232
12233 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12234 Verify a hashcash payment
12235
12236 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12237
12238 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12239 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12240 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12241 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12242 `mail-add-payment-async').
12243
12244 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12245
12246 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12247 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12248 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12249 Calculation is asynchronous.
12250
12251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12252
12253 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12254 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12255 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12256
12257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12258
12259 ;;;***
12260 \f
12261 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12262 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12263 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12264 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19562 42953))
12265 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12266
12267 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12268 Return the help-echo string at point.
12269 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12270 property, or nil, is returned.
12271 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12272 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12273 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12274
12275 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12276
12277 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12278 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12279 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12280 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12281 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12282
12283 \(fn)" nil nil)
12284
12285 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12286 Display local help in the echo area.
12287 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12288 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12289 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12290 printed instead.
12291
12292 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12293 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12294 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12295
12296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12297
12298 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12299 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12300 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12301
12302 \(fn)" t nil)
12303
12304 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12305 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12306 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12307
12308 \(fn)" t nil)
12309
12310 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12311 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12312 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12313 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12314 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12315 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12316 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12317 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12318 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12319 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12320 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12321
12322 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12323 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12324 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12325 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12326 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12327
12328 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12329 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12330 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12331 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12332 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12333 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12334 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12335 The default is `never'.")
12336
12337 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12338
12339 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12340 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12341 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12342 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12343 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12344 considered different regions.
12345
12346 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12347 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12348 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12349 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12350 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12351 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12352 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12353 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12354 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12355
12356 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12357
12358 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12359 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12360 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12361 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12362 different regions.
12363
12364 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12365 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12366 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12367 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12368 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12369 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12370 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12371 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12372
12373 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12374 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12375 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12376 rarely happens in practice.
12377
12378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12379
12380 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12381 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12382 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12383 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12384 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12385 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12386
12387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12388
12389 ;;;***
12390 \f
12391 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12392 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12393 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12394 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
12395 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12396
12397 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12398 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12399
12400 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12401
12402 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12403 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12404 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12405
12406 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12407
12408 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12409 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12410 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12411 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12412 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12413 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12414 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12415 search for a function definition.
12416
12417 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12418 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12419 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12420 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12421 suitable file is found, return nil.
12422
12423 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12424
12425 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12426 Not documented
12427
12428 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12429
12430 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12431 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12432 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12433 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12434
12435 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12436
12437 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12438 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12439 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12440 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12441 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12442 it is displayed along with the global value.
12443
12444 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12445
12446 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12447 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12448 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12449 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12450
12451 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12452
12453 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12454 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12455 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12456 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12457 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12458
12459 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12460
12461 ;;;***
12462 \f
12463 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12464 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12466
12467 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12468 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12469 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12470 window listing and describing the options.
12471 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12472 gives the window that lists the options.")
12473
12474 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12475
12476 ;;;***
12477 \f
12478 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12479 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12480 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19640
12481 ;;;;;; 47194))
12482 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12483
12484 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12485 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12486 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12487 Commands:
12488 \\{help-mode-map}
12489
12490 \(fn)" t nil)
12491
12492 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12493 Not documented
12494
12495 \(fn)" nil nil)
12496
12497 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12498 Not documented
12499
12500 \(fn)" nil nil)
12501
12502 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12503 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12504
12505 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12506 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12507 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12508 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12509
12510 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12511 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12512 restore it properly when going back.
12513
12514 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12515
12516 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12517 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12518 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12519 current buffer.
12520 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12521 exists, it is created.
12522
12523 \(fn)" nil nil)
12524
12525 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12526 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12527
12528 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12529 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12530 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12531 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12532 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12533 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12534 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12535 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12536
12537 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12538 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12539 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12540 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12541
12542 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12543 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12544 that.
12545
12546 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12547
12548 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12549 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12550 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12551 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12552 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12553 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12554
12555 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12556
12557 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12558 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12559 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12560 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12561 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12562
12563 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12564
12565 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12566 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12567
12568 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12569
12570 ;;;***
12571 \f
12572 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12573 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19598 13691))
12574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12575
12576 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12577 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12578
12579 \(fn)" t nil)
12580
12581 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12582 Provide help for current mode.
12583
12584 \(fn)" t nil)
12585
12586 ;;;***
12587 \f
12588 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12589 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19640 47194))
12590 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12591
12592 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12593 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12594 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12595 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12596 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12597
12598 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12599 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12600
12601 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12602 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12603 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12604 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12605
12606 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12607 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12608 periods.
12609
12610 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12611 in hexl format.
12612
12613 A sample format:
12614
12615 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12616 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12617 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12618 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12619 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12620 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12621 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12622 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12623 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12624 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12625 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12626 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12627 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12628 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12629 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12630
12631 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12632 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12633 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12634
12635 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12636 also supported.
12637
12638 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12639
12640 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12641 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12642 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12643
12644 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12645 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12646 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12647
12648 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12649 into the buffer at the current point.
12650
12651 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12652 into the buffer at the current point.
12653
12654 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12655 into the buffer at the current point.
12656
12657 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12658
12659 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12660 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12661
12662 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12663
12664 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12665
12666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12667
12668 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12669 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12670 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12671 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12672
12673 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12674
12675 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12676 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12677 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12678
12679 \(fn)" t nil)
12680
12681 ;;;***
12682 \f
12683 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12684 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12685 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12686 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
12687 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12688
12689 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12690 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12691
12692 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12693 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12694 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12695 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12696 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12697 called interactively, are:
12698
12699 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12700 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12701
12702 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12703 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12704 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12705 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12706
12707 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12708 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12709
12710 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12711 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12712
12713 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12714 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12715 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12716 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12717 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12718 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12719 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12720 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12721 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12722 function returns t.
12723
12724 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12725 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12726
12727 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12728 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12729 form:
12730 Hi-lock: FOO
12731 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12732 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12733 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12734 Patterns will be read until
12735 Hi-lock: end
12736 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12737
12738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12739
12740 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12741 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12742 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12745 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12746
12747 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12748
12749 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12750 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12751 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12752 ARG is positive.
12753 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12754 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12755 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12756
12757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12758
12759 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12760
12761 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12762 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12763
12764 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12765 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12766 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12767 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12768 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12769
12770 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12771
12772 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12773
12774 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12775 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12776
12777 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12778 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12779 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12780 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12781 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12782
12783 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12784
12785 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12786
12787 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12788 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12789
12790 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12791 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12792
12793 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12794
12795 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12796
12797 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12798 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12799
12800 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12801 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12802 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12803 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12804 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12805
12806 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12807
12808 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12809 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12810
12811 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12812 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12813 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12814
12815 \(fn)" t nil)
12816
12817 ;;;***
12818 \f
12819 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12820 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
12821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12822
12823 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12824 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12825 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12826 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12827 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12828 how the hiding is done:
12829
12830 `hide-ifdef-env'
12831 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12832 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12833 is used.
12834
12835 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12836 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12837 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12838 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12839 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12840
12841 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12842 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12843 #endif lines when hiding.
12844
12845 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12846 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12847 is activated.
12848
12849 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12850 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12851 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12852
12853 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12854
12855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12856
12857 ;;;***
12858 \f
12859 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12860 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12862
12863 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12864 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12865 Each element has the form
12866 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12867
12868 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12869 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12870
12871 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12872 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12873
12874 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12875 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12876 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12877 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12878 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12879 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12880
12881 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12882 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12883
12884 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12885 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12886
12887 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12888 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12889 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12890
12891 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12892 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12893 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12894 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12895 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12896
12897 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12898 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12899 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12900
12901 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12902 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12903
12904 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12905
12906 Key bindings:
12907 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12908
12909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12910
12911 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12912 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12913
12914 \(fn)" nil nil)
12915
12916 ;;;***
12917 \f
12918 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12919 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12920 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12921 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12922 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19640
12923 ;;;;;; 47194))
12924 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12925
12926 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12927 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12928
12929 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12930
12931 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12932 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12933 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12934 on and off.
12935
12936 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12937 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12938 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12939 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12940 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12941 through various faces.
12942 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12943 buffer with the contents of a file
12944 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12945
12946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12947
12948 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12949 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12950
12951 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12952 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12953 in a distinctive face.
12954
12955 The default value can be customized with variable
12956 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12957
12958 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12959
12960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12961
12962 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12963 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12964 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12965
12966 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12967
12968 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12969 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12970
12971 \(fn)" t nil)
12972
12973 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12974 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12975
12976 \(fn)" t nil)
12977
12978 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12979 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12980
12981 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12982 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12983 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12984 shown in the last face in the list.
12985
12986 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12987 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12988 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12989
12990 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12991
12992 \(fn)" t nil)
12993
12994 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12995 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12996
12997 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12998
12999 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13000 to save the file.
13001
13002 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13003 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13004
13005 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13006 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13007 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13008
13009 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13010
13011 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13012 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13013
13014 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13015 this function is called interactively.
13016
13017 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13018 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13019 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13020
13021 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13022 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13023 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13024
13025 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13026
13027 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13028 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13029 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13031 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13032 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13033
13034 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13035
13036 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13037 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13038 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
13039 ARG is positive.
13040 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13041 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13042 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13043
13044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13045
13046 ;;;***
13047 \f
13048 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13049 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13050 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13051 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13052 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19562 42953))
13053 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13054
13055 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13056 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13057 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13058 or insert functions in this list.")
13059
13060 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13061
13062 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13063 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13064
13065 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13066
13067 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13068 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13069
13070 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13071
13072 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13073 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13074
13075 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13076
13077 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13078 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13079
13080 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13081
13082 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13083 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13084 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13085
13086 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13087
13088 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13089 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13090 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13091 \(as atoms)")
13092
13093 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13094
13095 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13096 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13097 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13098 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13099 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13100
13101 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13102
13103 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13104 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13105 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13106 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13107 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13108 expansions.
13109 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13110 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13111 undoes the expansion.
13112
13113 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13114
13115 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13116 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13117 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13118 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13119
13120 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13121
13122 ;;;***
13123 \f
13124 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13125 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
13126 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13127
13128 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13129 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13130 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13131
13132 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13133 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13134 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13135 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13136 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13137
13138 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13139 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13140 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13141 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13142
13143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13144
13145 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13146 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13147 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13150 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13151
13152 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13153
13154 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13155 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13156 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13157
13158 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13159 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13160
13161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13162
13163 ;;;***
13164 \f
13165 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13166 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13167 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13168 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13169 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19598 13691))
13170 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13171
13172 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13173 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13174 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13175
13176 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13177
13178 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13179
13180 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13181
13182 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13183 Oriental holidays.
13184 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13185
13186 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13187
13188 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13189
13190 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13191
13192 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13193 Local holidays.
13194 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13195
13196 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13197
13198 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13199
13200 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13201
13202 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13203 User defined holidays.
13204 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13205
13206 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13207
13208 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13209
13210 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13211
13212 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13213 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13214
13215 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13216
13217 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13218 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13219
13220 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13221
13222 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13223 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13224
13225 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13226
13227 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13228 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13229
13230 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13231
13232 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13233 Jewish holidays.
13234 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13235
13236 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13237
13238 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13239
13240 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13241
13242 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13243 Christian holidays.
13244 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13245
13246 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13247
13248 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13249
13250 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13251
13252 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13253 Islamic holidays.
13254 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13255
13256 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13257
13258 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13259
13260 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13261
13262 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13263 Baha'i holidays.
13264 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13265
13266 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13267
13268 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13269
13270 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13271
13272 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13273 Sun-related holidays.
13274 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13275
13276 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13277
13278 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13279
13280 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13281
13282 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13283
13284 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13285 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13286 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13287 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13288
13289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13290
13291 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13292 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13293 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13294 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13295 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13296
13297 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13298 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13299
13300 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13301 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13302
13303 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13304 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13305 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13306 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13307 of a holiday list.
13308
13309 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13310
13311 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13312
13313 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13314
13315 ;;;***
13316 \f
13317 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19598
13318 ;;;;;; 13691))
13319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13320
13321 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13322 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13323
13324 \(fn)" t nil)
13325
13326 ;;;***
13327 \f
13328 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13329 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19640 47194))
13330 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13331
13332 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13333 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13334 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13335 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13336 as possible.
13337
13338 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13339 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13340 fontified display.
13341
13342 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13343 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13344
13345 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13346 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13347 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13348
13349 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13350
13351 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13352 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13353 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13354
13355 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13356
13357 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13358
13359 ;;;***
13360 \f
13361 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13362 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19598
13363 ;;;;;; 13691))
13364 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13365
13366 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13367 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13368
13369 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13370 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13371 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13372
13373 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13374 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13375 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13376 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13377 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13378 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13379
13380 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13381 title of the column.
13382
13383 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13384 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13385 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13386 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13387 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13388
13389 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13390
13391 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13392
13393 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13394 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13395 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13396 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13397 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13398
13399 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13400 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13401 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13402
13403 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13404
13405 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13406
13407 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13408 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13409 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13410 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13411 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13412 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13413
13414 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13415 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13416 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13417 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13418 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13419 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13420 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13421 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13422 values are:
13423 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13424 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13425 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13426 buffer's modification flag.
13427 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13428 prompted before performing this operation.
13429 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13430 operation is complete, in the form:
13431 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13432 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13433 confirmation message, in the form:
13434 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13435 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13436 macro for exactly what it does.
13437
13438 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13439
13440 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13441
13442 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13443 Define a filter named NAME.
13444 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13445 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13446 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13447
13448 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13449 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13450 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13451 bound to the current value of the filter.
13452
13453 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13454
13455 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13456
13457 ;;;***
13458 \f
13459 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13460 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19640 47194))
13461 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13462
13463 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13464 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13465 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13466 buffers which are visiting a file.
13467
13468 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13469
13470 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13471 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13472 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13473 buffers which are visiting a file.
13474
13475 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13476
13477 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13478 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13479 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13480
13481 All arguments are optional.
13482 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13483 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13484 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13485 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13486 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13487 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13488 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13489 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13490 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13491 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13492 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13493 that value locally in this buffer.
13494
13495 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13496
13497 ;;;***
13498 \f
13499 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13500 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13501 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19598 13691))
13502 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13503
13504 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13505 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13506 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13507 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13508
13509 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13510
13511 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13512 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13513 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13514 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13515 ICAL-FILENAME.
13516 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13517 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13518 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13519
13520 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13521
13522 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13523 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13524 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13525 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13526 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13527 non-marking or not.
13528
13529 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13530
13531 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13532 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13533
13534 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13535 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13536 DIARY-FILE.
13537
13538 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13539 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13540 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13541
13542 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13543 non-marking.
13544
13545 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13546 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13547 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13548
13549 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13550
13551 ;;;***
13552 \f
13553 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19591
13554 ;;;;;; 62571))
13555 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13556
13557 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13558 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13559 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13560 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13561 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13562 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13563
13564 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13565
13566 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13567 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13568 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13569 otherwise turn it off.
13570
13571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13572
13573 ;;;***
13574 \f
13575 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19562 42953))
13576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13577
13578 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13579 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13580 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13581 Tab indents for Icon code.
13582 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13583 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13584 \\{icon-mode-map}
13585 Variables controlling indentation style:
13586 icon-tab-always-indent
13587 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13588 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13589 icon-auto-newline
13590 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13591 inserted in Icon code.
13592 icon-indent-level
13593 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13594 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13595 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13596 icon-continued-statement-offset
13597 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13598 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13599 icon-continued-brace-offset
13600 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13601 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13602 icon-brace-offset
13603 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13604 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13605 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13606 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13607
13608 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13609 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13610
13611 \(fn)" t nil)
13612
13613 ;;;***
13614 \f
13615 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13616 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
13617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13618
13619 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13620 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13621 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13622 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13623
13624 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13625 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13626 separate frames.
13627
13628 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13629 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13630
13631 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13632 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13633 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13634
13635 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13636
13637 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13638
13639 ;;;***
13640 \f
13641 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13642 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
13643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13644
13645 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13646 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13647
13648 The main features of this mode are
13649
13650 1. Indentation and Formatting
13651 --------------------------
13652 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13653 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13654
13655 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13656 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13657 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13658 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13659
13660 Comments are indented as follows:
13661
13662 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13663 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13664 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13665
13666 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13667
13668 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13669 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13670 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13671 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13672 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13673 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13674
13675 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13676 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13677 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13678 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13679
13680 2. Routine Info
13681 ------------
13682 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13683 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13684 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13685 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13686 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13687 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13688 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13689 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13690 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13691 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13692
13693 3. Online IDL Help
13694 ---------------
13695
13696 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13697 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13698 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13699 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13700
13701 4. Completion
13702 ----------
13703 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13704 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13705 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13706 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13707 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13708 upper case.
13709
13710 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13711 --------------------------------
13712 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13713 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13714
13715 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13716 \\fu FUNCTION template
13717 \\c CASE statement template
13718 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13719 \\f FOR loop template
13720 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13721 \\w WHILE loop template
13722 \\i IF statement template
13723 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13724 \\b BEGIN
13725
13726 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13727 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13728
13729 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13730 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13731 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13732 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13733
13734 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13735 -------------------------
13736 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13737 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13738
13739 7. Automatic END completion
13740 ------------------------
13741 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13742 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13743
13744 8. Hooks
13745 -----
13746 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13747 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13748
13749 9. Documentation and Customization
13750 -------------------------------
13751 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13752 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13753 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13754 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13755 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13756
13757 10.Keybindings
13758 -----------
13759 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13760 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13761 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13762
13763 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13764
13765 \(fn)" t nil)
13766
13767 ;;;***
13768 \f
13769 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13770 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13771 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13772 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13773 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13774 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13775 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13776 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19619
13777 ;;;;;; 52030))
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13779
13780 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13781 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13782 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13783 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13784 displaying...)
13785 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13786 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13787 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13788
13789 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13790 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13791
13792 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13793
13794 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13795 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13796 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13797 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13798 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13799 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13800 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13801 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13802 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13803
13804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13805
13806 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13807 Switch to another buffer.
13808 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13809 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13810 in another frame.
13811
13812 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13813 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13814 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13815 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13816 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13817
13818 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13819 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13820
13821 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13822 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13823
13824 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13825 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13826 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13827 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13828 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13829 in a separate window.
13830 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13831 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13832 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13833 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13834 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13835 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13836 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13837 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13838 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13839
13840 \(fn)" t nil)
13841
13842 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13843 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13844 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13845 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13846
13847 \(fn)" t nil)
13848
13849 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13850 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13851 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13852 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13853
13854 \(fn)" t nil)
13855
13856 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13857 Kill a buffer.
13858 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13859 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13860
13861 \(fn)" t nil)
13862
13863 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13864 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13865 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13866 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13867
13868 \(fn)" t nil)
13869
13870 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13871 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13872 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13873 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13874
13875 \(fn)" t nil)
13876
13877 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13878 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13879
13880 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13881
13882 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13883 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13884 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13885 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13886 visible in another frame.
13887
13888 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13889 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13890 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13891 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13892 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13893 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13894
13895 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13896 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13897
13898 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13899 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13900
13901 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13902 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13903 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13904 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13905 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13906 in a separate window.
13907 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13908 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13909 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13910 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13911 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13912 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13913 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13914 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13915 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13916 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13917 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13918 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13919 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13920 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13921 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13922
13923 \(fn)" t nil)
13924
13925 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13926 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13927 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13928 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13929
13930 \(fn)" t nil)
13931
13932 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13933 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13934 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13935 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13936
13937 \(fn)" t nil)
13938
13939 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13940 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13941 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13942 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13943
13944 \(fn)" t nil)
13945
13946 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13947 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13948 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13949 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13950
13951 \(fn)" t nil)
13952
13953 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13954 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13955 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13956 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13957
13958 \(fn)" t nil)
13959
13960 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13961 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13962 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13963 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13964
13965 \(fn)" t nil)
13966
13967 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13968 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13969 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13970 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13971
13972 \(fn)" t nil)
13973
13974 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13975 Write current buffer to a file.
13976 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13977 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13978
13979 \(fn)" t nil)
13980
13981 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13982 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13983 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13984 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13985
13986 \(fn)" t nil)
13987
13988 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13989 Call `dired' the ido way.
13990 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13991 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13992
13993 \(fn)" t nil)
13994
13995 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13996 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13997 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13998 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13999 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14000 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14001
14002 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14003
14004 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14005 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14006 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14007 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14008
14009 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14010
14011 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14012 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14013 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14014 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14015
14016 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14017
14018 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14019 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14020 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14021 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14022 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14023 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14024 with `completing-read'.
14025 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14026 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14027 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14028 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14029 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14030 with point positioned at the end.
14031 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14032 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14033
14034 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14035
14036 ;;;***
14037 \f
14038 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19591 62571))
14039 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14040 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
14041
14042 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14043 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14044 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14045
14046 \(fn)" t nil)
14047
14048 ;;;***
14049 \f
14050 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19640 47194))
14051 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14052
14053 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14054
14055 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14056 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14057
14058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14059
14060 ;;;***
14061 \f
14062 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types create-animated-image
14063 ;;;;;; defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image
14064 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14065 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14066 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14067 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
14068 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14069
14070 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14071 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14072 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14073 be determined.
14074
14075 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14076
14077 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14078 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14079 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14080 be determined.
14081
14082 \(fn)" nil nil)
14083
14084 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14085 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14086 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14087 be determined.
14088
14089 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14090
14091 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14092 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14093 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14094 be determined.
14095
14096 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14097
14098 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14099 Determine and return image type.
14100 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14101 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14102 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14103 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14104 use its file extension as image type.
14105 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14106
14107 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14108
14109 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14110 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14111 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14112
14113 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14114
14115 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14116 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14117 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14118
14119 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14120 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14121 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14122 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14123 must be available.
14124
14125 \(fn)" nil nil)
14126
14127 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14128 Create an image.
14129 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14130 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14131 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14132 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14133 use its file extension as image type.
14134 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14135 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14136 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14137 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14138
14139 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14140
14141 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14142 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14143 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14144
14145 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14146
14147 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14148 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14149 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14150 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14151 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14152 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14153 POS may be an integer or marker.
14154 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14155 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14156 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14157 means display it in the right marginal area.
14158
14159 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14160
14161 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14162 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14163 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14164 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14165 defaulted if you omit it.
14166 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14167 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14168 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14169 means display it in the right marginal area.
14170 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14171 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14172 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14173 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14174 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14175
14176 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14177
14178 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14179 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14180 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14181 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14182 defaulted if you omit it.
14183 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14184 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14185 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14186 means display it in the right marginal area.
14187 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14188
14189 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14190
14191 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14192 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14193 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14194 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14195
14196 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14197
14198 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14199 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14200
14201 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14202
14203 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14204 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14205 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14206 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14207 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14208 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14209 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14210 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14211 satisfied.
14212
14213 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14214
14215 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14216
14217 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14218
14219 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14220 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14221
14222 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14223 documentation string.
14224
14225 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14226 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14227 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14228 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14229 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14230 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14231 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14232 define SYMBOL.
14233
14234 Example:
14235
14236 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14237 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14238
14239 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14240
14241 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14242
14243 (autoload 'create-animated-image "image" "\
14244 Create an animated image.
14245 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14246 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14247 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14248 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14249 use its file extension as image type.
14250 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14251 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14252 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14253 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14254
14255 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14256
14257 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14258
14259 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14260 Register the file types that ImageMagick is able to handle.
14261
14262 \(fn)" nil nil)
14263
14264 ;;;***
14265 \f
14266 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14267 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14268 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14269 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14270 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14271 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14272 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14273 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19562 42953))
14274 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14275
14276 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14277 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14278 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14279 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14280 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14281 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14282
14283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14284
14285 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14286 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14287
14288 Convenience command that:
14289
14290 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14291 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14292 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14293
14294 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14295 image files in dired and type
14296 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14297
14298 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14299
14300 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14301 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14302
14303 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14304
14305 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14306 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14307 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14308 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14309 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14310 another one).
14311
14312 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14313 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14314 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14315
14316 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14317 instead of erasing it first.
14318
14319 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14320 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14321 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14322 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14323 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14324 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14325
14326 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14327
14328 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14329 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14330 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14331 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14332 displayed.
14333
14334 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14335
14336 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14337
14338 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14339
14340 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14341 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14342
14343 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14344
14345 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14346 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14347 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14348
14349 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14350
14351 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14352 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14353
14354 \(fn)" t nil)
14355
14356 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14357 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14358 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14359 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14360
14361 \(fn)" t nil)
14362
14363 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14364 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14365
14366 \(fn)" t nil)
14367
14368 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14369 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14370
14371 \(fn)" t nil)
14372
14373 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14374 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14375
14376 \(fn)" t nil)
14377
14378 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14379 Display current image file.
14380 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14381 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14382
14383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14384
14385 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14386 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14387
14388 \(fn)" t nil)
14389
14390 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14391 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14392 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14393 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14394 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14395 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14396 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14397
14398 \(fn)" t nil)
14399
14400 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14401 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14402 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14403 easy-to-use form.
14404
14405 \(fn)" t nil)
14406
14407 ;;;***
14408 \f
14409 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14410 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14411 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19562 42953))
14412 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14413
14414 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14415 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14416 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14417 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14418
14419 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14420 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14421 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14422 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14423
14424 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14425
14426 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14427 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14428 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14429 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14430
14431 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14432 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14433 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14434 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14435
14436 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14437
14438 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14439 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14440
14441 \(fn)" nil nil)
14442
14443 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14444 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14445 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14446 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14447
14448 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14449
14450 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14451 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14452 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14453 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14454 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14455 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14456
14457 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14458
14459 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14460 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14461 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14462 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14463
14464 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14465 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14466 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14467
14468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14469
14470 ;;;***
14471 \f
14472 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14473 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19619 52030))
14474 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14475
14476 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14477 Major mode for image files.
14478 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14479 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14480
14481 \(fn)" t nil)
14482
14483 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14484 Toggle Image minor mode.
14485 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14486 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14487 to display an image file as the actual image.
14488
14489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14490
14491 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14492 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14493 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14494 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14495 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14496 to display an image file as the actual image.
14497
14498 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14499 to display an image file as text initially.
14500
14501 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14502 on these modes.
14503
14504 \(fn)" t nil)
14505
14506 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14507 Not documented
14508
14509 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14510
14511 ;;;***
14512 \f
14513 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14514 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19619 52030))
14515 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14516
14517 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14518 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14519
14520 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14521
14522 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14523 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14524 in the buffer.
14525
14526 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14527
14528 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14529 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14530 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14531
14532 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14533
14534 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14535 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14536
14537 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14538 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14539 pattern's structure.
14540
14541 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14542 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14543 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14544 during matching.")
14545 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14546
14547 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14548
14549 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14550 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14551
14552 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14553 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14554 called within a `save-excursion'.
14555
14556 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14557
14558 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14559
14560 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14561 Function for finding the next index position.
14562
14563 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14564 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14565 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14566 file.
14567
14568 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14569 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14570
14571 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14572
14573 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14574 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14575
14576 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14577 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14578 It should return the name for that index item.")
14579
14580 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14581
14582 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14583 Function to compare string with index item.
14584
14585 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14586 non-nil if they match.
14587
14588 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14589 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14590 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14591 arguments match\".")
14592
14593 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14594
14595 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14596 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14597 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14598
14599 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14600 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14601
14602 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14603
14604 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14605
14606 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14607 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14608 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14609 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14610
14611 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14612
14613 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14614 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14615
14616 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14617
14618 \(fn)" t nil)
14619
14620 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14621 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14622 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14623 for more information.
14624
14625 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14626
14627 ;;;***
14628 \f
14629 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14630 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14631 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19562 42953))
14632 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14633
14634 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14635 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14636
14637 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14638
14639 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14640 Not documented
14641
14642 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14643
14644 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14645 Not documented
14646
14647 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14648
14649 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14650 Not documented
14651
14652 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14653
14654 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14655 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14656
14657 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14658
14659 ;;;***
14660 \f
14661 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14662 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14663 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19640 47194))
14664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14665
14666 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14667 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14668 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14669 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14670 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14671
14672 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14673
14674 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14675 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14676
14677 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14678
14679 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14680 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14681 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14682 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14683 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14684 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14685 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14686 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14687
14688 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14689
14690 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14691 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14692 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14693 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14694 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14695
14696 This variable is only used if the variable
14697 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14698
14699 More precise choices:
14700 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14701 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14702 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14703
14704 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14705
14706 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14707
14708 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14709 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14710
14711 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14712 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14713 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14714 to that buffer.
14715 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14716 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14717 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14718 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14719
14720 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14721 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14722
14723 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14724
14725 ;;;***
14726 \f
14727 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14728 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14729 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14730 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14731 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
14732 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14733
14734 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14735 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14736
14737 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14738 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14739 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14740
14741 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14742 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14743 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14744 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14745 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14746 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14747 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14748 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14749 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14750 with the top-level Info directory.
14751
14752 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14753 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14754 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14755 appended to the Info buffer name.
14756
14757 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14758 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14759 in all the directories in that path.
14760
14761 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14762
14763 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14764
14765 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14766 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14767
14768 \(fn)" t nil)
14769
14770 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14771 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14772 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14773 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14774
14775 \(fn)" nil nil)
14776
14777 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14778 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14779 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14780 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14781
14782 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14783
14784 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14785 Go to the Info directory node.
14786
14787 \(fn)" t nil)
14788
14789 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14790 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14791 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14792 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14793 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14794 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14795
14796 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14797
14798 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14799 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14800 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14801
14802 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14803
14804 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14805 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14806 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
14807 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
14808 with a list packages that contain all specified keywords.
14809
14810 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
14811
14812 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14813 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14814 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14815 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14816 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14817
14818 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14819 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14820
14821 Selecting other nodes:
14822 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14823 Follow a node reference you click on.
14824 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14825 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14826 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14827 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14828 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14829 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14830 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14831 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14832 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14833 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14834 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14835 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14836 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14837 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14838 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14839 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14840 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14841 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14842 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14843 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14844
14845 Moving within a node:
14846 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14847 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14848 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14849 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14850 move up to the parent node.
14851 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14852 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14853 if there is none.
14854 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14855
14856 Advanced commands:
14857 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14858 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14859 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14860 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14861 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14862 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14863 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14864 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14865 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14866 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14867 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14868 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14869 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14870 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14871 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14872 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14873
14874 \(fn)" t nil)
14875 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14876
14877 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14878 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14879 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14880 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14881 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14882 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14883
14884 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14885 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14886
14887 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14888 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14889 KEY is a string.
14890 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14891 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14892 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14893 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14894
14895 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14896
14897 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14898 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14899 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14900
14901 \(fn)" t nil)
14902
14903 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14904 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14905 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14906
14907 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14908
14909 ;;;***
14910 \f
14911 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14912 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14913 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
14914 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14915
14916 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14917 Throw away all cached data.
14918 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14919 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14920 system.
14921
14922 \(fn)" t nil)
14923 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14924
14925 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14926 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14927 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14928 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14929 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14930 one found at point.
14931
14932 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14933
14934 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14935 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14936
14937 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14938 Display the documentation of a file.
14939 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14940 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14941 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14942 The default file name is the one found at point.
14943
14944 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14945
14946 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14947
14948 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14949 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14950
14951 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14952
14953 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14954 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14955
14956 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14957
14958 ;;;***
14959 \f
14960 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14961 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19562 42953))
14962 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14963
14964 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14965 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14966
14967 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14968
14969 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14970 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14971 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14972
14973 \(fn)" t nil)
14974
14975 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14976 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14977 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14978
14979 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14980 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14981 quite a while.
14982
14983 \(fn)" t nil)
14984
14985 ;;;***
14986 \f
14987 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14988 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19591 62571))
14989 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14990
14991 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14992 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14993
14994 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14995
14996 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14997 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14998
14999 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15000
15001 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15002 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15003 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15004 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15005
15006 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15007 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15008 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15009
15010 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15011 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15012 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15013 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15014
15015 \(fn)" t nil)
15016
15017 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15018 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15019 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15020
15021 \(fn)" t nil)
15022
15023 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15024 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15025 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15026 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15027 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15028
15029 \(fn)" nil nil)
15030
15031 ;;;***
15032 \f
15033 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15034 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15035 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
15036 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15037
15038 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15039 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15040
15041 \(fn)" t nil)
15042
15043 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15044 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15045
15046 \(fn)" t nil)
15047
15048 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15049 Not documented
15050
15051 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15052
15053 ;;;***
15054 \f
15055 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19562
15056 ;;;;;; 42953))
15057 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15058
15059 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15060 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15061 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15062 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15063 accessed via isearchb.
15064
15065 \(fn)" t nil)
15066
15067 ;;;***
15068 \f
15069 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15070 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15071 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15072 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19562 42953))
15073 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15074
15075 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15076 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15077 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15078 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15079 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15080
15081 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15082
15083 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15084 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15085 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15086 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15087 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15088
15089 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15090
15091 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15092 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15093 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15094 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15095 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15096
15097 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15098
15099 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15100 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15101 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15102 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15103 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15104
15105 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15106
15107 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15108 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15109 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15110 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15111 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15112
15113 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15114
15115 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15116 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15117 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15118 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15119 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15120
15121 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15122
15123 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15124 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15125 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15126 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15127 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15128
15129 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15130
15131 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15132 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15133 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15134 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15135
15136 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15137
15138 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15139 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15140 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15141 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15142
15143 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15144
15145 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15146 Warn that format is read-only.
15147
15148 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15149
15150 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15151 Warn that format is write-only.
15152
15153 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15154
15155 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15156 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15157
15158 \(fn)" t nil)
15159
15160 ;;;***
15161 \f
15162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15163 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
15164 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15165 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15166 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15167 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15168
15169 ;;;***
15170 \f
15171 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15172 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15173 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15174 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15175 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19619 52030))
15176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15177
15178 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15179
15180 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15181 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15182 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15183 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15184 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15185
15186 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15187
15188 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15189
15190 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15191 Key map for ispell menu.")
15192
15193 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15194 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15195 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15196 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15197
15198 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15199
15200 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15201
15202 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15203
15204 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15205
15206 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15207 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15208 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15209 Valid forms include:
15210 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15211 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15212 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15213 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15214
15215 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15216 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15217 First list is used raw.
15218 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15219
15220 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15221 for skipping in latex mode.")
15222
15223 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15224 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15225 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15226 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15227 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15228 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15229 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15230
15231 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15232 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15233 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15234 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15235
15236 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15237 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15238 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15239 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15240 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15241
15242 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15243 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15244
15245 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15246 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15247
15248 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15249 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15250
15251 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15252 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15253
15254 Return values:
15255 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15256 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15257 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15258 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15259 quit spell session exited.
15260
15261 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15262
15263 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15264 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15265 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15266
15267 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15268
15269 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15270 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15271
15272 Selections are:
15273
15274 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15275 SPC: Accept word this time.
15276 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15277 `a': Accept word for this session.
15278 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15279 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15280 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15281 `?': Show these commands.
15282 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15283 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15284 the aborted check to be completed later.
15285 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15286 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15287 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15288 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15289 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15290 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15291 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15292
15293 \(fn)" nil nil)
15294
15295 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15296 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15297 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15298
15299 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15300
15301 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15302 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15303 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15304 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15305
15306 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15307
15308 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15309
15310 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15311 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15312 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15313 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15314
15315 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15316
15317 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15318 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15319
15320 \(fn)" t nil)
15321
15322 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15323 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15324
15325 \(fn)" t nil)
15326
15327 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15328 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15329
15330 \(fn)" t nil)
15331
15332 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15333 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15334 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15335 sequence inside of a word.
15336
15337 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15338
15339 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15340
15341 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15342 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15343
15344 \(fn)" t nil)
15345
15346 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15347 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15348 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15349 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15350
15351 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15352 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15353 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15354 available on the net.
15355
15356 \(fn)" t nil)
15357
15358 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15359 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15360 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15361 otherwise turn it off.
15362
15363 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15364 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15365
15366 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15367 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15368
15369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15370
15371 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15372 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15373 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15374 Don't check included messages.
15375
15376 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15377 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15378 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15379
15380 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15381 in your .emacs file:
15382 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15383 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15384 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15385 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15386
15387 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15388 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15389 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15390
15391 \(fn)" t nil)
15392
15393 ;;;***
15394 \f
15395 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19640
15396 ;;;;;; 47194))
15397 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15398
15399 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15400 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15401 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15402 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15403 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15404 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15405
15406 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15407
15408 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15409 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15410 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15411 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15412 `iswitchb' for details.
15413
15414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15415
15416 ;;;***
15417 \f
15418 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15419 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15420 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15421 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19562 42953))
15422 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15423
15424 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15425 Not documented
15426
15427 \(fn)" nil nil)
15428
15429 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15430 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15431 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15432 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15433 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15434 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15435 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15436 necessary to represent OBJ.
15437
15438 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15439
15440 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15441 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15442 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15443 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15444
15445 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15446
15447 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15448 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15449 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15450 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15451 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15452
15453 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15454
15455 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15456 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15457 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15458 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15459
15460 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15461
15462 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15463 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15464 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15465 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15466
15467 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15468
15469 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15470 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15471
15472 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15473
15474 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15475 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15476 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15477 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15478 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15479
15480 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15481
15482 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15483 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15484 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15485 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15486 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15487
15488 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15489
15490 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15491 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15492 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15493
15494 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15495
15496 ;;;***
15497 \f
15498 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15499 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19562 42953))
15500 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15501
15502 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15503 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15504 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15505 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15506
15507 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15508 Not documented
15509
15510 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15511
15512 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15513 Uninstall jka-compr.
15514 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15515 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15516 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15517
15518 \(fn)" nil nil)
15519
15520 ;;;***
15521 \f
15522 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19619 52030))
15523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15524
15525 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15526 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15527
15528 Key bindings:
15529
15530 \\{js-mode-map}
15531
15532 \(fn)" t nil)
15533
15534 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15535
15536 ;;;***
15537 \f
15538 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15539 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15540 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
15541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15542
15543 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15544 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15545 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15546 decimal key must be specified.")
15547
15548 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15549
15550 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15551 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15552 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15553 decimal key must be specified.")
15554
15555 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15556
15557 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15558 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15559 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15560 decimal key must be specified.")
15561
15562 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15563
15564 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15565 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15566 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15567 decimal key must be specified.")
15568
15569 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15570
15571 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15572 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15573 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15574 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15575 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15576 keys are bound.
15577
15578 Setup Binding
15579 -------------------------------------------------------------
15580 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15581 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15582 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15583 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15584 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15585 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15586 in the global and local keymaps.
15587
15588 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15589 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15590
15591 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15592
15593 ;;;***
15594 \f
15595 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15596 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
15597 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15598
15599 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15600 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15601 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15602
15603 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15604 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15605 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15606 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15607 shorter.
15608
15609 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15610 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15611 the context of text formatting.
15612
15613 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15614
15615 ;;;***
15616 \f
15617 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19619
15618 ;;;;;; 52030))
15619 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15620
15621 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15622 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15623 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15624 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15625 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15626 positions that contains the current selection.")
15627
15628 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15629 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15630 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15631 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15632 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15633 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15634 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15635
15636 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15637
15638 ;;;***
15639 \f
15640 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15641 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15642 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15643 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19591 62571))
15644 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15645 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15646 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15647 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15648 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15649 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15650 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15651 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15652
15653 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15654 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15655
15656 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15657
15658 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15659 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15660 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15661 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15662 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15663
15664 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15665
15666 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15667 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15668 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15669
15670 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15671 defining the macro.
15672
15673 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15674 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15675 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15676
15677 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15678 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15679
15680 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15681
15682 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15683 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15684 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15685 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15686 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15687 under that name.
15688
15689 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15690 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15691 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15692
15693 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15694
15695 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15696 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15697 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15698
15699 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15700 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15701 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15702 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15703
15704 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15705 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15706
15707 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15708
15709 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15710 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15711 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15712
15713 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15714 macro.
15715
15716 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15717 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15718
15719 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15720 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15721 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15722
15723 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15724 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15725
15726 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15727
15728 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15729 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15730 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15731 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15732
15733 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15734
15735 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15736 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15737 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15738 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15739
15740 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15741 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15742
15743 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15744
15745 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15746 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15747 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15748
15749 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15750
15751 ;;;***
15752 \f
15753 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15754 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19562 42953))
15755 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15756
15757 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15758 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15759 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15760
15761 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15762 Not documented
15763
15764 \(fn)" nil nil)
15765
15766 ;;;***
15767 \f
15768 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15769 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15771
15772 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15773
15774 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15775 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15776
15777 \(fn)" t nil)
15778
15779 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15780
15781 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15782 Start or resume an Lm game.
15783 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15784 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15785
15786 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15787 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15788 none / 1 | yes | no
15789 2 | yes | yes
15790 3 | no | yes
15791 4 | no | no
15792
15793 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15794 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15795 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15796
15797 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15798
15799 ;;;***
15800 \f
15801 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15802 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15803 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19562 42953))
15804 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15805
15806 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15807 Not documented
15808
15809 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15810
15811 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15812 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15813 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15814 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15815 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15816 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15817
15818 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15819 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15820
15821 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15822
15823 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15824 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15825
15826 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15827
15828 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15829 Not documented
15830
15831 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15832
15833 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15834 Not documented
15835
15836 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15837
15838 ;;;***
15839 \f
15840 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15841 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15842 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19562 42953))
15843 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15844
15845 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15846 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15847 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15848 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15849
15850 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15851
15852 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15853 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15854 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15855
15856 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15857
15858 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15859 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15860 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15861
15862 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15863
15864 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15865 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15866 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15867 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15868
15869 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15870
15871 ;;;***
15872 \f
15873 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15874 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19562 42953))
15875 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15876
15877 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15878 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15879 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15880 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15881 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15882 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15883 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15884 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15885
15886 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15887 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15888
15889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15890 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15891
15892 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15893
15894 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15895 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15896 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15897 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15898 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15899 `latin1-display-setup'.
15900
15901 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15902
15903 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15904 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15905 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15906 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15907
15908 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15909 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15910
15911 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15912
15913 ;;;***
15914 \f
15915 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15916 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
15917 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15918
15919 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15920 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15921
15922 \(fn)" t nil)
15923
15924 ;;;***
15925 \f
15926 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15927 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
15928 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15929
15930 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15931 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15932
15933 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15934 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15935
15936 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15937 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15938
15939 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15940 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15941 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15942 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15943 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15944 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15945 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15946 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15947 and transmit saved text.
15948
15949 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15950 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15951 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15952
15953 \(fn)" t nil)
15954
15955 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15956 Not documented
15957
15958 \(fn)" nil nil)
15959
15960 ;;;***
15961 \f
15962 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19562 42953))
15963 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15964
15965 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15966 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15967 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15968 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15969 generations (this defaults to 1).
15970
15971 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15972
15973 ;;;***
15974 \f
15975 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15976 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19598 13691))
15977 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15978
15979 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15980 Format used to display line numbers.
15981 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15982 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15983 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15984 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15985
15986 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15987
15988 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15989 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15990
15991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15992
15993 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15994 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15995 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15996 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15997 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15998 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15999
16000 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16001
16002 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16003 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16004 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
16005 ARG is positive.
16006 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16007 `linum-on' would do it.
16008 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16009
16010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16011
16012 ;;;***
16013 \f
16014 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19591
16015 ;;;;;; 62571))
16016 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16017
16018 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16019 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16020 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16021 is nil, raise an error.
16022
16023 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16024 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16025 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16026 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16027 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16028 defined by the library.
16029
16030 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16031 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16032 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16033 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16034 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16035 proceeds.
16036
16037 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16038 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16039 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16040 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16041
16042 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16043
16044 ;;;***
16045 \f
16046 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16047 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19562 42953))
16048 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16049
16050 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16051 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16052 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16053
16054 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16055
16056 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16057 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16058 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16059 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16060
16061 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16062 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16063 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16064 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16065 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16066 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16067 the version.)
16068
16069 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16070 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16071
16072 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16073 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16074
16075 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16076
16077 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16078
16079 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16080 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16081 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16082 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16083 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16084 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16085 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16086 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16087 to constrain a big search.
16088
16089 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16090
16091 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16092 except that FILTER is not optional.
16093
16094 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16095
16096 ;;;***
16097 \f
16098 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (19562 42953))
16099 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16100
16101 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16102 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16103 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16104 if MODE is nil.
16105 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16106 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16107 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16108 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16109 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16110
16111 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16112 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16113 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16114 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16115 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16116
16117 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16118 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16119 uses the current buffer.
16120
16121 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16122
16123 ;;;***
16124 \f
16125 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19640
16126 ;;;;;; 47194))
16127 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16128
16129 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16130 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16131
16132 \(fn)" t nil)
16133
16134 ;;;***
16135 \f
16136 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19591
16137 ;;;;;; 62571))
16138 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16139
16140 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16141 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16142 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16143 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16144 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16145
16146 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16147 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16148 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16149
16150 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16151 are indicated with a symbol.
16152
16153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16154
16155 ;;;***
16156 \f
16157 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16158 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19562
16159 ;;;;;; 42953))
16160 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16161
16162 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16163
16164 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16165
16166 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16167 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16168 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16169
16170 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16171 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16172
16173 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16174 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16175 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16176 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16177 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16178 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16179 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16180
16181 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16182
16183 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16184 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16185 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16186 switch on this list.
16187 See `lpr-command'.")
16188
16189 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16190
16191 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16192 Name of program for printing a file.
16193
16194 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16195 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16196 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16197 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16198 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16199 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16200 argument.")
16201
16202 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16203
16204 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16205 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16206 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16207 for customization of the printer command.
16208
16209 \(fn)" t nil)
16210
16211 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16212 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16213
16214 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16215 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16216 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16217 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16218
16219 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16220 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16221
16222 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16223 for further customization of the printer command.
16224
16225 \(fn)" t nil)
16226
16227 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16228 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16229 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16230 for customization of the printer command.
16231
16232 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16233
16234 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16235 Paginate and print the region contents.
16236
16237 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16238 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16239 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16240 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16241
16242 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16243 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16244
16245 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16246 for further customization of the printer command.
16247
16248 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16249
16250 ;;;***
16251 \f
16252 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16253 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
16254 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16255
16256 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16257 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16258 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16259
16260 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16261
16262 ;;;***
16263 \f
16264 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19598
16265 ;;;;;; 13691))
16266 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16267
16268 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16269 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16270 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16271 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16272
16273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16274
16275 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16276
16277 ;;;***
16278 \f
16279 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19562
16280 ;;;;;; 42953))
16281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16282
16283 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16284 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16285 \\{m4-mode-map}
16286
16287 \(fn)" t nil)
16288
16289 ;;;***
16290 \f
16291 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16292 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
16293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16294
16295 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16296 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16297 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16298 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16299 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16300
16301 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16302
16303 ;;;***
16304 \f
16305 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16306 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19598 13691))
16307 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16308
16309 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16310 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16311 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16312 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16313 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16314
16315 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16316
16317 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16318 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16319 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16320 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16321
16322 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16323 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16324 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16325 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16326 bindings.
16327
16328 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16329 use this command, and then save the file.
16330
16331 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16332
16333 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16334 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16335 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16336 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16337 each time the macro executes.
16338 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16339 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16340 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16341 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16342 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16343 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16344 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16345
16346 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16347
16348 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16349 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16350 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16351 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16352
16353 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16354 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16355 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16356 execute.
16357
16358 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16359 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16360
16361 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16362 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16363 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16364 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16365 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16366
16367 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16368 looked like this:
16369
16370 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16371 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16372 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16373
16374 You could enter the names in this format:
16375
16376 foo
16377 bar
16378 baz
16379
16380 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16381
16382 \\C-x (
16383 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16384 \\C-x )
16385
16386 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16387 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16388
16389 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16390 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16391
16392 ;;;***
16393 \f
16394 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16395 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19598 13691))
16396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16397
16398 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16399 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16400 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16401 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16402 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16403 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16404
16405 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16406 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16407 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16408 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16409 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16410
16411 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16412 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16413 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16414 consing a string.)
16415
16416 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16417
16418 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16419 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16420
16421 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16422
16423 ;;;***
16424 \f
16425 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16426 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16427 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
16428 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16429
16430 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16431 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16432
16433 \(fn)" nil nil)
16434
16435 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16436 Not documented
16437
16438 \(fn)" nil nil)
16439
16440 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16441 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16442
16443 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16444
16445 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16446 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16447 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16448 message.
16449
16450 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16451
16452 \(fn)" nil nil)
16453
16454 ;;;***
16455 \f
16456 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16457 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16458 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16459 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
16460 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16461
16462 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16463 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16464 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16465 often correct parser.")
16466
16467 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16468
16469 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16470 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16471
16472 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16473
16474 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16475 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16476 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16477 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16478
16479 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16480
16481 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16482 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16483 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16484 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16485
16486 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16487
16488 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16489 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16490 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16491 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16492
16493 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16494
16495 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16496 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16497 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16498 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16499 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16500 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16501 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16502 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16503 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16504 as Rmail does.
16505
16506 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16507
16508 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16509 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16510 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16511 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16512 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16513 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16514 matches may be returned from the message body.
16515
16516 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16517
16518 ;;;***
16519 \f
16520 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16521 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19591
16522 ;;;;;; 62571))
16523 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16524
16525 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16526 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16527 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16528 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16529 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16530 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16531
16532 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16533
16534 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16535 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16536
16537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16538
16539 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16540 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16541
16542 \(fn)" nil nil)
16543
16544 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16545 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16546 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16547
16548 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16549
16550 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16551 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16552 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16553
16554 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16555 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16556 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16557 double-quotes.
16558
16559 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16560
16561 ;;;***
16562 \f
16563 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16564 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19591
16565 ;;;;;; 62571))
16566 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16567
16568 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16569 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16570 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16571 king@grassland.com
16572 If `parens', they look like:
16573 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16574 If `angles', they look like:
16575 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16576
16577 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16578
16579 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16580 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16581 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16582 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16583 their `Resent-' variants.
16584
16585 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16586 removed from alias expansions.
16587
16588 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16589
16590 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16591 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16592 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16593
16594 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16595 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16596 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16597 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16598
16599 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16600
16601 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16602 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16603 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16604 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16605
16606 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16607
16608 ;;;***
16609 \f
16610 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16611 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
16612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16613
16614 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16615 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16616 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16617 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16618
16619 \(fn)" nil nil)
16620
16621 ;;;***
16622 \f
16623 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16624 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16625 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19598 13691))
16626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16627
16628 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16629 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16630
16631 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16632 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16633 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16634 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16635 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16636 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16637
16638 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16639 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16640 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16641 dependency, despite the colon.
16642
16643 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16644
16645 In the browser, use the following keys:
16646
16647 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16648
16649 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16650
16651 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16652 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16653
16654 `makefile-target-colon':
16655 The string that gets appended to all target names
16656 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16657 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16658
16659 `makefile-macro-assign':
16660 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16661 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16662 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16663 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16664 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16665 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16666
16667 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16668 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16669 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16670
16671 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16672 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16673
16674 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16675 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16676 up or down in the browser.
16677
16678 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16679 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16680
16681 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16682 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16683
16684 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16685 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16686 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16687 has been selected in the browser.
16688
16689 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16690 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16691 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16692 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16693 filenames are omitted.
16694
16695 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16696 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16697 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16698 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16699 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16700 the backslash itself intact.
16701 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16702 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16703
16704 `makefile-browser-hook':
16705 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16706 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16707
16708 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16709 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16710 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16711 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16712
16713 \(fn)" t nil)
16714
16715 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16716 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16717
16718 \(fn)" t nil)
16719
16720 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16721 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16722
16723 \(fn)" t nil)
16724
16725 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16726 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16727
16728 \(fn)" t nil)
16729
16730 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16731 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16732
16733 \(fn)" t nil)
16734
16735 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16736 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16737
16738 \(fn)" t nil)
16739
16740 ;;;***
16741 \f
16742 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19562
16743 ;;;;;; 42953))
16744 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16745
16746 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16747 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16748 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16749
16750 \(fn)" t nil)
16751
16752 ;;;***
16753 \f
16754 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
16755 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16757
16758 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16759
16760 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16761 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16762 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16763 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16764 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16765 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16766 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16767 page, it will display immediately.
16768
16769 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16770 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16771 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16772
16773 cat(1)
16774 1 cat
16775
16776 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16777 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16778 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16779 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16780
16781 -a chmod
16782
16783 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16784 otherwise look like a page name.
16785
16786 /my/file/name.1.gz
16787 -l somefile.1
16788
16789 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16790 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16791 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16792
16793 -k pattern
16794
16795 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16796
16797 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16798 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16799
16800 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16801
16802 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
16803 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
16804
16805 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
16806
16807 ;;;***
16808 \f
16809 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19562 42953))
16810 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16811
16812 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16813 Toggle Master mode.
16814 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16815 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16816 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16817
16818 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16819 following commands:
16820
16821 \\{master-mode-map}
16822
16823 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16824 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16825 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16826
16827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16828
16829 ;;;***
16830 \f
16831 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16832 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
16833 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16834
16835 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16836 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16837 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16840 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16841
16842 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16843
16844 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16845 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16846 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16847 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16848 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16849
16850 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16851 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16852
16853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16854
16855 ;;;***
16856 \f
16857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (19619 52030))
16858 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
16859
16860 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
16861
16862 ;;;***
16863 \f
16864 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16865 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16866 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16867 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16868 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16869 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16870 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19640 47194))
16871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16872
16873 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16874
16875 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16876 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16877 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16878 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16879 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16880 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16881 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16882 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16883 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16884 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16885 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16886 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16887 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16888 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16889 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16890 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16891 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16892 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16893 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16894 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16895 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16896 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16897 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16898 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16899 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16900 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16901 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16902 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16903 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16904 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16905 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16906 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16907 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16908 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16909 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16910 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16911 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16912 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16913
16914 \(fn)" t nil)
16915
16916 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16917 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16918 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16919 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16920 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16921
16922 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16923
16924 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16925 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16926
16927 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16928
16929 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16930 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16931
16932 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16933
16934 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16935 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16936
16937 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16938
16939 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16940 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16941 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16942
16943 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16944
16945 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16946 Cancel an article you posted.
16947 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16948
16949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16950
16951 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16952 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16953 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16954 header line with the old Message-ID.
16955
16956 \(fn)" t nil)
16957
16958 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16959 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16960
16961 \(fn)" t nil)
16962
16963 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16964 Forward the current message via mail.
16965 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16966 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16967
16968 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16969
16970 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16971 Not documented
16972
16973 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16974
16975 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16976 Not documented
16977
16978 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16979
16980 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16981 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16982
16983 \(fn)" t nil)
16984
16985 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16986 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16987
16988 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16989
16990 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16991 Re-mail the current message.
16992 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16993 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16994 you.
16995
16996 \(fn)" t nil)
16997
16998 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16999 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17000
17001 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17002
17003 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17004 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17005
17006 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17007
17008 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17009 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17010
17011 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17012
17013 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17014 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17015
17016 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17017
17018 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17019 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17020 Works by overstriking characters.
17021 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17022 which specify the range to operate on.
17023
17024 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17025
17026 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17027 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17028 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17029 which specify the range to operate on.
17030
17031 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17032
17033 ;;;***
17034 \f
17035 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17036 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
17037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17038
17039 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17040 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17041 Special commands:
17042 \\{meta-mode-map}
17043
17044 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17045 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17046
17047 \(fn)" t nil)
17048
17049 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17050 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17051 Special commands:
17052 \\{meta-mode-map}
17053
17054 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17055 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17056
17057 \(fn)" t nil)
17058
17059 ;;;***
17060 \f
17061 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17062 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17063 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
17064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17065
17066 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17067 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17068 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17069
17070 \(fn)" t nil)
17071
17072 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17073 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17074 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17075 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17076 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17077 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17078 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17079
17080 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17081
17082 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17083 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17084 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17085 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17086 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17087 means current).
17088 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17089 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17090
17091 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17092
17093 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17094 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17095 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17096 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17097 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17098 means current).
17099 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17100 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17101
17102 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17103
17104 ;;;***
17105 \f
17106 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17107 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17108 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19562 42953))
17109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17110
17111 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17112 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17113 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17114
17115 \(fn)" t nil)
17116
17117 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17118 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17119 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17120
17121 \(fn)" t nil)
17122
17123 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17124 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17125
17126 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17127 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17128 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17129
17130 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17131 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17132
17133 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17134 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17135
17136 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17137
17138 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17139
17140 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17141 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17142 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17143 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17144 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17145 as `compose-mail'.
17146
17147 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17148 initial Subject field, respectively.
17149
17150 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17151 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17152 are strings.
17153
17154 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17155 ignored.
17156
17157 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17158
17159 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17160 Save draft and send message.
17161
17162 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17163 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17164 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17165 Mail Delivery*\".
17166
17167 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17168 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17169 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17170
17171 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17172 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17173 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17174 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17175 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17176 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17177
17178 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17179 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17180
17181 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17182 message and scan line.
17183
17184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17185
17186 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17187 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17188
17189 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17190 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17191 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17192 delete the draft message.
17193
17194 \(fn)" t nil)
17195
17196 ;;;***
17197 \f
17198 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19562 42953))
17199 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17200
17201 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17202
17203 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17204
17205 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17206
17207 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17208 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17209
17210 \(fn)" t nil)
17211
17212 ;;;***
17213 \f
17214 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17215 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19562 42953))
17216 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17217
17218 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17219 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17220 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17221
17222 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17223 the MH mail system.
17224
17225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17226
17227 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17228 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17229 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17230
17231 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17232 the MH mail system.
17233
17234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17235
17236 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17237 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17238
17239 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17240 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17241 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17242 separate command.
17243
17244 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17245 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17246 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17247 format.
17248
17249 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17250
17251 Ranges
17252 ======
17253 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17254 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17255 can be used in several ways.
17256
17257 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17258 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17259 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17260 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17261 page):
17262
17263 <num1>-<num2>
17264 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17265 The range must be nonempty.
17266
17267 <num>:N
17268 <num>:+N
17269 <num>:-N
17270 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17271 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17272 last.
17273
17274 first:N
17275 prev:N
17276 next:N
17277 last:N
17278 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17279
17280 all
17281 All of the messages.
17282
17283 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17284 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17285
17286 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17287 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17288 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17289
17290 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17291
17292 \(fn)" t nil)
17293
17294 ;;;***
17295 \f
17296 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17297 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19562 42953))
17298 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17299
17300 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17301 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17302 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17303 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17304 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17305 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17306 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17307 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17308 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17309 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17310 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17311
17312 \(fn)" t nil)
17313
17314 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17315 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17316 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17317 to its second argument TM.
17318
17319 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17320
17321 ;;;***
17322 \f
17323 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17324 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19591 62571))
17325 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17326
17327 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17328 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17329 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17331 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17332 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17333
17334 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17335
17336 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17337 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17338 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17339 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17340 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17341 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17342 default indication.
17343
17344 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17345 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17346
17347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17348
17349 ;;;***
17350 \f
17351 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19598 13691))
17352 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17353
17354 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17355 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17356 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17357 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17358 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17359 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17360 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17361 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17362 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17363
17364 \(fn)" t nil)
17365
17366 ;;;***
17367 \f
17368 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17369 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17370 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19562 42953))
17371 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17372 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17373
17374 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17375 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17376
17377 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17378 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17379 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17380 next occurrence.
17381
17382 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17383 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17384 end of the search space).
17385
17386 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17387 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17388 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17389 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17390 should return the previous buffer to search.
17391
17392 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17393 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17394 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17395
17396 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17397 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17398 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17399 Isearch starts.")
17400
17401 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17402 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17403 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17404
17405 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17406 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17407 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17408
17409 \(fn)" nil nil)
17410
17411 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17412 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17413 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17414 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17415 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17416 whose names match the specified regexp.
17417
17418 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17419
17420 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17421 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17422 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17423 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17424 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17425 whose names match the specified regexp.
17426
17427 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17428
17429 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17430 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17431 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17432 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17433 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17434 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17435 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17436
17437 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17438
17439 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17440 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17441 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17442 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17443 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17444 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17445 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17446
17447 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17448
17449 ;;;***
17450 \f
17451 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17452 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
17453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17454
17455 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17456 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17457 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17458
17459 \(fn)" t nil)
17460
17461 ;;;***
17462 \f
17463 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17464 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19640 47194))
17465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17466
17467 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17468 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17469
17470 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17471
17472 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17473 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17474 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17475 the entire message.
17476 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17477
17478 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17479
17480 ;;;***
17481 \f
17482 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17483 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
17484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17485
17486 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17487 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17488 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17489 the entire message.
17490 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17491
17492 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17493
17494 ;;;***
17495 \f
17496 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17497 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19598 13691))
17498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17499
17500 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17501 Insert file contents of URL.
17502 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17503
17504 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17505
17506 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17507 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17508
17509 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17510
17511 ;;;***
17512 \f
17513 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17514 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19598 13691))
17515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17516
17517 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17518 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17519 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17520 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17521 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17522
17523 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17524
17525 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17526 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17527 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17528
17529 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17530
17531 ;;;***
17532 \f
17533 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17534 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
17535 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17536
17537 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17538 Not documented
17539
17540 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17541
17542 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17543 Not documented
17544
17545 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17546
17547 ;;;***
17548 \f
17549 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17550 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17551 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19640 47194))
17552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17553
17554 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17555 Not documented
17556
17557 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17558
17559 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17560 Not documented
17561
17562 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17563
17564 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17565 Not documented
17566
17567 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17568
17569 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17570 Not documented
17571
17572 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17573
17574 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17575 Not documented
17576
17577 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17578
17579 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17580 Not documented
17581
17582 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17583
17584 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17585 Not documented
17586
17587 \(fn)" nil nil)
17588
17589 ;;;***
17590 \f
17591 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17592 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
17593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17594
17595 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17596 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17597 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17598 followed by the first character of the construct.
17599 \\<m2-mode-map>
17600 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17601 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17602 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17603 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17604 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17605 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17606 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17607 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17608 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17609 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17610 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17611 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17612 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17613 \\[m2-link] link
17614
17615 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17616 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17617 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17618
17619 \(fn)" t nil)
17620
17621 ;;;***
17622 \f
17623 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17624 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
17625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17626
17627 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17628 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17629
17630 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17631
17632 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17633 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17634
17635 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17636
17637 ;;;***
17638 \f
17639 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17640 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19562 42953))
17641 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17642
17643 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17644 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17645
17646 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17647 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17648 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17649
17650 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17651 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17652 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17653
17654 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17655 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17656
17657 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17658 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17659 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17660 hemisphere you're in.)
17661
17662 To test this function, evaluate:
17663 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17664
17665 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17666
17667 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17668 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17669
17670 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17671 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17672
17673 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17674 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17675 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17676
17677 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17678 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17679
17680 To test this function, evaluate:
17681 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17682
17683 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17684
17685 ;;;***
17686 \f
17687 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19598
17688 ;;;;;; 13691))
17689 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17690
17691 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17692 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17693 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17695 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17696 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17697
17698 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17699
17700 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17701 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17702 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17703 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17704
17705 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17706
17707 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17708
17709 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17710
17711 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17712 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17713 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17714 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17715 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17716 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17717
17718 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17719 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17720 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17721 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17722 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17723
17724 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17725 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17726
17727 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17728 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17729
17730 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17731
17732 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17733 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17734 primary selection and region.
17735
17736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17737
17738 ;;;***
17739 \f
17740 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19562 42953))
17741 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17742
17743 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17744 Main entry point for MPC.
17745
17746 \(fn)" t nil)
17747
17748 ;;;***
17749 \f
17750 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19640 47194))
17751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17752
17753 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17754 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17755
17756 \(fn)" t nil)
17757
17758 ;;;***
17759 \f
17760 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19562 42953))
17761 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17762
17763 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17764 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17765 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17768 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17769
17770 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17771
17772 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17773 Toggle Msb mode.
17774 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17775 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17776 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17777
17778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17779
17780 ;;;***
17781 \f
17782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-cmds" "international/mule-cmds.el" (19598
17783 ;;;;;; 13691))
17784 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-cmds.el
17785
17786 (put 'input-method-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
17787
17788 ;;;***
17789 \f
17790 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17791 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17792 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17793 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17794 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17795 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
17796 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17797
17798 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17799 Display a list of all character sets.
17800
17801 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17802 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17803 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17804 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17805 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17806
17807 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17808 but still shows the full information.
17809
17810 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17811
17812 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17813 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17814 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17815
17816 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17817 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17818 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17819 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17820 meanings of these arguments.
17821
17822 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17823
17824 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17825 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17826
17827 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17828
17829 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17830 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17831
17832 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17833
17834 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17835 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17836
17837 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17838
17839 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17840 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17841
17842 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17843 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17844 in place of `..':
17845 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17846 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17847 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17848 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17849 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17850 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17851 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17852 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17853 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17854 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17855 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17856 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17857 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17858 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17859 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17860 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17861
17862 \(fn)" t nil)
17863
17864 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17865 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17866
17867 \(fn)" t nil)
17868
17869 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17870 Display a list of all coding systems.
17871 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17872
17873 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17874 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17875
17876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17877
17878 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17879 Display a list of all coding categories.
17880
17881 \(fn)" nil nil)
17882
17883 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17884 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17885 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17886
17887 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17888
17889 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17890 Display information about FONTSET.
17891 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17892
17893 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17894
17895 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17896 Display a list of all fontsets.
17897 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17898 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17899 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17900
17901 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17902
17903 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17904 Display information about all input methods.
17905
17906 \(fn)" t nil)
17907
17908 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17909 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17910
17911 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17912 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17913 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17914 system which uses fontsets).
17915
17916 \(fn)" t nil)
17917
17918 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17919 Show log of font listing and opening.
17920 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17921 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17922
17923 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17924
17925 ;;;***
17926 \f
17927 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17928 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17929 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17930 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17931 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17932 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19562 42953))
17933 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17934
17935 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17936 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17937 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17938
17939 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17940
17941 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17942
17943 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17944 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17945
17946 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17947 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17948
17949 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17950 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17951
17952 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17953
17954 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17955 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17956 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17957 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17958 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17959 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17960 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17961
17962 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17963 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17964 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17965 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17966 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17967 middle of a character in STR.
17968
17969 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17970 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17971
17972 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17973 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17974 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17975 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17976 defaults to \"...\".
17977
17978 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17979
17980 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17981 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17982
17983 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17984 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17985 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17986
17987 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17988 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17989 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17990
17991 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17992 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17993 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17994 are considered.
17995 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17996 longer than KEYSEQ.
17997 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17998
17999 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18000
18001 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18002 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18003 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18004 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18005 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18006 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18007 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18008 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18009 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18010 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18011 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18012
18013 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18014
18015 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18016 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18017
18018 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18019
18020 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18021 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18022
18023 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18024
18025 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18026 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18027
18028 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18029
18030 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18031 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18032
18033 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18034
18035 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18036 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18037 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
18038 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18039 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18040
18041 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18042 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18043
18044 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18045 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18046 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18047 coding systems ordered by priority.
18048
18049 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18050
18051 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18052 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18053 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18054 language environment LANG-ENV.
18055
18056 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18057
18058 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18059 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18060 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18061 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18062 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18063 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18064
18065 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18066
18067 ;;;***
18068 \f
18069 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18070 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18071 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18072 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19619
18073 ;;;;;; 52030))
18074 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18075
18076 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18077 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18078
18079 \(fn)" t nil)
18080
18081 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18082 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18083
18084 \(fn)" t nil)
18085
18086 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18087 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18088
18089 \(fn)" t nil)
18090
18091 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18092 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18093
18094 \(fn)" t nil)
18095
18096 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18097 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18098
18099 \(fn)" t nil)
18100
18101 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18102 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18103
18104 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18105
18106 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18107 Ping HOST.
18108 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18109 `ping-program-options'.
18110
18111 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18112
18113 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18114 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18115
18116 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18117
18118 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18119 Run nslookup program.
18120
18121 \(fn)" t nil)
18122
18123 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18124 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18125
18126 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18127
18128 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18129 Run dig program.
18130
18131 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18132
18133 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18134 Run ftp program.
18135
18136 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18137
18138 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18139 Finger USER on HOST.
18140
18141 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18142
18143 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18144 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18145 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18146 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18147
18148 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18149
18150 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18151 Not documented
18152
18153 \(fn)" t nil)
18154
18155 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18156 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18157
18158 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18159
18160 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18161 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18162
18163 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18164
18165 ;;;***
18166 \f
18167 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19640
18168 ;;;;;; 47194))
18169 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18170
18171 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18172 Return a user name/password pair.
18173 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18174 listed in the PORTS list.
18175
18176 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18177
18178 ;;;***
18179 \f
18180 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18181 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18182 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18183 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18184 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18185 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19619 52030))
18186 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18187
18188 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18189
18190 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18191
18192 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18193
18194 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18195
18196 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18197 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18198 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18199 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18200 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18201 Major modes should set this variable.")
18202
18203 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18204 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18205 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18206 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18207 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18208 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18209
18210 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18211 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18212
18213 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18214 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18215 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18216
18217 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18218 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18219 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18220 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18221 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18222
18223 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18224 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18225 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18226
18227 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18228 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18229 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18230 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18231
18232 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18233 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18234 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18235 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18236 column indentation or nil.
18237 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18238
18239 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18240 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18241 The function has no args.
18242
18243 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18244 comments always start in column zero.")
18245
18246 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18247 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18248 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18249
18250 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18251
18252 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18253 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18254 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18255 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18256
18257 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18258 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18259
18260 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18261
18262 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18263 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18264 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18265 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18266 customize this variable.
18267
18268 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18269 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18270
18271 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18272
18273 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18274 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18275 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18276 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18277 the variables are properly set.
18278
18279 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18280
18281 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18282 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18283
18284 \(fn)" nil nil)
18285
18286 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18287 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18288 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18289
18290 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18291
18292 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18293 Set the comment column based on point.
18294 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18295 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18296 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18297 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18298
18299 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18300
18301 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18302 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18303 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18304
18305 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18306
18307 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18308 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18309 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18310 comment markers.
18311
18312 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18313
18314 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18315 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18316 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18317 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18318 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18319
18320 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18321 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18322 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18323
18324 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18325 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18326 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18327 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18328 changed with `comment-style'.
18329
18330 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18331
18332 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18333 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18334 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18335 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18336
18337 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18338
18339 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18340 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18341 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18342 is passed on to the respective function.
18343
18344 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18345
18346 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18347 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18348 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18349 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18350 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18351 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18352 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18353 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18354 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18355 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18356
18357 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18358
18359 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18360 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18361 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18362
18363 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18364
18365 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18366 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18367 This indents the body of the continued comment
18368 under the previous comment line.
18369
18370 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18371 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18372 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18373
18374 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18375 or comment indentation.
18376
18377 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18378 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18379
18380 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18381
18382 ;;;***
18383 \f
18384 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18385 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19598 13691))
18386 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18387
18388 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18389 Check whether newsticker is running.
18390 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18391 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18392
18393 \(fn)" nil nil)
18394
18395 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18396 Start the newsticker.
18397 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18398 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18399 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18400 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18401
18402 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18403
18404 ;;;***
18405 \f
18406 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18407 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
18408 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18409
18410 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18411 Start newsticker plainview.
18412
18413 \(fn)" t nil)
18414
18415 ;;;***
18416 \f
18417 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18418 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18420
18421 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18422 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18423
18424 \(fn)" t nil)
18425
18426 ;;;***
18427 \f
18428 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18429 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19598 13691))
18430 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18431
18432 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18433 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18434 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18435 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18436 empty.
18437
18438 \(fn)" nil nil)
18439
18440 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18441 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18442 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18443 running already.
18444
18445 \(fn)" t nil)
18446
18447 ;;;***
18448 \f
18449 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18450 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18452
18453 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18454 Start newsticker treeview.
18455
18456 \(fn)" t nil)
18457
18458 ;;;***
18459 \f
18460 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18461 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
18462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18463
18464 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18465 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18466
18467 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18468
18469 ;;;***
18470 \f
18471 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19640
18472 ;;;;;; 47194))
18473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18474
18475 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18476 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18477 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18478 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18479 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18480 symbol in the alist.
18481
18482 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18483
18484 ;;;***
18485 \f
18486 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18487 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
18488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18489
18490 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18491 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18492 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18493
18494 \(fn)" t nil)
18495
18496 ;;;***
18497 \f
18498 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18499 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
18500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18501
18502 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18503 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18504
18505 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18506
18507 ;;;***
18508 \f
18509 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18510 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19562 42953))
18511 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18512
18513 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18514 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18515 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18516
18517 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18518
18519 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18520 Not documented
18521
18522 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18523
18524 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18525 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18526 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18527 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18528 to future sessions.
18529
18530 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18531
18532 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18533 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18534 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18535 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18536 to future sessions.
18537
18538 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18539
18540 ;;;***
18541 \f
18542 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18543 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
18544 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18545
18546 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18547 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18548 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18549 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18550 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18551 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18552
18553 \(fn)" t nil)
18554
18555 ;;;***
18556 \f
18557 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18558 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
18559 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18560
18561 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18562 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18563 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18564 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18565
18566 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18567
18568 ;;;***
18569 \f
18570 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19562
18571 ;;;;;; 42953))
18572 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18573
18574 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18575 Major mode for editing XML.
18576
18577 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18578 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18579 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18580 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18581 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18582 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18583 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18584
18585 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18586
18587 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18588 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18589
18590 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18591 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18592 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18593 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18594 instead of C-c.
18595
18596 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18597 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18598 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18599 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18600 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18601 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18602
18603 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18604 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18605 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18606
18607 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18608 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18609 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18610
18611 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18612 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18613 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18614 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18615 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18616 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18617 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18618 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18619 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18620
18621 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18622
18623 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18624 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18625
18626 \(fn)" t nil)
18627
18628 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18629
18630 ;;;***
18631 \f
18632 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18633 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19562 42953))
18634 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18635
18636 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18637 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18638 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18639 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18640
18641 \(fn)" t nil)
18642
18643 ;;;***
18644 \f
18645 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-previous-src-block org-babel-next-src-block
18646 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
18647 ;;;;;; org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree
18648 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-buffer org-babel-open-src-block-result
18649 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-expand-src-block
18650 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-src-block org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe
18651 ;;;;;; org-babel-load-in-session-maybe org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe
18652 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-src-block-maybe) "ob" "org/ob.el" (19598
18653 ;;;;;; 13691))
18654 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
18655
18656 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
18657 Conditionally execute a source block.
18658 Detect if this is context for a Babel src-block and if so
18659 then run `org-babel-execute-src-block'.
18660
18661 \(fn)" t nil)
18662
18663 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
18664 Conditionally expand a source block.
18665 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18666 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
18667
18668 \(fn)" t nil)
18669
18670 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
18671 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
18672 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18673 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
18674
18675 \(fn)" t nil)
18676
18677 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
18678 Conditionally pop to a session.
18679 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18680 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
18681
18682 \(fn)" t nil)
18683
18684 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
18685 Execute the current source code block.
18686 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
18687 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
18688 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
18689
18690 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
18691 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
18692
18693 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
18694 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
18695 block.
18696
18697 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18698
18699 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
18700 Expand the current source code block.
18701 Expand according to the source code block's header
18702 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
18703
18704 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18705
18706 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
18707 Load the body of the current source-code block.
18708 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
18709 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
18710 session.
18711
18712 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18713
18714 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
18715 Switch to the session of the current source-code block.
18716 If called with a prefix argument then evaluate the header arguments
18717 for the source block before entering the session. Copy the body
18718 of the source block to the kill ring.
18719
18720 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18721
18722 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
18723 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
18724 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
18725 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
18726 results already exist.
18727
18728 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
18729
18730 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
18731 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
18732 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
18733 the current buffer.
18734
18735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18736
18737 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
18738 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
18739 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
18740 the current subtree.
18741
18742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18743
18744 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
18745 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
18746
18747 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
18748
18749 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
18750 Toggle visibility of result at point.
18751
18752 \(fn)" t nil)
18753
18754 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
18755 Go to a named source-code block.
18756
18757 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
18758
18759 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
18760 Go to a named result.
18761
18762 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
18763
18764 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
18765 Jump to the next source block.
18766 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
18767
18768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18769
18770 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
18771 Jump to the previous source block.
18772 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
18773
18774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18775
18776 ;;;***
18777 \f
18778 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
18779 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
18780 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
18781
18782 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
18783 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
18784
18785 \(fn)" t nil)
18786
18787 ;;;***
18788 \f
18789 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
18790 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (19562 42953))
18791 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
18792
18793 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
18794 Add all source-blocks defined in FILE to `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
18795
18796 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
18797
18798 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
18799 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
18800 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
18801 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
18802
18803 \(fn)" t nil)
18804
18805 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
18806 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
18807
18808 This function is analogous to org-babel-get-src-block-name. For
18809 both functions, after they are called, (match-string 1) matches
18810 the function name, and (match-string 2) matches the function
18811 arguments inside the parentheses. I think perhaps these functions
18812 should be renamed to bring out this similarity, perhaps involving
18813 the word 'call'.
18814
18815 \(fn)" nil nil)
18816
18817 ;;;***
18818 \f
18819 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file)
18820 ;;;;;; "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el" (19562 42953))
18821 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
18822
18823 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
18824 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
18825 This function exports the source code using
18826 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
18827 `load-file'.
18828
18829 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18830
18831 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
18832 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
18833 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
18834 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
18835 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
18836 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
18837
18838 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
18839
18840 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
18841 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
18842 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
18843 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
18844 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
18845 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
18846 exported source code blocks by language.
18847
18848 \(fn &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
18849
18850 ;;;***
18851 \f
18852 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18853 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
18854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18855
18856 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18857 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18858 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18859
18860 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18861
18862 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18863 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18864
18865 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18866 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18867 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18868
18869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18870
18871 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18872
18873 ;;;***
18874 \f
18875 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18876 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
18877 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18878
18879 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18880 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18881
18882 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18883 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18884 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18885 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18886
18887 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18888 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18889 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18890 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18891 is why you need this mode!).
18892
18893 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18894 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18895 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18896
18897 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18898
18899 Keybindings
18900 ===========
18901
18902 \\{octave-mode-map}
18903
18904 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18905 ==============================================
18906
18907 `octave-auto-indent'
18908 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18909 Default is nil.
18910
18911 `octave-auto-newline'
18912 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18913 Default is nil.
18914
18915 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18916 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18917 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18918
18919 `octave-block-offset'
18920 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18921 Default is 2.
18922
18923 `octave-continuation-offset'
18924 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18925 Default is 4.
18926
18927 `octave-continuation-string'
18928 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18929 Default is a backslash.
18930
18931 `octave-send-echo-input'
18932 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18933 command to the inferior Octave process.
18934
18935 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18936 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18937 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18938
18939 `octave-send-echo-input'
18940 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18941
18942 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18943
18944 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18945 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18946
18947 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18948
18949 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18950 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18951
18952 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18953 (lambda ()
18954 (abbrev-mode 1)
18955 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18956
18957 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18958 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18959 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18960 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18961
18962 \(fn)" t nil)
18963
18964 ;;;***
18965 \f
18966 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18967 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
18968 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18969 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18970 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18971 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
18972 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
18973 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18974
18975 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
18976 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
18977
18978 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
18979
18980 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18981 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18982 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18983
18984 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18985 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18986 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18987 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18988 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18989 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18990 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18991 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18992 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18993 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18994
18995 The following commands are available:
18996
18997 \\{org-mode-map}
18998
18999 \(fn)" t nil)
19000
19001 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19002
19003 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19004 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19006 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19007
19008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19009
19010 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19011 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19012 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19013 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19014 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19015 defined by Org-mode).
19016
19017 M-up Move entry/item up
19018 M-down Move entry/item down
19019 M-left Promote
19020 M-right Demote
19021 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19022 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19023 M-S-left Promote subtree
19024 M-S-right Demote subtree
19025 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19026 C-c ^ Sort entries
19027 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19028 TAB Cycle item visibility
19029 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19030 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19031 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19032
19033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19034
19035 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19036 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19037
19038 \(fn)" nil nil)
19039
19040 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19041 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19042
19043 \(fn)" nil nil)
19044
19045 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19046 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19047 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19048 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19049 call CMD.
19050
19051 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19052
19053 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19054 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19055 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19056 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19057
19058 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19059 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19060 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19061
19062 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19063
19064 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19065 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19066 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19067
19068 \(fn)" t nil)
19069
19070 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19071 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19072 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19073 Org-mode syntax.
19074
19075 \(fn)" t nil)
19076
19077 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19078 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19079
19080 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19081
19082 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19083 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19084
19085 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19086 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19087 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19088 returned as a list.
19089
19090 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19091 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19092 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19093 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19094 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19095 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19096 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19097 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19098 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19099 position.
19100
19101 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19102 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19103 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19104 visited by the iteration.
19105
19106 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19107
19108 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19109 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19110 file The current buffer, without restriction
19111 file-with-archives
19112 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19113 agenda All agenda files
19114 agenda-with-archives
19115 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19116 \(file1 file2 ...)
19117 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19118
19119 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19120 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19121
19122 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19123 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19124 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19125 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19126 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19127 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19128 function leaves it.
19129
19130 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19131 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19132 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19133 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19134 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19135 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19136 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19137 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19138
19139 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19140
19141 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19142 Switch between Org buffers.
19143 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19144 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19145
19146 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19147 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19148
19149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19150
19151 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19152
19153 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19154
19155 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19156 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19157 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19158 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19159
19160 \(fn)" t nil)
19161
19162 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19163 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19164
19165 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19166
19167 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19168 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19169 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19170
19171 \(fn)" t nil)
19172
19173 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19174 Not documented
19175
19176 \(fn)" t nil)
19177
19178 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19179 Reload all org lisp files.
19180 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19181
19182 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19183
19184 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19185 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19186
19187 \(fn)" t nil)
19188
19189 ;;;***
19190 \f
19191 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19192 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19193 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19194 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19195 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19619 52030))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19197
19198 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19199 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19200 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19201 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19202
19203 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19204 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19205 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19206 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19207 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19208 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19209 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19210 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19211 e Export views to associated files.
19212 s Search entries for keywords.
19213 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19214 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19215 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19216 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19217 > Remove a previous restriction.
19218 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19219 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19220 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19221
19222 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19223 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19224 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19225
19226 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19227 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19228 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19229 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19230 \(if active).
19231
19232 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19233
19234 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19235 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19236 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19237 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19238 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19239 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19240 before running the agenda command.
19241
19242 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19243
19244 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19245 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19246 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19247 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19248 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19249 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19250 before running the agenda command.
19251
19252 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19253 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19254
19255 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19256
19257 category The category of the item
19258 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19259 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19260 todo selected in TODO match
19261 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19262 diary imported from diary
19263 deadline a deadline on given date
19264 scheduled scheduled on given date
19265 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19266 closed entry was closed on given date
19267 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19268 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19269 block entry has date block including g. date
19270 todo The todo keyword, if any
19271 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19272 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19273 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19274 extra Sting with extra planning info
19275 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19276 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19277 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19278
19279 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19280
19281 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19282 Not documented
19283
19284 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19285
19286 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19287 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19288
19289 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19290
19291 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19292 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19293 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19294 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19295
19296 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19297 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19298 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19299 agenda instead.
19300
19301 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19302 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19303 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19304
19305 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19306 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19307
19308 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19309
19310 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19311 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19312
19313 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19314 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19315 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19316 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19317 EDIT-AT.
19318
19319 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19320 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19321 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19322 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19323 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19324 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19325
19326 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19327 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19328 including newlines.
19329
19330 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19331 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19332 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19333 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19334 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19335 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19336 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19337
19338 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19339 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19340 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19341 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19342
19343 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19344 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19345 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19346 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19347 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19348 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19349 Boolean search must match as full words.
19350
19351 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19352 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19353
19354 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19355
19356 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19357 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19358 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19359 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19360 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19361 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19362
19363 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19364
19365 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19366 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19367 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19368
19369 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19370
19371 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19372 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19373 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19374 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19375 `org-stuck-projects'.
19376 MATCH is being ignored.
19377
19378 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19379
19380 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19381 Return diary information from org-files.
19382 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19383 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19384 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19385 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19386 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19387
19388 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19389
19390 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19391
19392 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19393 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19394
19395 &%%(org-diary)
19396
19397 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19398 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19399 So the example above may also be written as
19400
19401 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19402
19403 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19404 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19405 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19406
19407 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19408
19409 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19410 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19411
19412 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19413
19414 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19415 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19416 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19417
19418 \(fn)" t nil)
19419
19420 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19421 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19422 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19423 appointments.
19424
19425 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19426 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19427
19428 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19429 for filtering entries out.
19430
19431 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19432 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19433
19434 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19435 (category \"Work\"))
19436
19437 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19438 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19439
19440 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19441
19442 ;;;***
19443 \f
19444 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19445 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19446 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
19447 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19448
19449 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19450 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19451 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19452
19453 \(fn)" t nil)
19454
19455 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19456 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19457 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19458
19459 \(fn)" t nil)
19460
19461 ;;;***
19462 \f
19463 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19464 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
19465 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
19466 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19562
19467 ;;;;;; 42953))
19468 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19469
19470 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
19471 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
19472
19473 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19474
19475 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19476 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
19477
19478 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19479
19480 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
19481 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use use encoding for special symbols.
19482
19483 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19484
19485 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19486 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
19487
19488 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19489
19490 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19491 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19492 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19493
19494 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19495
19496 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19497 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19498 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19499 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19500 command to convert it.
19501
19502 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19503
19504 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19505 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19506 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19507 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19508 cut-and-paste operations.
19509 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19510 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19511 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19512 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19513
19514 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19515
19516 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19517 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19518
19519 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19520
19521 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19522 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19523 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19524 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19525 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19526 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19527 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19528 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19529 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19530 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19531 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19532 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19533 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19534 publishing directory.
19535
19536 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19537
19538 ;;;***
19539 \f
19540 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19562
19541 ;;;;;; 42953))
19542 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19543
19544 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19545 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19546 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19547
19548 \(fn)" t nil)
19549
19550 ;;;***
19551 \f
19552 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19553 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
19554 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19555
19556 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19557 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19558
19559 \(fn)" nil nil)
19560
19561 ;;;***
19562 \f
19563 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
19564 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (19562 42953))
19565 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19566
19567 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19568 Capture something.
19569 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19570 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19571 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19572 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19573 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19574 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19575
19576 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19577 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19578 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19579 stored.
19580
19581 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19582
19583 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
19584 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
19585 bypassed.
19586
19587 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19588
19589 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
19590 Not documented
19591
19592 \(fn)" nil nil)
19593
19594 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19595 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19596
19597 \(fn)" t nil)
19598
19599 ;;;***
19600 \f
19601 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19602 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19562 42953))
19603 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19604
19605 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19606 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19607 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19608 fontified, and then returned.
19609
19610 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19611
19612 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19613 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19614
19615 \(fn)" nil nil)
19616
19617 ;;;***
19618 \f
19619 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
19620 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (19562 42953))
19621 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
19622
19623 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
19624 Find or create an entry for DATE.
19625 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
19626 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
19627 tree can be found.
19628
19629 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
19630
19631 ;;;***
19632 \f
19633 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19634 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19635 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19636 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19562 42953))
19637 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19638
19639 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19640 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19641 This function can be used in batch processing.
19642
19643 For example:
19644
19645 $ emacs --batch
19646 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19647 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19648
19649 \(fn)" nil nil)
19650
19651 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19652 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19653 No file is created.
19654
19655 \(fn)" t nil)
19656
19657 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19658 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19659 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19660 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19661 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19662 then use this command to convert it.
19663
19664 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19665
19666 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19667 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19668 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19669 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19670 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19671 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19672 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19673 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19674 could call this function in the following way:
19675
19676 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19677
19678 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19679 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19680
19681 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19682
19683 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19684 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19685
19686 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19687
19688 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19689 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19690
19691 \(fn)" t nil)
19692
19693 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19694 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19695 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19696 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19697 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19698 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19699 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19700 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19701 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19702 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19703 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19704 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19705 publishing directory.
19706
19707 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19708
19709 ;;;***
19710 \f
19711 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19712 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19713 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
19714 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19715
19716 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19717 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19718 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19719 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19720 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19721
19722 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19723 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
19724 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19725
19726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19727
19728 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19729 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19730 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19731 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
19732 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
19733 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19734 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19735 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19736 command.
19737
19738 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19739
19740 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19741 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19742 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19743 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19744 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19745
19746 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19747 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19748 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19749 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19750
19751 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19752 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19753 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19754
19755 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19756 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19757 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19758 directory.
19759
19760 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19761
19762 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19763 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19764
19765 \(fn)" t nil)
19766
19767 ;;;***
19768 \f
19769 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19770 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19562
19771 ;;;;;; 42953))
19772 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19773
19774 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19775 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19776
19777 \(fn)" t nil)
19778
19779 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19780 Get inbox items from FEED.
19781 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19782 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19783
19784 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19785
19786 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19787 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19788
19789 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19790
19791 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19792 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19793
19794 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19795
19796 ;;;***
19797 \f
19798 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19799 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19562 42953))
19800 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19801
19802 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19803 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19804 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19805 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19806 create a new footnote, interactively.
19807 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19808
19809 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19810
19811 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19812 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19813 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19814 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19815 Org-mode exporters.
19816 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19817 referenced sequence.
19818
19819 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19820
19821 ;;;***
19822 \f
19823 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19824 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19825 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19826 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19562 42953))
19827 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19828
19829 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19830 Not documented
19831
19832 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19833
19834 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19835 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19836
19837 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19838
19839 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19840 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19841
19842 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19843
19844 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19845 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19846
19847 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19848
19849 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19850 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19851
19852 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19853
19854 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19855 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19856
19857 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19858
19859 ;;;***
19860 \f
19861 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19862 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19863 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19864 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19562 42953))
19865 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19866
19867 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19868
19869 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19870
19871 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19872
19873 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19874 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19875 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19876 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19877 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19878
19879 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19880
19881 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19882 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
19883 This function can be used in batch processing as:
19884 emacs --batch
19885 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19886 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19887 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19888
19889 \(fn)" nil nil)
19890
19891 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19892 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19893 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19894
19895 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19896
19897 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19898 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19899 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19900 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19901 command to convert it.
19902
19903 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19904
19905 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19906 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19907 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19908 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19909 cut-and-paste operations.
19910 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19911 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19912 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19913 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19914
19915 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19916
19917 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19918 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19919
19920 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19921
19922 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19923 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19924 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19925 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19926 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19927 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19928 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19929 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19930 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19931 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19932 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19933 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19934 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19935 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19936 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19937
19938 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19939
19940 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19941 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19942 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19943 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19944 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19945 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19946 need into your CSS file.
19947
19948 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19949 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19950 that uses these same face definitions.
19951
19952 \(fn)" t nil)
19953
19954 ;;;***
19955 \f
19956 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19957 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19958 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
19959 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19960
19961 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19962 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19963 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19964 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19965
19966 \(fn)" t nil)
19967
19968 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19969 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19970 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19971 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19972
19973 \(fn)" t nil)
19974
19975 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19976 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19977 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19978
19979 \(fn)" t nil)
19980
19981 ;;;***
19982 \f
19983 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19984 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19985 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19562 42953))
19986 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19987
19988 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19989 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19990 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19991 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19992
19993 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19994
19995 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19996 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19997 Create an ID if necessary.
19998
19999 \(fn)" t nil)
20000
20001 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20002 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20003 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20004 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20005 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20006 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20007 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20008
20009 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20010
20011 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20012 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20013 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20014 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20015 eligible.
20016 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20017
20018 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20019
20020 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20021 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20022 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20023 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20024
20025 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20026
20027 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20028 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20029 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20030
20031 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20032
20033 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20034 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20035 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20036 if there is no entry with that ID.
20037 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20038
20039 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20040
20041 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20042 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20043
20044 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20045
20046 ;;;***
20047 \f
20048 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20049 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20050 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20051
20052 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20053 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20054
20055 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20056 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20057 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20058
20059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20060
20061 ;;;***
20062 \f
20063 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20064 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20065 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20066
20067 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20068 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20069
20070 \(fn)" nil nil)
20071
20072 ;;;***
20073 \f
20074 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20075 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20076 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20077 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20078 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20079
20080 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20081 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20082 For example:
20083
20084 emacs --batch
20085 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20086 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20087 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20088
20089 \(fn)" nil nil)
20090
20091 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20092 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20093 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20094
20095 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20096
20097 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20098 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20099 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20100 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20101 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20102 then use this command to convert it.
20103
20104 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20105
20106 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20107 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20108 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20109 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20110 cut-and-paste operations.
20111 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20112 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20113 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20114 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20115
20116 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20117
20118 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20119 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20120
20121 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20122
20123 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20124 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20125 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20126 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20127 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20128 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20129 convert them as description lists.
20130 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20131 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20132 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20133 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20134 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20135 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20136 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20137 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20138 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20139 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20140 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20141
20142 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20143
20144 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20145 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20146
20147 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20148
20149 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20150 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20151
20152 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20153
20154 ;;;***
20155 \f
20156 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20157 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19562
20158 ;;;;;; 42953))
20159 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
20160
20161 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
20162 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
20163 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
20164 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
20165
20166 \(fn)" t nil)
20167
20168 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
20169 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
20170 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
20171 agenda view showing the flagged items.
20172
20173 \(fn)" t nil)
20174
20175 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
20176 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
20177
20178 \(fn)" t nil)
20179
20180 ;;;***
20181 \f
20182 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20183 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20184 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20185
20186 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20187 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20188 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20189 line directly before or after the table.
20190
20191 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20192
20193 ;;;***
20194 \f
20195 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20196 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20197 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20198 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20199
20200 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20201
20202 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20203 Publish PROJECT.
20204
20205 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20206
20207 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20208 Publish all projects.
20209 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
20210 directory and force publishing all files.
20211
20212 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20213
20214 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20215 Publish the current file.
20216 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20217
20218 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20219
20220 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20221 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20222 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20223 the project.
20224
20225 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20226
20227 ;;;***
20228 \f
20229 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20230 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20231 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19562 42953))
20232 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20233
20234 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20235 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20236
20237 \(fn)" nil nil)
20238
20239 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20240 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20241 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20242 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20243 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20244
20245 \(fn)" nil nil)
20246
20247 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20248 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20249 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20250 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20251
20252 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20253
20254 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20255 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20256 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20257 of the remember buffer.
20258
20259 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20260 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20261 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
20262 note stored by remember.
20263
20264 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20265 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20266
20267 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20268
20269 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20270 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20271 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20272 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20273 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20274 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
20275 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20276 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
20277 process is used to select the target location.
20278
20279 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20280 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20281
20282 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20283 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20284 currently running.
20285
20286 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
20287 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
20288 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
20289 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20290
20291 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20292 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20293 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20294 some additional data.
20295
20296 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20297 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20298 \(i.e. after the stars).
20299
20300 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20301
20302 \(fn)" nil nil)
20303
20304 ;;;***
20305 \f
20306 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20307 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19562 42953))
20308 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20309
20310 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20311 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20312
20313 \(fn)" nil nil)
20314
20315 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20316 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20317
20318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20319
20320 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20321 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20322 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20323 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20324 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20325
20326 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20327
20328 ;;;***
20329 \f
20330 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
20331 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (19562 42953))
20332 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
20333
20334 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
20335 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
20336 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
20337 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
20338 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
20339 the project properties such as project name and project period.
20340 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
20341 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
20342 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
20343 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
20344 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
20345 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
20346
20347 \(fn)" t nil)
20348
20349 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
20350 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
20351 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
20352
20353 \(fn)" t nil)
20354
20355 ;;;***
20356 \f
20357 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20358 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20359 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20360 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20361
20362 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20363 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20364 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20365 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20366 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20367 without user interaction.
20368 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20369 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20370 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20371 the region 0:00:00.
20372
20373 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20374
20375 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20376 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20377 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20378 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
20379 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\universal-argument], change all the timer string
20380 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20381 that was not started at the correct moment.
20382
20383 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
20384
20385 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20386 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20387
20388 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20389
20390 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20391 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20392
20393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20394
20395 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
20396 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
20397
20398 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
20399 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
20400 prompt the use if she wants to replace it.
20401
20402 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
20403 the duration of the timer.
20404
20405 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20406 without prompting the user for a duration.
20407
20408 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20409 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
20410 replace any running timer.
20411
20412 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
20413
20414 ;;;***
20415 \f
20416 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
20417 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
20419
20420 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
20421 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20422 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20423
20424 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20425
20426 ;;;***
20427 \f
20428 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20429 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
20430 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20431 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20432
20433 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20434 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20435 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20436 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20437
20438 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20439 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20440 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20441 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20442
20443 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20444 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20445 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20446 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20447 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20448 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20449
20450 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20451 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20452 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20453
20454 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20455 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20456 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20457 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20458 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20459 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20460 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20461 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20462 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20463 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20464 The subheadings remain visible.
20465 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20466
20467 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20468 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20469 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20470
20471 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20472 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20473
20474 \(fn)" t nil)
20475
20476 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20477 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20478 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20479 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20480
20481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20482 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20483
20484 ;;;***
20485 \f
20486 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20487 ;;;;;; package-install-file package-install-from-buffer package-install
20488 ;;;;;; package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20489 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
20490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20491
20492 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20493 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20494 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20495 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20496 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20497
20498 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20499 activate the package system at any time.")
20500
20501 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20502
20503 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20504 Install the package named NAME.
20505 Interactively, prompt for the package name.
20506 The package is found on one of the archives in `package-archives'.
20507
20508 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20509
20510 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20511 Install a package from the current buffer.
20512 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20513 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20514 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20515
20516 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20517 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20518 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20519
20520 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20521
20522 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20523 Install a package from a file.
20524 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20525
20526 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20527
20528 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20529 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20530 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20531
20532 \(fn)" t nil)
20533
20534 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20535 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20536
20537 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20538
20539 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20540 Display a list of packages.
20541 Fetches the updated list of packages before displaying.
20542 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20543
20544 \(fn)" t nil)
20545
20546 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20547
20548 ;;;***
20549 \f
20550 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19562 42953))
20551 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20552
20553 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20554 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20555 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20558 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20559
20560 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20561
20562 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20563 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20564 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20565 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20566
20567 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20568 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20569
20570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20571
20572 ;;;***
20573 \f
20574 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20575 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
20576 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20577 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20578
20579 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20580 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20581 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20582 unknown are returned as nil.
20583
20584 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20585
20586 ;;;***
20587 \f
20588 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19619
20589 ;;;;;; 52030))
20590 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20591
20592 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20593 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20594 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20595
20596 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20597 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20598
20599 Other useful functions are:
20600
20601 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20602 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20603 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20604 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20605 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20606 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20607 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20608 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20609 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20610
20611 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20612
20613 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20614 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20615 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20616 Indentation for case statements.
20617 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20618 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20619 mark after an end.
20620 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20621 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20622 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20623 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20624 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20625 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20626 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20627 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20628 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20629 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20630
20631 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20632 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20633
20634 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20635 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20636
20637 \(fn)" t nil)
20638
20639 ;;;***
20640 \f
20641 ;;;### (autoloads (password-cache-expiry password-cache) "password-cache"
20642 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" (19598 13691))
20643 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20644
20645 (defvar password-cache t "\
20646 Whether to cache passwords.")
20647
20648 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20649
20650 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20651 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20652 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20653
20654 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20655
20656 ;;;***
20657 \f
20658 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20659 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
20660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20661
20662 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20663 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20664 The keys affected are:
20665 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20666 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20667 M-Backspace does undo.
20668 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20669 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20670 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20671
20672 \(fn)" t nil)
20673
20674 ;;;***
20675 \f
20676 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20677 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20679
20680 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20681 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20682 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20685 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20686
20687 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20688
20689 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20690 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, Mac or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20691
20692 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20693
20694 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20695 which modify the status of the mark.
20696
20697 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20698 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20699
20700 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20701 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20702
20703 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20704 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20705 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20706 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20707 turning PC Selection mode on.
20708
20709 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20710 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20711
20712 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20713 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20714 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20715
20716 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20717 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20718 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20719
20720 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20721 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20722
20723 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20724 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20725 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20726
20727 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20728 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20729 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20730
20731 F6 other-window
20732 DELETE delete-char
20733 C-DELETE kill-line
20734 M-DELETE kill-word
20735 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20736 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20737 M-BACKSPACE undo
20738
20739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20740
20741 ;;;***
20742 \f
20743 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20744 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
20745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20746
20747 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20748 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20749 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20750
20751 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20752 _ matches anything.
20753 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20754 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20755 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20756 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20757 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20758
20759 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20760 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20761 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20762 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20763 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20764
20765 PRED can take the form
20766 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20767 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
20768 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20769 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20770 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20771 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20772 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20773
20774 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
20775
20776 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20777
20778 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20779 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20780 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20781 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20782
20783 \(fn BINDINGS BODY)" nil (quote macro))
20784
20785 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20786 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20787 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20788 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20789
20790 \(fn BINDINGS BODY)" nil (quote macro))
20791
20792 ;;;***
20793 \f
20794 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19598
20795 ;;;;;; 13691))
20796 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20797
20798 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20799 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20800
20801 \(fn)" nil nil)
20802
20803 ;;;***
20804 \f
20805 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20806 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19598 13691))
20807 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20808
20809 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20810 Completion for `gzip'.
20811
20812 \(fn)" nil nil)
20813
20814 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20815 Completion for `bzip2'.
20816
20817 \(fn)" nil nil)
20818
20819 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20820 Completion for GNU `make'.
20821
20822 \(fn)" nil nil)
20823
20824 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20825 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20826
20827 \(fn)" nil nil)
20828
20829 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20830
20831 ;;;***
20832 \f
20833 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20834 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19598 13691))
20835 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20836
20837 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20838 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20839
20840 \(fn)" nil nil)
20841
20842 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20843 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20844
20845 \(fn)" nil nil)
20846
20847 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20848 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20849
20850 \(fn)" nil nil)
20851
20852 ;;;***
20853 \f
20854 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19598
20855 ;;;;;; 13691))
20856 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20857
20858 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20859 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20860
20861 \(fn)" nil nil)
20862
20863 ;;;***
20864 \f
20865 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20866 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20867 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19598 13691))
20868 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20869
20870 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20871 Completion for `cd'.
20872
20873 \(fn)" nil nil)
20874
20875 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20876
20877 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20878 Completion for `rmdir'.
20879
20880 \(fn)" nil nil)
20881
20882 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20883 Completion for `rm'.
20884
20885 \(fn)" nil nil)
20886
20887 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20888 Completion for `xargs'.
20889
20890 \(fn)" nil nil)
20891
20892 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20893
20894 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20895 Completion for `which'.
20896
20897 \(fn)" nil nil)
20898
20899 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20900 Completion for the `chown' command.
20901
20902 \(fn)" nil nil)
20903
20904 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20905 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20906
20907 \(fn)" nil nil)
20908
20909 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20910 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20911
20912 \(fn)" nil nil)
20913
20914 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20915 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20916 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20917
20918 \(fn)" nil nil)
20919
20920 ;;;***
20921 \f
20922 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20923 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20924 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19591
20925 ;;;;;; 62571))
20926 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20927
20928 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20929 Support extensible programmable completion.
20930 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20931 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20932
20933 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20934
20935 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20936 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20937
20938 \(fn)" t nil)
20939
20940 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20941 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20942 This will modify the current buffer.
20943
20944 \(fn)" t nil)
20945
20946 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20947 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20948
20949 \(fn)" t nil)
20950
20951 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20952 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20953 This will modify the current buffer.
20954
20955 \(fn)" t nil)
20956
20957 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20958 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20959
20960 \(fn)" t nil)
20961
20962 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20963 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20964
20965 \(fn)" t nil)
20966
20967 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20968 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20969 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20970 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20971 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20972
20973 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20974
20975 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20976 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20977
20978 \(fn)" nil nil)
20979
20980 ;;;***
20981 \f
20982 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20983 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20984 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (19591 62571))
20985 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20986
20987 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20988 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20989 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20990 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20991
20992 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20993
20994 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20995
20996 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20997 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20998 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20999 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21000 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21001 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21002 FLAGS is ignored.
21003
21004 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21005
21006 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21007 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21008 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21009 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21010 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21011 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21012 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21013 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21014
21015 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21016
21017 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21018 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21019 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21020 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21021 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21022 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21023 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21024 passed to cvs.
21025
21026 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21027
21028 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21029 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21030 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21031 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21032 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21033 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21034 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21035
21036 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21037
21038 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21039 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21040 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21041
21042 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21043
21044 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21045 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21046 A value of nil means never do it.
21047 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21048 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21049 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21050
21051 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21052
21053 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21054 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21055 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21056
21057 ;;;***
21058 \f
21059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (19598 13691))
21060 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21061
21062 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21063
21064 ;;;***
21065 \f
21066 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21067 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
21068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21069 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21070 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21071 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21072 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21073 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21074 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21075
21076 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21077 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21078 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21079 Tab indents for Perl code.
21080 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21081 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21082 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21083 \\{perl-mode-map}
21084 Variables controlling indentation style:
21085 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21086 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21087 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21088 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21089 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21090 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21091 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21092 `perl-nochange'
21093 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21094 `perl-indent-level'
21095 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21096 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21097 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21098 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21099 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21100 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21101 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21102 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21103 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21104 `perl-brace-offset'
21105 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21106 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21107 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21108 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21109 `perl-label-offset'
21110 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21111 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21112 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21113
21114 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21115 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21116 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21117 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21118 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21119 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21120 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21121
21122 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21123
21124 \(fn)" t nil)
21125
21126 ;;;***
21127 \f
21128 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21129 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21130 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21131 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19640 47194))
21132 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21133
21134 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21135 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21136
21137 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21138
21139 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21140 passphrase cache or user.
21141
21142 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21143
21144 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21145 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21146
21147 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21148 cache or user.
21149
21150 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21151
21152 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21153 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21154
21155 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21156 the region.
21157
21158 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21159 passphrase cache or user.
21160
21161 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21162
21163 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21164 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21165
21166 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21167
21168 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21169 the region.
21170
21171 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21172 passphrase cache or user.
21173
21174 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21175
21176 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21177 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21178
21179 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21180 passphrase cache or user.
21181
21182 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21183
21184 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21185 Decrypt the current buffer.
21186
21187 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21188 the region.
21189
21190 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21191 passphrase cache or user.
21192
21193 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21194
21195 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21196 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21197
21198 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21199 a detached signature.
21200
21201 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21202 and the output is displayed.
21203
21204 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21205 passphrase cache or user.
21206
21207 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21208
21209 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21210 Sign the current buffer.
21211
21212 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21213 detached signature.
21214
21215 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21216 within the region.
21217
21218 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21219 and the output is displayed.
21220
21221 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21222 passphrase cache or user.
21223
21224 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21225
21226 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21227 Verify the current region between START and END.
21228 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21229 the detached signature of the current region.
21230
21231 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21232 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21233
21234 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21237 Verify the current buffer.
21238 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21239 the detached signature of the current region.
21240 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21241 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21242 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21243 within the region.
21244
21245 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21246
21247 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21248 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21249
21250 \(fn)" t nil)
21251
21252 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21253 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21254
21255 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21256
21257 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21258 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21259
21260 \(fn)" t nil)
21261
21262 ;;;***
21263 \f
21264 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21265 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
21266 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21267
21268 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21269 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21270
21271 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21272
21273 ;;;***
21274 \f
21275 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21276 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
21277 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21278
21279 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21280 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21281 \\<picture-mode-map>
21282 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21283 afterwards settable by these commands:
21284
21285 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21286 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21287 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21288 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21289
21290 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21291 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21292 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21293 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21294
21295 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21296 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21297 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21298 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21299
21300 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21301 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21302 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21303 with these commands:
21304
21305 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21306 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21307 Move to column following last
21308 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21309 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21310 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21311 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21312 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21313 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21314
21315 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21316
21317 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21318 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21319 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21320 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21321 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21322 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21323
21324 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21325 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21326 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21327 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21328 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21329 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21330 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21331
21332 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21333 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21334 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21335 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21336 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21337 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21338 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21339 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21340
21341 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21342 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21343 by supplying an argument.
21344
21345 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21346
21347 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21348 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21349
21350 \(fn)" t nil)
21351
21352 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21353
21354 ;;;***
21355 \f
21356 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21357 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
21358 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21359
21360 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21361 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21362 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21363
21364 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21365
21366 ;;;***
21367 \f
21368 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19562 42953))
21369 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21370
21371 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21372 Play pong and waste time.
21373 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21374 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21375
21376 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21377
21378 \\{pong-mode-map}
21379
21380 \(fn)" t nil)
21381
21382 ;;;***
21383 \f
21384 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (19640 47194))
21385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21386
21387 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21388 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21389 Use streaming commands.
21390
21391 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21392
21393 ;;;***
21394 \f
21395 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21396 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21397 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
21398 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21399
21400 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21401 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21402 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21403 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21404
21405 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21406
21407 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21408 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21409
21410 \(fn)" nil nil)
21411
21412 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21413 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21414 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21415 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21416 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21417
21418 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21419
21420 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21421 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21422 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21423
21424 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21427 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21428
21429 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21432 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21433 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21434 Ignores leading comment characters.
21435
21436 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21437
21438 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21439 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21440 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21441 Ignores leading comment characters.
21442
21443 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21444
21445 ;;;***
21446 \f
21447 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21448 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21449 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21450 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21451 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21452 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21453 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21454 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21455 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21456 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21457 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21458 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21459 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21460 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21461 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21462 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21463 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21464 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21465 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
21466 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21467
21468 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21469 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21470
21471 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21472
21473 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21474
21475 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21476
21477 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21478 Preview directory using ghostview.
21479
21480 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21481 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21482 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21483 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21484
21485 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21486 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21487 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21488 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21489 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21490 file name.
21491
21492 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21493
21494 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21495
21496 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21497 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21498
21499 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21500 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21501 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21502 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21503
21504 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21505 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21506 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21507 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21508 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21509 file name.
21510
21511 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21512
21513 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21514
21515 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21516 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21517
21518 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21519 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21520 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21521 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21522
21523 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21524 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21525 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21526 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21527 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21528 file name.
21529
21530 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21531
21532 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21533
21534 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21535 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21536
21537 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21538
21539 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21540 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21541 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21542 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21543
21544 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21545 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21546 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21547 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21548 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21549 file name.
21550
21551 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21552
21553 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21554
21555 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21556 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21557
21558 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21559 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21560 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21561
21562 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21563 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21564 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21565 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21566
21567 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21568
21569 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21570 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21571
21572 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21573 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21574 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21575
21576 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21577 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21578 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21579 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21580
21581 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21582
21583 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21584 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21585
21586 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21587 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21588 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21589
21590 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21591 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21592 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21593 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21594
21595 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21596
21597 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21598 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21599
21600 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21601
21602 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21603 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21604 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21605
21606 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21607 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21608 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21609 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21610
21611 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21612
21613 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21614 Preview region using ghostview.
21615
21616 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21617
21618 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21619
21620 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21621 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21622
21623 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21624
21625 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21626
21627 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21628 Print region using PostScript printer.
21629
21630 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21631
21632 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21633
21634 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21635 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21636
21637 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21638
21639 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21640
21641 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21642 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21643
21644 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21645
21646 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21647
21648 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21649 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21650
21651 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21652
21653 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21654
21655 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21656 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21657
21658 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21659
21660 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21661
21662 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21663 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21664
21665 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21666
21667 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21668
21669 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21670 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21671 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21672 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21673
21674 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21675 matching.
21676
21677 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21678 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21679
21680 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21681
21682 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21683
21684 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21685 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21686 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21687 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21688
21689 \(fn)" t nil)
21690
21691 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21692 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21693 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21694 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21695
21696 \(fn)" t nil)
21697
21698 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21699 Print directory using text printer.
21700
21701 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21702 matching.
21703
21704 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21705 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21706
21707 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21708
21709 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21710
21711 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21712 Print buffer using text printer.
21713
21714 \(fn)" t nil)
21715
21716 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21717 Print region using text printer.
21718
21719 \(fn)" t nil)
21720
21721 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21722 Print major mode using text printer.
21723
21724 \(fn)" t nil)
21725
21726 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21727 Preview spooled PostScript.
21728
21729 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21730 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21731 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21732
21733 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21734 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21735 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21736
21737 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21738
21739 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21740 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21741
21742 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21743 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21744 instead of sending it to the printer.
21745
21746 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21747 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21748 image in a file with that name.
21749
21750 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21751
21752 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21753 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21754
21755 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21756 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21757 instead of sending it to the printer.
21758
21759 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21760 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21761 image in a file with that name.
21762
21763 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21764
21765 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21766 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21767
21768 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21769 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21770 instead of sending it to the printer.
21771
21772 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21773 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21774 image in a file with that name.
21775
21776 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21777
21778 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21779 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21780
21781 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21782
21783 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21784 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21785
21786 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21787
21788 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21789 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21790
21791 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21792
21793 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21794 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21795
21796 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21797
21798 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21799 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21800
21801 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21802
21803 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21804 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21805
21806 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21807 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21808 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21809 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21810
21811 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21812 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21813 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21814 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21815 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21816 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21817 file name.
21818
21819 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21820
21821 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21822 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21823
21824 \(fn)" t nil)
21825
21826 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21827 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21828
21829 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21830 right.
21831 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21832 bottom.
21833
21834 \(fn)" t nil)
21835
21836 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21837 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21838
21839 \(fn)" t nil)
21840
21841 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21842 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21843
21844 \(fn)" t nil)
21845
21846 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21847 Toggle printing with faces.
21848
21849 \(fn)" t nil)
21850
21851 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21852 Toggle spooling.
21853
21854 \(fn)" t nil)
21855
21856 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21857 Toggle duplex.
21858
21859 \(fn)" t nil)
21860
21861 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21862 Toggle tumble.
21863
21864 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21865 right.
21866 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21867 bottom.
21868
21869 \(fn)" t nil)
21870
21871 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21872 Toggle landscape.
21873
21874 \(fn)" t nil)
21875
21876 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21877 Toggle upside-down.
21878
21879 \(fn)" t nil)
21880
21881 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21882 Toggle line number.
21883
21884 \(fn)" t nil)
21885
21886 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21887 Toggle zebra stripes.
21888
21889 \(fn)" t nil)
21890
21891 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21892 Toggle printing header.
21893
21894 \(fn)" t nil)
21895
21896 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21897 Toggle printing header frame.
21898
21899 \(fn)" t nil)
21900
21901 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21902 Toggle menu lock.
21903
21904 \(fn)" t nil)
21905
21906 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21907 Toggle auto region.
21908
21909 \(fn)" t nil)
21910
21911 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21912 Toggle auto mode.
21913
21914 \(fn)" t nil)
21915
21916 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21917 Customization of the `printing' group.
21918
21919 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21920
21921 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21922 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21923
21924 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21925
21926 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21927 Help for the printing package.
21928
21929 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21930
21931 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21932 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21933
21934 \(fn)" t nil)
21935
21936 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21937 Interactively select a text printer.
21938
21939 \(fn)" t nil)
21940
21941 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21942 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21943
21944 \(fn)" t nil)
21945
21946 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21947 Show current ps-print settings.
21948
21949 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21950
21951 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21952 Show current printing settings.
21953
21954 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21955
21956 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21957 Show current lpr settings.
21958
21959 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21960
21961 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21962 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21963
21964 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21965 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21966 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21967 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21968
21969
21970 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21971
21972 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21973 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21974 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21975
21976 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21977 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21978 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21979 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21980 current active printer.
21981
21982 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21983 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21984 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21985 printer.
21986
21987 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21988 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21989 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21990 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21991 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21992
21993
21994 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21995 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21996
21997 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21998
21999 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22000 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22001 be done using the new current active printer.
22002
22003 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22004 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22005 printer.
22006
22007 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22008 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22009 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22010 instead of sending it to the printer.
22011
22012 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22013 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22014 printer.
22015
22016 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22017
22018
22019 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22020 are both set to t.
22021
22022 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22023
22024 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22025 Fast fire function for text printing.
22026
22027 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22028 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22029 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22030 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22031
22032 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22033 user for a new active text printer.
22034
22035 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22036
22037 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22038
22039 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22040 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22041 printer.
22042
22043 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22044
22045 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22046 are both set to t.
22047
22048 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22049
22050 ;;;***
22051 \f
22052 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19598 13691))
22053 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22054
22055 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22056 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22057 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22058 information will be displayed but not selected.
22059 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22060
22061 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22062
22063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22064
22065 ;;;***
22066 \f
22067 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22068 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
22069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22070
22071 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22072 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22073 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22074 Commands:
22075 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22076 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22077 if that value is non-nil.
22078
22079 \(fn)" t nil)
22080
22081 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22082
22083 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22084 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22085 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22086
22087 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22088
22089 ;;;***
22090 \f
22091 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19598
22092 ;;;;;; 13691))
22093 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22094
22095 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22096 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22097 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22098
22099 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22100
22101 ;;;***
22102 \f
22103 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19598
22104 ;;;;;; 13691))
22105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22106
22107 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22108 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22109
22110 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22111
22112 The following variables hold user options, and can
22113 be set through the `customize' command:
22114
22115 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22116 `ps-mode-tab'
22117 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22118 `ps-mode-print-function'
22119 `ps-run-prompt'
22120 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22121 `ps-run-x'
22122 `ps-run-dumb'
22123 `ps-run-init'
22124 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22125 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22126
22127 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22128
22129
22130 \\{ps-mode-map}
22131
22132
22133 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22134 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22135 The keymap for this second window is:
22136
22137 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22138
22139
22140 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22141 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22142 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22143 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22144 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22145
22146 \(fn)" t nil)
22147
22148 ;;;***
22149 \f
22150 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22151 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22152 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22153 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22154 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22155 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19640
22156 ;;;;;; 47194))
22157 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22158
22159 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22160 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22161 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22162
22163 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22164
22165 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22166 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22167 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22168 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22169
22170 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22171
22172 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22173 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22174
22175 Valid values are:
22176
22177 nil Do not print colors.
22178
22179 t Print colors.
22180
22181 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22182 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22183
22184 Any other value is treated as t.")
22185
22186 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22187
22188 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22189 Customization of ps-print group.
22190
22191 \(fn)" t nil)
22192
22193 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22194 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22195
22196 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22197 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22198 sending it to the printer.
22199
22200 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22201 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22202 image in a file with that name.
22203
22204 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22205
22206 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22207 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22208 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22209 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22210 so it has a way to determine color values.
22211
22212 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22213
22214 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22215 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22216 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22217
22218 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22219
22220 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22221 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22222 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22223 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22224 so it has a way to determine color values.
22225
22226 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22227
22228 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22229 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22230 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22231 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22232
22233 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22234
22235 \(fn)" t nil)
22236
22237 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22238 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22239 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22240 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22241 so it has a way to determine color values.
22242
22243 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22244
22245 \(fn)" t nil)
22246
22247 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22248 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22249 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22250
22251 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22252
22253 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22254
22255 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22256 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22257 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22258 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22259 so it has a way to determine color values.
22260
22261 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22262
22263 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22264
22265 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22266 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22267
22268 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22269 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22270 instead of sending it to the printer.
22271
22272 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22273 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22274 image in a file with that name.
22275
22276 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22277
22278 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22279 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22280 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22281 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22282 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22283
22284 \(fn)" t nil)
22285
22286 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22287 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22288 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22289
22290 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22291
22292 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22293 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22294 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22295
22296 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22297
22298 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22299 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22300
22301 \(fn)" nil nil)
22302
22303 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22304 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22305
22306 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22307 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22308
22309 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22310 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22311
22312 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22313
22314 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22315
22316 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22317
22318 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22319 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22320
22321 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22322 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22323
22324 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22325 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22326
22327 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22328
22329 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22330
22331 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22332
22333 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22334 foreground and background colors respectively.
22335
22336 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22337 bold - use bold font.
22338 italic - use italic font.
22339 underline - put a line under text.
22340 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22341 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22342 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22343 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22344 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22345
22346 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22347
22348 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22349
22350 ;;;***
22351 \f
22352 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22353 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19598 13691))
22354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22355
22356 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
22357
22358 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22359
22360 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22361
22362 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22363 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22364 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22365 buffer automatically.
22366
22367 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22368 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22369 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22370 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22371 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22372 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22373 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22374
22375 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22376 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22377 buffer for a list of commands.)
22378
22379 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22380
22381 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22382 Major mode for editing Python files.
22383 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22384 for correct parsing of the source.
22385 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22386 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22387 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22388
22389 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22390 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22391 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22392 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22393 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22394 \\<python-mode-map>
22395 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22396 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22397 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22398 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22399 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22400 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22401
22402 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22403 effect outside them.
22404
22405 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22406 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22407 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22408 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22409 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22410 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22411 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22412 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22413 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22414
22415 \\{python-mode-map}
22416
22417 \(fn)" t nil)
22418
22419 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22420 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22421 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22422 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22423
22424 \(fn)" t nil)
22425
22426 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22427 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22428 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22429 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22430 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22431 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22432
22433 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22434 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22435 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22436 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22437 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22438 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22439 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22440
22441 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22442 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22443 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22444 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22445 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22446
22447 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22448 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22449 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22450 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22451 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22452 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22453 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22454 mode.
22455
22456 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22457 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22458 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22459 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22460 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22461 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22462 filter.
22463
22464 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22465
22466 ;;;***
22467 \f
22468 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22469 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
22470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22471
22472 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22473 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22474 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22475 coding-system.
22476
22477 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22478 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22479
22480 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22481 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22482 them into characters should be done separately.
22483
22484 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22485
22486 ;;;***
22487 \f
22488 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22489 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22490 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22491 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22492 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19591 62571))
22493 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22494
22495 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22496 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22497
22498 \(fn)" nil nil)
22499
22500 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22501 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22502 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22503
22504 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22505 `quail-activate', which see.
22506
22507 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22508
22509 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22510 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22511 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22512 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22513 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22514 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22515 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22516
22517 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22518 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22519 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22520 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22521 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22522 shown.
22523 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22524
22525 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22526 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22527 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22528 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22529 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22530 list of candidates.
22531
22532 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22533 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22534 command to be called.
22535
22536 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22537 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22538 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22539 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22540
22541 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22542 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22543 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22544 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22545 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22546 to t.
22547
22548 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22549 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22550 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22551 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22552
22553 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22554 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22555 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22556 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22557
22558 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22559 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22560 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22561 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22562 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22563 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22564
22565 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22566 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22567 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22568 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22569 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22570 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22571
22572 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22573 covers Quail translation region.
22574
22575 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22576 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22577 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22578 for it) is inserted.
22579
22580 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22581 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22582 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22583
22584 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22585 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22586 non-Quail commands.
22587
22588 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22589
22590 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22591 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22592
22593 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22594 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22595 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22596 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22597 you type is correctly handled.
22598
22599 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22600
22601 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22602 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22603
22604 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22605 keyboard type.
22606
22607 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22608
22609 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22610 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22611 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22612 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22613 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22614 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22615 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22616 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22617 for the translation.
22618 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22619
22620 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22621 it is used to handle KEY.
22622
22623 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22624 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22625 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22626 the following annotation types are supported.
22627
22628 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22629 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22630
22631 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22632 candidate list.
22633
22634 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22635 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22636 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22637 inserted.
22638
22639 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22640 generated for the following translations.
22641
22642 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22643
22644 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22645 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22646
22647 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22648 which to install MAP.
22649
22650 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22651
22652 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22653
22654 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22655 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22656
22657 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22658 which to install MAP.
22659
22660 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22661
22662 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22663
22664 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22665 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22666 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22667 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22668 a function, or a cons.
22669 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22670 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22671 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22672 for the translation.
22673 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22674 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22675 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22676 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22677 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22678
22679 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22680 it is used to handle KEY.
22681
22682 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22683 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22684 current Quail package.
22685
22686 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22687 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22688
22689 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22690
22691 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22692 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22693
22694 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22695 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22696
22697 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22698
22699 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22700 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22701
22702 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22703
22704 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22705 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22706 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22707 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22708 of the Emacs source tree.
22709
22710 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22711 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22712
22713 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22714 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22715 of each directory.
22716
22717 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22718
22719 ;;;***
22720 \f
22721 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22722 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22723 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19640
22724 ;;;;;; 47194))
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22726
22727 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22728 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22729 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22730 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22731
22732 To make use of this do something like:
22733
22734 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22735
22736 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22737
22738 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22739 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22740
22741 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22742 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22743 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22744
22745 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22746
22747 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22748 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22749
22750 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22751
22752 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22753 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22754
22755 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22756 is decided.
22757
22758 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22759
22760 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22761 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22762
22763 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22764 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22765 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22766
22767 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22768
22769 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22770 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22771
22772 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22773
22774 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22775 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22776
22777 \(fn)" t nil)
22778
22779 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22780 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22781
22782 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22783
22784 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22785
22786 \(fn)" t nil)
22787
22788 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22789 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22790
22791 \(fn)" t nil)
22792
22793 ;;;***
22794 \f
22795 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22796 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19598 13691))
22797 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22798
22799 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22800 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22801
22802 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22803
22804 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22805
22806 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22807
22808 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22809
22810 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22811 Not documented
22812
22813 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD)" nil nil)
22814
22815 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22816 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22817 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22820 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22821
22822 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22823
22824 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22825 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22826
22827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22828
22829 ;;;***
22830 \f
22831 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19619
22832 ;;;;;; 52030))
22833 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22834
22835 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22836 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22837 See \\[compile].
22838
22839 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22840
22841 ;;;***
22842 \f
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22844 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22846
22847 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22848
22849 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22850 Construct a regexp interactively.
22851
22852 \(fn)" t nil)
22853
22854 ;;;***
22855 \f
22856 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19562 42953))
22857 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22858
22859 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22860 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22861 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22863 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22864 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22865
22866 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22867
22868 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22869 Toggle recentf mode.
22870 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22871 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22872
22873 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22874 that were operated on recently.
22875
22876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22877
22878 ;;;***
22879 \f
22880 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22881 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22882 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22883 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19598
22884 ;;;;;; 13691))
22885 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22886 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22887 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22888 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22889 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22890 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22891 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22892
22893 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22894 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22895 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22896 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22897
22898 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22899
22900 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22901
22902 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22903 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22904 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22905 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22906 ends.
22907
22908 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22909 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22910 to be deleted.
22911
22912 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22913
22914 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22915 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22916 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22917
22918 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22919 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22920 deleted.
22921
22922 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22923
22924 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22925 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22926 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22927
22928 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22929
22930 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22931 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22932
22933 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22934 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22935
22936 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22937 deleted.
22938
22939 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22940 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22941 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22942 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22943 even beep.)
22944
22945 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22946
22947 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22948 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22949
22950 \(fn)" t nil)
22951
22952 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22953 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22954 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22955 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22956 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22957 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22958 and point is at the lower right corner.
22959
22960 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22961
22962 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22963 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22964
22965 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22966 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22967
22968 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22969 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22970 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22971
22972 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22973
22974 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22975
22976 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22977 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22978 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22979 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22980 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22981
22982 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22983 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22984
22985 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22986
22987 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22988 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22989 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22990
22991 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22992
22993 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22994
22995 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22996
22997 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22998 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22999
23000 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23001 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23002 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23003
23004 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23005
23006 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23007 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23008 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23009
23010 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23011 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23012 rectangle which were empty.
23013
23014 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23015
23016 ;;;***
23017 \f
23018 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19591
23019 ;;;;;; 62571))
23020 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23021
23022 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23023 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23024 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23025
23026 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23027 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23028 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23029
23030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23031
23032 ;;;***
23033 \f
23034 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23035 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19598 13691))
23036 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23037
23038 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23039 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23040
23041 \(fn)" nil nil)
23042
23043 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23044 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23045
23046 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23047 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23048
23049 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23050 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23051 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23052 \\ref macro.
23053
23054 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23055 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23056 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23057
23058 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23059 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23060 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23061
23062 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23063 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23064
23065 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23066 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23067
23068 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23069 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23070 on the menu bar.
23071
23072 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23073
23074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23075
23076 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23077 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23078 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23079
23080 \(fn)" nil nil)
23081
23082 ;;;***
23083 \f
23084 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23085 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
23086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23087
23088 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23089 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23090 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23091 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23092 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23093 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23094
23095 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23096
23097 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23098
23099 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23100 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23101 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23102 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23103 `reftex-cite-format'.
23104
23105 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23106 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23107 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23108 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23109
23110 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23111
23112 ;;;***
23113 \f
23114 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23115 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
23116 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23117
23118 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23119 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23120 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23121 the current TeX document.
23122
23123 With no argument, this command toggles
23124 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23125 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23126
23127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23128
23129 ;;;***
23130 \f
23131 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23132 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
23133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23134
23135 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23136 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23137 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23138
23139 To insert new phrases, use
23140 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23141 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23142
23143 To index phrases use one of:
23144
23145 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23146 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23147 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23148 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23149 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23150
23151 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23152 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23153
23154 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23155
23156 Here are all local bindings.
23157
23158 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23159
23160 \(fn)" t nil)
23161
23162 ;;;***
23163 \f
23164 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23165 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
23166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23167
23168 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23169 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23170 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23171 of master file.
23172
23173 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23174
23175 ;;;***
23176 \f
23177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19598
23178 ;;;;;; 13691))
23179 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23180 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23181 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23182 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23183 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23184
23185 ;;;***
23186 \f
23187 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23188 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
23189 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23190
23191 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23192 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23193 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23194 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23195 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23196 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23197
23198 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23199 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23200
23201 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23202 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23203 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23204 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23205
23206 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23207
23208 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23209 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23210 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23211 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23212
23213 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23214
23215 ;;;***
23216 \f
23217 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23218 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23219 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23220 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23221
23222 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23223 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23224 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23225 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23226
23227 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23228
23229 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23230
23231 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23232 Call `remember' in another frame.
23233
23234 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23235
23236 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23237 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23238 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23239 application.
23240
23241 \(fn)" t nil)
23242
23243 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23244 Extract diary entries from the region.
23245
23246 \(fn)" nil nil)
23247
23248 ;;;***
23249 \f
23250 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19619 52030))
23251 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23252
23253 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23254 Repeat most recently executed command.
23255 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23256 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23257 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23258
23259 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23260 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23261 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23262 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23263
23264 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23265 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23266 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23267
23268 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23269
23270 ;;;***
23271 \f
23272 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23273 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23274 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23275
23276 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23277 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23278
23279 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23280 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23281 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23282 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23283 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23284 and point is left after the salutation.
23285
23286 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23287 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23288 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23289 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23290 left after that text.
23291
23292 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23293 is non-nil.
23294
23295 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23296 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23297 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23298 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23299
23300 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23301
23302 ;;;***
23303 \f
23304 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23305 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23306 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23307
23308 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23309 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23310 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23311 visibility of comments that precede it.
23312 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23313 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23314 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23315 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23316 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23317 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23318 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23319 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23320 the comment lines.
23321 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23322 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23323 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23324 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23325 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23326
23327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23328
23329 ;;;***
23330 \f
23331 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23332 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
23333 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23334
23335 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23336 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23337 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23338
23339 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23340 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23341 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23342
23343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23344
23345 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23346 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23347 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23348 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23349 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23350 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23351
23352 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23353
23354 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23355 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23356 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23357
23358 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23359 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23360 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23361
23362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23363
23364 ;;;***
23365 \f
23366 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23367 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23369
23370 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23371 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23372
23373 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23374
23375 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23376 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23377
23378 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23379
23380 ;;;***
23381 \f
23382 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19619 52030))
23383 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23384 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
23385
23386 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23387 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23388 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23389 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23390
23391 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23392
23393 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23394 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23395 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23396 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23397
23398 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23399 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23400
23401 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23402 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23403
23404 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23405 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23406 INPUT-ARGS.
23407
23408 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23409 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23410 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23411 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23412 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23413
23414 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23415 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23416 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23417 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23418
23419 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23420 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23421 variable.
23422
23423 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23424
23425 ;;;***
23426 \f
23427 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23428 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23429 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23430 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23431 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
23432 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19640
23433 ;;;;;; 47194))
23434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23435
23436 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23437 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23438 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23439
23440 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23441
23442 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23443 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23444 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23445 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23446 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23447 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23448 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23449
23450 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23451 sent by you under different user names.
23452 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23453
23454 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23455
23456 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23457
23458 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23459 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23460 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
23461 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
23462 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
23463
23464 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
23465 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
23466
23467 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23468
23469 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
23470 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23471 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
23472 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
23473 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
23474 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
23475 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
23476
23477 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23478 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23479 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23480 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23481 which normally happens once for each message,
23482 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23483 To make a change in this variable take effect
23484 for a message that you have already viewed,
23485 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23486
23487 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23488
23489 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23490 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23491 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23492 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23493
23494 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23495
23496 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
23497 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23498
23499 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23500
23501 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23502 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23503 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23504
23505 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23506
23507 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23508 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23509 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23510 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23511 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23512 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23513
23514 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23515
23516 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23517 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23518
23519 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23520
23521 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23522 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23523
23524 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23525
23526 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23527 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23528
23529 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23530 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23531
23532 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23533
23534 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23535 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23536
23537 This is set to nil by default.")
23538
23539 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23540 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23541 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23542 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23543 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23544 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23545 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23546
23547 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23548 Read and edit incoming mail.
23549 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23550 file in RMAIL Mode.
23551 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23552
23553 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23554 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23555 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23556 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23557
23558 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23559
23560 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23561
23562 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23563 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23564 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23565 Instead, these commands are available:
23566
23567 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23568 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23569 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23570 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23571 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23572 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23573 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23574 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23575 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23576 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23577 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23578 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23579 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23580 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23581 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23582 till a deleted message is found.
23583 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23584 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23585 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23586 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23587 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23588 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23589 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23590 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23591 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23592 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23593 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23594 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23595 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23596 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23597 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23598 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23599 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23600 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23601 (label defaults to last one specified).
23602 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23603 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23604 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23605 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23606 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23607 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23608 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23609 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23610 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23611
23612 \(fn)" t nil)
23613
23614 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23615 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23616
23617 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23618
23619 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23620 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23621
23622 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23623
23624 ;;;***
23625 \f
23626 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23627 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19598 13691))
23628 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23629 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23630
23631 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23632 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23633 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23634 case it writes Babyl.
23635
23636 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23637 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23638 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23639 `rmail-default-file'.
23640
23641 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23642 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23643 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23644
23645 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23646 the header display is currently pruned.
23647
23648 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23649 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23650 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23651 messages after output.
23652
23653 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23654 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23655 message (if writing a file directly).
23656
23657 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23658 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23659
23660 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23661
23662 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23663 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23664 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23665 i) the header is output as currently seen
23666 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23667 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23668
23669 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23670 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23671 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23672
23673 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23674
23675 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23676 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23677 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23678 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23679 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23680 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23681 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23682
23683 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23684 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23685 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23686
23687 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23688
23689 ;;;***
23690 \f
23691 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23692 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23693 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23694
23695 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23696 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23697 Return a pattern.
23698
23699 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23700
23701 ;;;***
23702 \f
23703 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23704 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23705 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23706
23707 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23708 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23709 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23710 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23711
23712 \(fn)" t nil)
23713
23714 ;;;***
23715 \f
23716 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23717 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
23718 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23719
23720 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23721 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23722
23723 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23724 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23725 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23726 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23727 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23728 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23729 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23730 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23731 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23732 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23733
23734 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23735 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23736 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23737 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23738 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23739 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23740 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23741 to use for finding the schema.
23742
23743 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23744
23745 ;;;***
23746 \f
23747 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19562
23748 ;;;;;; 42953))
23749 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23750
23751 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23752
23753 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23754 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23755 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23756 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23757 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23758 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23759 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23760 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23761 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23762 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23763 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23764 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23765 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23766 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23767 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23768 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23769 must be equal.
23770
23771 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23772
23773 ;;;***
23774 \f
23775 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23776 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19562 42953))
23777 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23778
23779 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23780 Define a robin package.
23781
23782 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23783 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23784 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23785 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23786
23787 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23788 one replaces the old one.
23789
23790 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23791
23792 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23793 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23794
23795 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23796 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23797 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23798
23799 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23800
23801 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23802 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23803
23804 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23805
23806 ;;;***
23807 \f
23808 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23809 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19591 62571))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23811
23812 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23813 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23814
23815 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23816
23817 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23818 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23819
23820 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23821
23822 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23823 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23824
23825 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23826
23827 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23828 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23829 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23830
23831 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23832 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23833 in ROT13.
23834
23835 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23836
23837 \(fn)" t nil)
23838
23839 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23840 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23841
23842 \(fn)" t nil)
23843
23844 ;;;***
23845 \f
23846 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23847 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
23848 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23849 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23850
23851 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23852 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23853 \\<rst-mode-map>
23854 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23855 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23856 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23857 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23858 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23859
23860 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23861 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23862 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23863 font-locking of blocks.
23864
23865 \\{rst-mode-map}
23866
23867 \(fn)" t nil)
23868
23869 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23870 ReST Minor Mode.
23871 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23872 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23873 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23874 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23875
23876 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23877 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23878 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23879
23880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23881
23882 ;;;***
23883 \f
23884 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23885 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
23886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23887
23888 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23889 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23890 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23891 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23892 nesting into account.
23893
23894 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23895
23896 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23897
23898 \(fn)" t nil)
23899
23900 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23901
23902 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23903
23904 ;;;***
23905 \f
23906 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19562
23907 ;;;;;; 42953))
23908 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23909
23910 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23911 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23912 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23913
23914 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23915 Toggle Ruler mode.
23916 In Ruler mode, Emacs displays a ruler in the header line.
23917
23918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23919
23920 ;;;***
23921 \f
23922 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19598
23923 ;;;;;; 13691))
23924 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23925
23926 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23927 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23928 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23929 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23930
23931 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23932
23933 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23934 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23935 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23936
23937 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23938 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23939 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23940
23941 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23942 notation.
23943
23944 STRING
23945 matches string STRING literally.
23946
23947 CHAR
23948 matches character CHAR literally.
23949
23950 `not-newline', `nonl'
23951 matches any character except a newline.
23952
23953 `anything'
23954 matches any character
23955
23956 `(any SET ...)'
23957 `(in SET ...)'
23958 `(char SET ...)'
23959 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23960 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23961 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23962
23963 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23964 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23965 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23966 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23967
23968 `(not (any SET ...))'
23969 matches any character not in SET ...
23970
23971 `line-start', `bol'
23972 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23973 in the text being matched
23974
23975 `line-end', `eol'
23976 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23977
23978 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23979 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23980 string being matched against.
23981
23982 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23983 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23984 string being matched against.
23985
23986 `buffer-start'
23987 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23988 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23989
23990 `buffer-end'
23991 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23992 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23993
23994 `point'
23995 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23996
23997 `word-start', `bow'
23998 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23999
24000 `word-end', `eow'
24001 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24002
24003 `word-boundary'
24004 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24005 word.
24006
24007 `(not word-boundary)'
24008 `not-word-boundary'
24009 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24010 word.
24011
24012 `symbol-start'
24013 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24014
24015 `symbol-end'
24016 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24017
24018 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24019 matches 0 through 9.
24020
24021 `control', `cntrl'
24022 matches ASCII control characters.
24023
24024 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24025 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24026
24027 `blank'
24028 matches space and tab only.
24029
24030 `graphic', `graph'
24031 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24032 space, and DEL.
24033
24034 `printing', `print'
24035 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24036 and DEL.
24037
24038 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24039 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24040 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24041
24042 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24043 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24044 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24045
24046 `ascii'
24047 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24048
24049 `nonascii'
24050 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24051
24052 `lower', `lower-case'
24053 matches anything lower-case.
24054
24055 `upper', `upper-case'
24056 matches anything upper-case.
24057
24058 `punctuation', `punct'
24059 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24060 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24061
24062 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24063 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24064
24065 `word', `wordchar'
24066 matches anything that has word syntax.
24067
24068 `not-wordchar'
24069 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24070
24071 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24072 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24073 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24074 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24075
24076 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24077 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24078 `word' (\\sw)
24079 `symbol' (\\s_)
24080 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24081 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24082 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24083 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24084 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24085 `escape' (\\s\\)
24086 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24087 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24088 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24089 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24090 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24091
24092 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24093 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24094
24095 `(category CATEGORY)'
24096 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24097 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24098
24099 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24100 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24101 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24102 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24103 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24104 `symbol' (\\c5)
24105 `digit' (\\c6)
24106 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24107 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24108 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24109 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24110 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24111 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24112 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24113 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24114 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24115 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24116 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24117 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24118 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24119 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24120 `ascii' (\\ca)
24121 `arabic' (\\cb)
24122 `chinese' (\\cc)
24123 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24124 `greek' (\\cg)
24125 `korean' (\\ch)
24126 `indian' (\\ci)
24127 `japanese' (\\cj)
24128 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24129 `latin' (\\cl)
24130 `lao' (\\co)
24131 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24132 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24133 `thai' (\\ct)
24134 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24135 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24136 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24137 `can-break' (\\c|)
24138
24139 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24140 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24141
24142 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24143 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24144 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24145 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24146 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24147
24148 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24149 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24150 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24151 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24152
24153 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24154 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24155 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24156 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24157 regular expression.
24158
24159 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24160 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24161 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24162 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24163 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24164
24165 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24166 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24167
24168 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24169 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24170
24171 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24172 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24173 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24174
24175 `(* SEXP ...)'
24176 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24177 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24178
24179 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24180 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24181 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24182
24183 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24184 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24185 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24186
24187 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24188 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24189
24190 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24191 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24192
24193 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24194 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24195 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24196 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24197
24198 `(? SEXP ...)'
24199 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24200
24201 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24202 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24203
24204 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24205 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24206 matches N occurrences.
24207
24208 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24209 matches N or more occurrences.
24210
24211 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24212 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24213 matches N to M occurrences.
24214
24215 `(backref N)'
24216 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24217
24218 `(eval FORM)'
24219 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24220 `regexp-quote' it.
24221
24222 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24223 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24224
24225 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24226
24227 ;;;***
24228 \f
24229 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (19591
24230 ;;;;;; 62571))
24231 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24232
24233 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24234 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24235 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24236 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24237 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24238 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24239
24240 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24241
24242 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24243 Toggle savehist-mode.
24244 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24245 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24246 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24247 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24248
24249 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24250 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24251 which is probably undesirable.
24252
24253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24254
24255 ;;;***
24256 \f
24257 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24258 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
24259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24260
24261 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24262 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24263 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24264
24265 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24266 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24267 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24268 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24269 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24270 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24271 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24272 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24273
24274 Commands:
24275 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24276 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24277 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24278 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24279 if that value is non-nil.
24280
24281 \(fn)" t nil)
24282
24283 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24284 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24285 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24286
24287 Commands:
24288 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24289 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24290 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24291 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24292 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24293 that variable's value is a string.
24294
24295 \(fn)" t nil)
24296
24297 ;;;***
24298 \f
24299 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24300 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
24301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24302
24303 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24304 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24305 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24306
24307 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24308
24309 \(fn)" t nil)
24310
24311 ;;;***
24312 \f
24313 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24314 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
24315 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24316
24317 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24318 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24319 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24320 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24321 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24322 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24323
24324 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24325
24326 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24327 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24328 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24329 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24330 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24331
24332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24333
24334 ;;;***
24335 \f
24336 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24337 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24339
24340 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24341 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24342 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24343 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24344 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24345 during scrolling.
24346
24347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24348
24349 ;;;***
24350 \f
24351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (19562 42953))
24352 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24353 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24354 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24355
24356 ;;;***
24357 \f
24358 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
24359 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19619 52030))
24360 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24361
24362 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24363 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24364 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24365
24366 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24367 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24368 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24369 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24370 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24371 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24372 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24373 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24374 keybinding for tag names.")
24375
24376 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24377
24378 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24379 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24380 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24382 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24383 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24384
24385 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24386
24387 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24388 Toggle Semantic mode.
24389 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24390
24391 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24392 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24393 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24394 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24395 Semantic mode.
24396
24397 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24398
24399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24400
24401 ;;;***
24402 \f
24403 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24404 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24405 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24406 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24407 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24408 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24409 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24410 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24411 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19619 52030))
24412 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24413
24414 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24415 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24416
24417 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24418 king@grassland.com
24419 If `parens', they look like:
24420 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24421 If `angles', they look like:
24422 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24423
24424 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24425 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24426
24427 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24428
24429 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24430 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24431 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24432 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24433
24434 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24435 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24436 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24437 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24438
24439 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24440
24441 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24442 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24443 This is done when the message is initialized,
24444 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24445
24446 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24447
24448 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24449 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24450 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24451
24452 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24453
24454 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24455
24456 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24457 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24458 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24459 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24460 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24461 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24462 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24463
24464 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24465 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
24466
24467 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24468 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24469
24470 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24471
24472 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24473 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24474 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24475 be a Babyl file.")
24476
24477 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24478
24479 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24480 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24481 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24482 when you first send mail.")
24483
24484 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24485
24486 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24487 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24488 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24489 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24490 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24491
24492 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24493
24494 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24495 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24496 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24497 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24498 This file need not actually exist.")
24499
24500 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24501
24502 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24503 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24504
24505 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24506
24507 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24508 Alist of mail address aliases,
24509 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24510 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24511 can specify a different file name.)
24512 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24513 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24514
24515 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24516 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24517 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24518
24519 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24520
24521 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24522 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24523 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24524
24525 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24526
24527 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24528 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24529 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24530 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24531 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24532 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24533 in the cited portion of the message.
24534
24535 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24536 instead of no action.")
24537
24538 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24539
24540 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24541 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24542 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24543 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24544 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24545
24546 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24547
24548 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24549 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24550 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24551 If a string, that string is inserted.
24552 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24553 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24554 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24555 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24556
24557 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24558
24559 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24560 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24561
24562 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24563
24564 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24565 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24566 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24567
24568 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24569 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24570
24571 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24572
24573 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24574 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24575 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24576 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24577
24578 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24579
24580 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24581 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24582 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24583 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24584 is non-nil.")
24585
24586 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24587
24588 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24589 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24590 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24591 `query' means ask the user each time.
24592 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24593 The default is `mime'.
24594 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24595 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24596
24597 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24598
24599 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24600 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24601 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24602
24603 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24604 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24605
24606 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24607 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24608 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24609 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24610 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24611 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24612 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24613 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24614 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24615 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24616 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24617 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24618 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24619
24620 \(fn)" t nil)
24621
24622 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24623 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24624 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24625 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24626
24627 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24628
24629 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24630 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24631 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24632 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24633 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24634 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24635
24636 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24637 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24638 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24639
24640 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24641 User should not set this variable manually,
24642 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24643 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24644 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24645 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24646 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*unsent mail*"))
24647
24648 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24649 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24650 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24651 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24652
24653 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24654 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24655
24656 \\<mail-mode-map>
24657 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24658
24659 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24660 to move to message header fields:
24661 \\{mail-mode-map}
24662
24663 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24664 when the message is initialized.
24665
24666 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24667 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24668
24669 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24670 is inserted.
24671
24672 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24673 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24674
24675 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24676 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24677 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24678 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24679 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24680 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24681 buffer without erasing the contents.
24682
24683 The second through fifth arguments,
24684 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24685 the initial contents of those header fields.
24686 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24687 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24688 original message being replied to, or else an action
24689 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24690 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24691 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24692 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24693 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24694 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24695
24696 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24697
24698 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24699 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24700
24701 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24702
24703 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24704 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24705
24706 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24707
24708 ;;;***
24709 \f
24710 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24711 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19640
24712 ;;;;;; 47194))
24713 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24714
24715 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24716 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24717 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24718 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24719 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24720 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24721
24722 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24723 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24724
24725 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24726 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24727 \\[server-start].
24728
24729 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24730
24731 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24732 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24733 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24734 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24735
24736 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24737
24738 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24739 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24740 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24742 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24743 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24744
24745 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24746
24747 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24748 Toggle Server mode.
24749 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24750 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24751 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24752
24753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24754
24755 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24756 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24757 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24758
24759 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24760 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24761
24762 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24763
24764 ;;;***
24765 \f
24766 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19591 62571))
24767 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24768
24769 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24770 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24771 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24772
24773 Key definitions:
24774 \\{ses-mode-map}
24775 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24776 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24777 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24778 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24779
24780 \(fn)" t nil)
24781
24782 ;;;***
24783 \f
24784 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24785 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
24786 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24787
24788 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24789 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24790 Makes > match <.
24791 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24792 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24793
24794 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24795 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24796 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24797
24798 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24799 in your `.emacs' file.
24800
24801 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24802
24803 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24804 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24805 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24806
24807 \(fn)" t nil)
24808
24809 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24810 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24811 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24812 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24813 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24814 which this is based.
24815
24816 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24817
24818 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24819 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24820 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24821 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24822
24823 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24824 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24825 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24826
24827 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24828 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24829 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24830 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24831
24832 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24833 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24834 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24835 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24836
24837 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24838
24839 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24840 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24841 To work around that, do:
24842 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24843
24844 \\{html-mode-map}
24845
24846 \(fn)" t nil)
24847
24848 ;;;***
24849 \f
24850 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24851 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
24852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24853 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24854
24855 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24856 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24857 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24858 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24859 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24860 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24861
24862 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24863 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24864 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24865 shell-specific features.
24866
24867 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24868 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24869 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24870 \\<sh-mode-map>
24871 \\[sh-case] case statement
24872 \\[sh-for] for loop
24873 \\[sh-function] function definition
24874 \\[sh-if] if statement
24875 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24876 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24877 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24878 \\[sh-select] select loop
24879 \\[sh-until] until loop
24880 \\[sh-while] while loop
24881
24882 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24883 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24884 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24885 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24886 would indent to the way it currently is.
24887 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24888 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24889
24890
24891 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24892 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24893 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24894 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24895 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24896 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24897
24898 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24899 {, (, [, ', \", `
24900 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24901
24902 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24903 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24904 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24905
24906 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24907 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24908
24909 \(fn)" t nil)
24910
24911 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24912
24913 ;;;***
24914 \f
24915 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19598 13691))
24916 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24917
24918 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24919 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24920 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24921 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24922 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24923 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24924
24925 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24926
24927 ;;;***
24928 \f
24929 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24930 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
24931 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24932
24933 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24934 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24935
24936 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24937 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24938 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24939
24940 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24941 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24942 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24943 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24944 the earlier.
24945
24946 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24947
24948 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24949
24950 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24951 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24952 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24953
24954 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24955 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24956
24957 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24958 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24959 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24960 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24961 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24962 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24963 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24964 Emacs version).
24965
24966 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24967 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24968 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24969 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24970 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24971
24972 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24973 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24974
24975 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24976
24977 ;;;***
24978 \f
24979 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24980 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19562
24981 ;;;;;; 42953))
24982 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24983
24984 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24985 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24986 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24987 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24988 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24989 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24990 sites in the cluster.
24991
24992 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24993
24994 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24995 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24996 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24997 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24998 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24999
25000 \(fn)" t nil)
25001
25002 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25003 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25004 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25005 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25006 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25007 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25008 `shadow-define-cluster').
25009
25010 \(fn)" t nil)
25011
25012 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25013 Set up file shadowing.
25014
25015 \(fn)" t nil)
25016
25017 ;;;***
25018 \f
25019 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25020 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
25021 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25022
25023 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25024 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25025 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25026 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25027 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25028 arguments.")
25029
25030 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25031
25032 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25033 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25034 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25035 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25036 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25037
25038 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25039 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25040 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25041 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25042 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25043 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25044 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25045 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25046 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25047 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25048 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25049
25050 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25051 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25052 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25053 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25054 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25055 `default-process-coding-system'.
25056
25057 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25058 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25059 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25060 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25061
25062 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25063
25064 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25065 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
25066
25067 ;;;***
25068 \f
25069 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (19640
25070 ;;;;;; 47194))
25071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25072
25073 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25074 Not documented
25075
25076 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25077
25078 ;;;***
25079 \f
25080 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25081 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19640 47194))
25082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25083
25084 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25085 Not documented
25086
25087 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25088
25089 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25090 Not documented
25091
25092 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25093
25094 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25095 Not documented
25096
25097 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25098
25099 ;;;***
25100 \f
25101 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25102 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
25103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25104
25105 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25106 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25107 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25108 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25109 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25110
25111 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25112
25113 \(fn)" t nil)
25114
25115 ;;;***
25116 \f
25117 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19598
25118 ;;;;;; 13691))
25119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25120
25121 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25122 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25123 \\{simula-mode-map}
25124 Variables controlling indentation style:
25125 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25126 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25127 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25128 `simula-indent-level'
25129 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25130 `simula-substatement-offset'
25131 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25132 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25133 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25134 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25135 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25136 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25137 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25138 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25139 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25140 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25141 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25142 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25143 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25144 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25145 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25146 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25147 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25148 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25149 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25150 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25151 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25152 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25153 or nil if they should not be changed.
25154 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25155 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25156 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25157 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25158
25159 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25160 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25161
25162 \(fn)" t nil)
25163
25164 ;;;***
25165 \f
25166 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25167 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19591 62571))
25168 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25169
25170 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25171 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25172
25173 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25174 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25175 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25176 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25177
25178 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25179
25180 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25181 Insert SKELETON.
25182 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25183 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25184 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25185 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25186 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25187
25188 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25189 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25190
25191 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25192
25193 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25194 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25195
25196 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25197 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25198 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25199 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25200
25201 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25202 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25203 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25204 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25205
25206 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25207 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25208 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25209
25210 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25211 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25212
25213 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25214 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25215
25216 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25217 _ interesting point, interregion here
25218 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25219 interesting point set by _
25220 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25221 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25222 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25223 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25224 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25225 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25226 nil skipped
25227
25228 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25229 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25230
25231 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25232 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25233 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25234 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25235 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25236 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25237 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25238 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25239
25240 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25241 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25242 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25243 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25244 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25245 available:
25246
25247 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25248 then: insert previously read string once more
25249 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25250 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25251 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25252
25253 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25254 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25255
25256 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25257
25258 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25259 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25260
25261 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25262 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25263 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25264 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25265 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25266 such as backslash.
25267
25268 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25269 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25270 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25271
25272 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25273
25274 ;;;***
25275 \f
25276 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25277 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19591 62571))
25278 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25279
25280 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25281 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25282 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25283 buffer names.
25284
25285 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25286
25287 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25288 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25289 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25290
25291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25292
25293 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25294 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25295 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25296
25297 \(fn)" t nil)
25298
25299 ;;;***
25300 \f
25301 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25302 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
25303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25304
25305 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25306 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25307 A list of images is returned.
25308
25309 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25310
25311 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25312 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25313 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25314
25315 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25316
25317 ;;;***
25318 \f
25319 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25320 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19562 42953))
25321 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25322
25323 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25324 Not documented
25325
25326 \(fn)" nil nil)
25327
25328 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25329 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25330
25331 \(fn)" t nil)
25332
25333 ;;;***
25334 \f
25335 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19562 42953))
25336 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25337
25338 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25339 Play the Snake game.
25340 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25341
25342 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25343
25344 Snake mode keybindings:
25345 \\<snake-mode-map>
25346 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25347 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25348 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25349 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25350 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25351 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25352 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25353
25354 \(fn)" t nil)
25355
25356 ;;;***
25357 \f
25358 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25359 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
25360 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25361
25362 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25363 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25364 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25365 Tab indents for C code.
25366 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25367 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25368 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25369 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25370 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25371
25372 \(fn)" t nil)
25373
25374 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25375 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25376 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25377 Tab indents for C code.
25378 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25379 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25380 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25381 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25382 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25383
25384 \(fn)" t nil)
25385
25386 ;;;***
25387 \f
25388 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19619
25389 ;;;;;; 52030))
25390 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25391
25392 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25393 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25394 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25395 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25396 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25397
25398 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25399
25400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25401
25402 ;;;***
25403 \f
25404 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19562
25405 ;;;;;; 42953))
25406 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25407
25408 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25409 Play Solitaire.
25410
25411 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25412 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25413 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25414 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25415 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25416 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25417 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25418 check after each move or undo.)
25419
25420 What is Solitaire?
25421
25422 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25423 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25424 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25425
25426 Le Solitaire
25427 ============
25428
25429 o o o
25430
25431 o o o
25432
25433 o o o o o o o
25434
25435 o o o . o o o
25436
25437 o o o o o o o
25438
25439 o o o
25440
25441 o o o
25442
25443 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25444 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25445 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25446 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25447
25448 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25449 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25450 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25451 this: o o .
25452
25453 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25454 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25455
25456 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25457
25458 o o o
25459
25460 . o o
25461
25462 o o . o o o o
25463
25464 o . o o o o o
25465
25466 o o o o o o o
25467
25468 o o o
25469
25470 o o o
25471
25472 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25473
25474 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25475
25476 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25477
25478 ;;;***
25479 \f
25480 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25481 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25482 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19562 42953))
25483 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25484 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25485
25486 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25487 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25488
25489 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25490 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25491 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25492 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25493 contiguous.
25494
25495 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25496 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25497 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25498 the sort order.
25499
25500 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25501 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25502
25503 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25504 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25505 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25506 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25507 is called.
25508
25509 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25510 It should move point to the end of the record.
25511
25512 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25513 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25514 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25515 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25516 starts at the beginning of the record.
25517
25518 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25519 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25520 same as ENDRECFUN.
25521
25522 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25523 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25524
25525 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25526
25527 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25528 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25529 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25530 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25531 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25532 the sort order.
25533
25534 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25535
25536 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25537 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25538 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25539 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25540 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25541 the sort order.
25542
25543 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25544
25545 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25546 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25547 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25548 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25549 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25550 the sort order.
25551
25552 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25553 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25554
25555 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25556 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25557 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25558 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25559 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25560 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25561 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25562 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25563 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25564
25565 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25566
25567 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25568 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25569 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25570 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25571 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25572 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25573 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25574 the sort order.
25575
25576 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25577
25578 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25579 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25580 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25581 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25582 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25583 is to be used for sorting.
25584 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25585 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25586 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25587 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25588 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25589
25590 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25591
25592 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25593 the sort order.
25594
25595 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25596 starting with the letter \"f\",
25597 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25598
25599 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25600
25601 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25602 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25603 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25604 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25605 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25606 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25607 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25608 the sort order.
25609
25610 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25611 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25612 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25613 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25614 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25615
25616 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25617
25618 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25619 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25620 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25621
25622 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25623
25624 ;;;***
25625 \f
25626 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19640
25627 ;;;;;; 47194))
25628 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25629
25630 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25631 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25632 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25633 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25634 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25635 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25636
25637 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25638
25639 ;;;***
25640 \f
25641 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25642 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25643 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19640 47194))
25644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25645
25646 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25647 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25648
25649 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25650 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25651 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25652
25653 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25654
25655 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25656 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25657 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25658 server.
25659
25660 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25661
25662 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25663 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25664 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25665
25666 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25667
25668 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25669 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25670 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25671 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25672 Agent is plugged.
25673
25674 \(fn)" t nil)
25675
25676 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25677 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25678 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25679 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25680
25681 \(fn)" t nil)
25682
25683 ;;;***
25684 \f
25685 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25686 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19591 62571))
25687 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25688
25689 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25690
25691 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25692 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25693 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25694 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25695 supported at a time.
25696 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25697 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25698
25699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25700
25701 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25702 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25703 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25704 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25705
25706 \(fn)" t nil)
25707
25708 ;;;***
25709 \f
25710 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25711 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19619 52030))
25712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25713
25714 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25715
25716 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25717 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25718 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25719 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25720 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25721 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25722
25723 \(fn)" t nil)
25724
25725 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25726
25727 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25728 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25729 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25730 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25731
25732 \(fn)" t nil)
25733
25734 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25735
25736 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25737 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25738 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25739 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25740 for example, \"word\".
25741
25742 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25743
25744 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25745
25746 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25747 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25748
25749 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25750
25751 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25752
25753 ;;;***
25754 \f
25755 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19562
25756 ;;;;;; 42953))
25757 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25758
25759 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25760 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25761
25762 \(fn)" t nil)
25763
25764 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25765 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25766
25767 \(fn)" nil nil)
25768
25769 ;;;***
25770 \f
25771 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25772 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25773 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25774 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25775 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
25776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25777
25778 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25779 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25780
25781 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25782 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25783 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25784 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25785 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25786 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25787 of the current highlighting list.
25788
25789 For example:
25790
25791 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25792 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25793
25794 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25795 `_t' as data types.
25796
25797 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25798
25799 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25800 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25801
25802 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25803 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25804
25805 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25806
25807 \\\\FREE
25808
25809 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25810
25811 \\\\NONFREE
25812
25813 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25814
25815 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25816 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25817
25818 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25819 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25820 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25821 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25822
25823 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25824 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25825 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25826 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25827
25828 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25829 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25830 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25831
25832 \(fn)" t nil)
25833
25834 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25835 Major mode to edit SQL.
25836
25837 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25838 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25839 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25840
25841 \\{sql-mode-map}
25842 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25843
25844 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25845 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25846 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25847 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25848 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25849 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25850
25851 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25852 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25853
25854 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25855 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25856 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25857
25858 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25859 (lambda ()
25860 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25861
25862 \(fn)" t nil)
25863
25864 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25865 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25866
25867 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25868 their settings.
25869
25870 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25871 is specified in the connection settings.
25872
25873 \(fn CONNECTION)" t nil)
25874
25875 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25876 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25877
25878 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25879 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25880
25881 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25882 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25883 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25884 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25885
25886 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25887
25888 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25889
25890 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25891 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25892
25893 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25894 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25895 `*SQL*'.
25896
25897 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25898 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25899 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25900 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25901
25902 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25903 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25904
25905 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25906 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25907 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25908 buffer.
25909
25910 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25911 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25912 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25913 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25914 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25915 `default-process-coding-system'.
25916
25917 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25918
25919 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25920
25921 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25922 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25923
25924 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25925 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25926 `*SQL*'.
25927
25928 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25929 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25930 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25931 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25932
25933 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25934 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25935
25936 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25937 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25938 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25939 buffer.
25940
25941 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25942 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25943 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25944 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25945 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25946 `default-process-coding-system'.
25947
25948 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25949
25950 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25951
25952 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25953 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25954
25955 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25956 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25957 `*SQL*'.
25958
25959 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25960 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25961
25962 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25963 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25964
25965 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25966 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25967 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25968 buffer.
25969
25970 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25971 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25972 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25973 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25974 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25975 `default-process-coding-system'.
25976
25977 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25978
25979 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25980
25981 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25982 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25983
25984 SQLite is free software.
25985
25986 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25987 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25988 `*SQL*'.
25989
25990 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25991 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25992 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25993 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25994
25995 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25996 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25997
25998 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25999 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26000 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26001 buffer.
26002
26003 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26004 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26005 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26006 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26007 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26008 `default-process-coding-system'.
26009
26010 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26011
26012 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26013
26014 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26015 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26016
26017 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26018
26019 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26020 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26021 `*SQL*'.
26022
26023 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26024 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26025 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26026 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26027
26028 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26029 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26030
26031 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26032 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26033 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26034 buffer.
26035
26036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26038 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26041 `default-process-coding-system'.
26042
26043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26044
26045 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26046
26047 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26048 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26049
26050 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26051 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26052 `*SQL*'.
26053
26054 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26055 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26056 defaults, if set.
26057
26058 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26059 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26060
26061 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26062 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26063 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26064 buffer.
26065
26066 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26067 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26068 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26069 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26070 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26071 `default-process-coding-system'.
26072
26073 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26074
26075 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26076
26077 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26078 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26079
26080 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26081 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26082 `*SQL*'.
26083
26084 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26085 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26086
26087 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26088 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26089
26090 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26091 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26092 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26093 buffer.
26094
26095 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26096 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26097 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26098 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26099 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26100 `default-process-coding-system'.
26101
26102 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26103
26104 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26105
26106 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26107 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26108
26109 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26110 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26111 `*SQL*'.
26112
26113 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26114 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26115 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26116 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26117
26118 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26119 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26120
26121 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26122 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26123 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26124 buffer.
26125
26126 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26127 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26128 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26129 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26130 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26131 `default-process-coding-system'.
26132
26133 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26134
26135 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26136
26137 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26138 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26139
26140 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26141 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26142 `*SQL*'.
26143
26144 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26145 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26146 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26147 `sql-postgres-options'.
26148
26149 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26150 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26151
26152 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26153 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26154 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26155 buffer.
26156
26157 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26158 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26159 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26160 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26161 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26162 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26163 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26164 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26165
26166 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26167 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26168
26169 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26170
26171 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26172
26173 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26174 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26175
26176 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26177 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26178 `*SQL*'.
26179
26180 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26181 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26182 defaults, if set.
26183
26184 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26185 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26186
26187 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26188 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26189 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26190 buffer.
26191
26192 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26193 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26194 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26195 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26196 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26197 `default-process-coding-system'.
26198
26199 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26200
26201 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26202
26203 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26204 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26205
26206 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26207 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26208 `*SQL*'.
26209
26210 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26211 automatic login.
26212
26213 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26214 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26215
26216 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26217 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26218 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26219 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26220
26221 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26222 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26223 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26224 buffer.
26225
26226 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26227 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26228 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26229 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26230 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26231 `default-process-coding-system'.
26232
26233 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26234
26235 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26236
26237 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26238 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26239
26240 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26241 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26242 `*SQL*'.
26243
26244 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26245 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26246 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26247 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26248 parameters.
26249
26250 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26251 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26252 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26253 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26254 an empty password.
26255
26256 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26257 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26258
26259 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26260 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26261 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26262 buffer.
26263
26264 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26265
26266 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26267
26268 ;;;***
26269 \f
26270 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26271 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
26272 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26273
26274 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26275 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26276
26277 \(fn)" t nil)
26278
26279 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26280
26281 ;;;***
26282 \f
26283 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26284 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
26285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26286
26287 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26288 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26289 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26290 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26291 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26292 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26293 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26294 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26295 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26296 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26297 with any buffer
26298 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26299 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26300 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26301 GNUTLS requires a port number.
26302
26303 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26304
26305 ;;;***
26306 \f
26307 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26308 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26309 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26310 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26311 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19562
26312 ;;;;;; 42953))
26313 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26314
26315 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26316 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26317 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26318 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26319 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26320 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26321
26322 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26323
26324 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26325
26326 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26327 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26328 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26329 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26330 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26331 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26332 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26333
26334 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26335
26336 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26337 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26338 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26339 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26340 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26341 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26342 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26343
26344 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26345
26346 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26347 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26348 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26349
26350 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26351
26352 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26353 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26354 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26355
26356 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26357
26358 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26359 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26360
26361 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26362
26363 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26364 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26365
26366 \(fn)" t nil)
26367
26368 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26369 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26370
26371 \(fn)" t nil)
26372
26373 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26374 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26375 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26376 chronologically by command name.
26377 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26378
26379 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26380
26381 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26382 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26383 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26384 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26385 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26386 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26387
26388 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26389
26390 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26391 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26392 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26393 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26394 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26395 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26396 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26397
26398 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26399 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26400 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26401 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26402
26403 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26404
26405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26406
26407 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26408 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26409 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26410 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26411
26412 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26413
26414 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26415 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26416
26417 \(fn)" t nil)
26418
26419 ;;;***
26420 \f
26421 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26422 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19562 42953))
26423 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26424
26425 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26426 Studlify-case the region.
26427
26428 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26429
26430 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26431 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26432
26433 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26434
26435 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26436 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26437
26438 \(fn)" t nil)
26439
26440 ;;;***
26441 \f
26442 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26443 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
26444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26445
26446 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26447 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
26448 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
26449 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
26450 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
26451 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
26452 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
26453 Here are some examples:
26454
26455 Nomenclature Subwords
26456 ===========================================================
26457 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26458 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26459 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26460
26461 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26462 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26463 as words.
26464
26465 \\{subword-mode-map}
26466
26467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26468
26469 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26470 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26471 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26474 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26475
26476 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26477
26478 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26479 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
26480 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
26481 ARG is positive.
26482 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26483 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26484 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26485
26486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26487
26488 ;;;***
26489 \f
26490 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26491 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
26492 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26493
26494 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26495 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26496 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26497 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26498 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26499 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26500 original message but it does require a few things:
26501
26502 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26503
26504 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26505 reply buffer.
26506
26507 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26508 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26509 original message.
26510
26511 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26512
26513 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26514
26515 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26516 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26517 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26518
26519 \(fn)" nil nil)
26520
26521 ;;;***
26522 \f
26523 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19562
26524 ;;;;;; 42953))
26525 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26526
26527 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26528
26529 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26530 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26531 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26534 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26535
26536 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26537
26538 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26539 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26540 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26541 otherwise turn it off.
26542
26543 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26544 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26545 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26546
26547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26548
26549 ;;;***
26550 \f
26551 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19598 13691))
26552 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26553
26554 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26555 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26556 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26557 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26558 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26559
26560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26561
26562 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26563 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26564 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26565 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26566 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26567 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26568 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26569
26570 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26571
26572 ;;;***
26573 \f
26574 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26575 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26576 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26577 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26578 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26579 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26580 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26581 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26582 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26583 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26584 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26585 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26586 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19619 52030))
26587 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26588
26589 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26590 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26591 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26592
26593 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26594
26595 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26596 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26597
26598 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26599
26600 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26601 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26602
26603 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26604
26605 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26606 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26607
26608 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26609
26610 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26611 Insert an editable text table.
26612 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26613 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26614 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26615 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26616 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26617 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26618 delimiting them.
26619
26620 Examples:
26621
26622 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26623
26624 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26625 location of point.
26626
26627 -!-
26628
26629 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26630 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26631 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26632 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26633 first cell.
26634
26635 +-----+-----+-----+
26636 |-!- | | |
26637 +-----+-----+-----+
26638
26639 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26640
26641 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26642 width, which results as
26643
26644 +--------------+-----+-----+
26645 |-!- | | |
26646 +--------------+-----+-----+
26647
26648 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26649 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26650
26651 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26652 | | |-!- |
26653 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26654
26655 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26656 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26657 width information to `table-insert'.
26658
26659 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26660
26661 instead of
26662
26663 Cell width(s): 5
26664
26665 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26666 work all together.
26667
26668 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26669 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26670
26671 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26672 |-!- | | |
26673 | | | |
26674 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26675
26676 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26677
26678 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26679 |-!- | | |
26680 | | | |
26681 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26682 | | | |
26683 | | | |
26684 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26685
26686 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26687
26688 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26689 | | | |
26690 | | | |
26691 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26692 | | | |
26693 | | | |
26694 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26695 -!-
26696
26697 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26698 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26699 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26700
26701 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26702 | | | |
26703 | | | |
26704 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26705 | | | |
26706 | | | |
26707 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26708 |-!- | | |
26709 | | | |
26710 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26711
26712 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26713 results.
26714
26715 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26716 | | | |
26717 | | | |
26718 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26719 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26720 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26721 | | |expected results.-!- |
26722 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26723 | | | |
26724 | | | |
26725 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26726
26727 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26728
26729 \\{table-cell-map}
26730
26731 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26732
26733 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26734 Insert N table row(s).
26735 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26736 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26737 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26738 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26739
26740 \(fn N)" t nil)
26741
26742 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26743 Insert N table column(s).
26744 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26745 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26746 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26747 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26748
26749 \(fn N)" t nil)
26750
26751 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26752 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26753 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26754
26755 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26756
26757 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26758 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26759 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26760 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26761 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26762 all the table specific features.
26763
26764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26765
26766 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26767 Not documented
26768
26769 \(fn)" t nil)
26770
26771 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26772 Recognize all tables within region.
26773 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26774 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26775 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26776 specific features.
26777
26778 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26779
26780 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26781 Not documented
26782
26783 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26784
26785 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26786 Recognize a table at point.
26787 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26788 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26789 the table specific features.
26790
26791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26792
26793 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26794 Not documented
26795
26796 \(fn)" t nil)
26797
26798 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26799 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26800 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26801 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26802 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26803 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26804 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26805
26806 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26807
26808 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26809 Not documented
26810
26811 \(fn)" t nil)
26812
26813 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26814 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26815 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26816 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26817 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26818 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26819 specified.
26820
26821 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26822
26823 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26824 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26825 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26826 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26827 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26828 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26829 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26830 table structure.
26831
26832 \(fn N)" t nil)
26833
26834 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26835 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26836 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26837 table's rectangle structure.
26838
26839 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26840
26841 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26842 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26843 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26844 table's rectangle structure.
26845
26846 \(fn N)" t nil)
26847
26848 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26849 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26850 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26851 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26852 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26853
26854 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26855
26856 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26857 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26858 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26859
26860 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26861 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26862 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26863 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26864 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26865 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26866 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26867
26868 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26869 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26870 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26871 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26872 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26873 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26874 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26875
26876 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26877 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26878 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26879 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26880 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26881 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26882 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26883 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26884
26885 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26886
26887 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26888 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26889 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26890 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26891
26892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26893
26894 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26895 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26896 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26897
26898 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26899
26900 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26901 Split current cell vertically.
26902 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26903
26904 \(fn)" t nil)
26905
26906 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26907 Split current cell horizontally.
26908 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26909
26910 \(fn)" t nil)
26911
26912 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26913 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26914 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26915
26916 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26917
26918 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26919 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26920 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26921 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26922
26923 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26924
26925 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26926 Justify cell contents.
26927 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26928 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26929 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26930 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26931
26932 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26933
26934 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26935 Justify cells of a row.
26936 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26937 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26938
26939 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26940
26941 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26942 Justify cells of a column.
26943 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26944 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26945
26946 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26947
26948 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26949 Toggle fixing width mode.
26950 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26951 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26952 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26953
26954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26955
26956 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26957 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26958 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26959 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26960 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26961 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26962 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26963 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26964 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26965 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26966 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26967
26968 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26969
26970 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26971 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26972 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26973 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26974 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26975 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26976 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26977 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26978 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26979 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26980 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26981 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26982 untouched.
26983
26984 References used for this implementation:
26985
26986 HTML:
26987 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26988
26989 LaTeX:
26990 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26991
26992 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26993 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26994 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26995
26996 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26997
26998 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26999 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27000 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27001 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27002 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27003 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27004 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27005 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27006 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27007 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27008 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27009 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27010 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27011 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27012 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27013 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27014 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27015
27016 Example:
27017
27018 (progn
27019 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27020 (table-forward-cell 15)
27021 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27022 (table-forward-cell 16)
27023 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27024 (table-forward-cell 1)
27025 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27026
27027 (progn
27028 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27029 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27030 (table-forward-cell 1)
27031 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27032
27033 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27034
27035 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27036 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27037 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27038 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27039 consists from cells of same height.
27040
27041 \(fn N)" t nil)
27042
27043 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27044 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27045 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27046 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27047 column must consists from cells of same width.
27048
27049 \(fn N)" t nil)
27050
27051 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27052 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27053 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27054 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27055 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27056 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27057 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27058 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27059 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27060 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27061 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27062 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27063 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27064 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27065 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27066
27067
27068 Example 1:
27069
27070 1, 2, 3, 4
27071 5, 6, 7, 8
27072 , 9, 10
27073
27074 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27075 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27076 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27077 specified as 5.
27078
27079 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27080 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27081 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27082 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27083 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27084 | | 9 | 10 | |
27085 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27086
27087 Note:
27088
27089 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27090 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27091 of each row is optional.
27092
27093
27094 Example 2:
27095
27096 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27097 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27098 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27099 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27100 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27101
27102 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27103 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27104
27105 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27106 expression and raw delimiter regular
27107 expression, it parses the specified text
27108 area and extracts cell items from
27109 non-table text and then forms a table out
27110 of them.
27111
27112 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27113 creates a single cell table. The text in
27114 the specified region is placed in that
27115 cell.-*-
27116
27117 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27118 like this.
27119
27120 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27121 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27122 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27123 | |
27124 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27125 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27126 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27127 | area and extracts cell items from |
27128 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27129 | of them. |
27130 | |
27131 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27132 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27133 | the specified region is placed in that |
27134 | cell. |
27135 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27136
27137 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27138 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27139 independently.
27140
27141 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27142 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27143 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27144 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27145 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27146 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27147 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27148 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27149 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27150 | |of them. |
27151 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27152 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27153 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27154 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27155 | |cell. |
27156 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27157
27158 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27159 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27160 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27161
27162 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27163
27164 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27165 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27166 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27167 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27168 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27169
27170 \(fn)" t nil)
27171
27172 ;;;***
27173 \f
27174 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19562 42953))
27175 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27176
27177 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27178 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27179
27180 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27181
27182 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27183 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27184
27185 \(fn)" t nil)
27186
27187 ;;;***
27188 \f
27189 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19619 52030))
27190 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27191
27192 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27193 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27194 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27195 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27196 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27197 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27198 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27199
27200 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27201 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27202 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27203 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27204
27205 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27206 \\{tar-mode-map}
27207
27208 \(fn)" t nil)
27209
27210 ;;;***
27211 \f
27212 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27213 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19598 13691))
27214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27215
27216 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27217 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27218 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27219 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27220 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27221 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27222
27223 Variables controlling indentation style:
27224 `tcl-indent-level'
27225 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27226 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27227 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27228
27229 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27230 documentation for details):
27231 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27232 Controls action of TAB key.
27233 `tcl-auto-newline'
27234 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27235 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27236 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27237 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27238 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27239
27240 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27241 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27242 already exist.
27243
27244 Commands:
27245 \\{tcl-mode-map}
27246
27247 \(fn)" t nil)
27248
27249 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27250 Run inferior Tcl process.
27251 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27252 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27253
27254 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27255
27256 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27257 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27258 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27259
27260 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27261
27262 ;;;***
27263 \f
27264 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19640 47194))
27265 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27266 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
27267
27268 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27269 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27270 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27271 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27272
27273 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27274 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27275 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27276 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27277 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27278
27279 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27280 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
27281
27282 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27283 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27284 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27285 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27286
27287 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27288
27289 ;;;***
27290 \f
27291 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27292 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
27293 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27294
27295 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27296 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27297 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27298 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27299 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27300 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27301
27302 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27303
27304 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27305 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27306 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27307 commands to use in that buffer.
27308
27309 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27310
27311 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27312
27313 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27314 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27315
27316 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27317
27318 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27319 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27320 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27321 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27322 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27323 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27324 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27325 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27326 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27327 use in that buffer.
27328 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27329
27330 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27331
27332 ;;;***
27333 \f
27334 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19591
27335 ;;;;;; 62571))
27336 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27337
27338 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27339 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27340 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27341 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27342 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27343 program as keyboard input.
27344
27345 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27346 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27347 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27348 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27349
27350 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27351 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27352 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27353 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27354 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27355
27356 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27357
27358 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27359 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27360 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27361 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27362
27363 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27364 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27365 subprocess started.
27366
27367 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27368
27369 ;;;***
27370 \f
27371 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27372 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
27373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27374
27375 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27376 Start coverage on function under point.
27377
27378 \(fn)" t nil)
27379
27380 ;;;***
27381 \f
27382 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19562 42953))
27383 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27384
27385 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27386 Play the Tetris game.
27387 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27388 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27389 as to form complete rows.
27390
27391 tetris-mode keybindings:
27392 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27393 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27394 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27395 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27396 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27397 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27398 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27399 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27400 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27401
27402 \(fn)" t nil)
27403
27404 ;;;***
27405 \f
27406 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27407 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27408 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27409 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27410 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27411 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27412 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27413 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
27414 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27415
27416 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27417 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27418
27419 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27420
27421 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27422 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27423 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27424 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27425 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27426
27427 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27428
27429 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27430 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27431 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27432 if it matches the first line of the file,
27433 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27434
27435 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27436
27437 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27438 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27439 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27440 if the variable is non-nil.")
27441
27442 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27443
27444 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27445 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27446
27447 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27448
27449 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27450 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27451 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27452 See the documentation of that variable.")
27453
27454 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27455
27456 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27457 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27458 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27459 See the documentation of that variable.")
27460
27461 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27462
27463 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27464 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27465 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27466 See the documentation of that variable.")
27467
27468 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27469
27470 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27471 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27472 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27473 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27474 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27475
27476 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27477
27478 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27479 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27480 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27481 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27482
27483 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27484
27485 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27486 User defined LaTeX block names.
27487 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27488
27489 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27490
27491 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27492 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27493 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27494 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27495
27496 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27497
27498 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27499 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27500 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27501 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27502
27503 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27504
27505 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27506 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27507 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27508 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27509
27510 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27511 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27512 for example,
27513
27514 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27515 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27516
27517 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27518 use.")
27519
27520 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27521
27522 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27523 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27524 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27525 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27526 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27527
27528 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27529
27530 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27531
27532 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27533 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27534 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27535
27536 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27537
27538 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27539 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27540 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27541 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27542 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27543
27544 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27545
27546 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27547 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27548
27549 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27550
27551 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27552 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27553
27554 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27555
27556 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27557 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27558 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27559 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27560 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27561 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27562 says which mode to use.
27563
27564 \(fn)" t nil)
27565
27566 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27567
27568 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27569
27570 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27571
27572 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27573 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27574 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27575 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27576 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27577
27578 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27579 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27580 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27581 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27582 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27583 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27584 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27585
27586 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27587 mismatched $'s or braces.
27588
27589 Special commands:
27590 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27591
27592 Mode variables:
27593 tex-run-command
27594 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27595 tex-directory
27596 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27597 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27598 tex-dvi-print-command
27599 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27600 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27601 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27602 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27603 tex-dvi-view-command
27604 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27605 tex-show-queue-command
27606 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27607 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27608
27609 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27610 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27611 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27612
27613 \(fn)" t nil)
27614
27615 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27616 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27617 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27618 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27619 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27620
27621 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27622 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27623 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27624 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27625 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27626 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27627 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27628
27629 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27630 mismatched $'s or braces.
27631
27632 Special commands:
27633 \\{latex-mode-map}
27634
27635 Mode variables:
27636 latex-run-command
27637 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27638 tex-directory
27639 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27640 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27641 tex-dvi-print-command
27642 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27643 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27644 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27645 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27646 tex-dvi-view-command
27647 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27648 tex-show-queue-command
27649 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27650 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27651
27652 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27653 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27654 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27655
27656 \(fn)" t nil)
27657
27658 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27659 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27660 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27661 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27662 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27663
27664 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27665 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27666 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27667 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27668 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27669 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27670 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27671
27672 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27673 mismatched $'s or braces.
27674
27675 Special commands:
27676 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27677
27678 Mode variables:
27679 slitex-run-command
27680 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27681 tex-directory
27682 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27683 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27684 tex-dvi-print-command
27685 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27686 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27687 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27688 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27689 tex-dvi-view-command
27690 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27691 tex-show-queue-command
27692 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27693 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27694
27695 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27696 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27697 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27698 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27699
27700 \(fn)" t nil)
27701
27702 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27703 Not documented
27704
27705 \(fn)" nil nil)
27706
27707 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27708 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27709
27710 \(fn)" t nil)
27711
27712 ;;;***
27713 \f
27714 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27715 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19591 62571))
27716 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27717
27718 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27719 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27720 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27721 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27722
27723 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27724 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27725 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27726
27727 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27728
27729 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27730 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27731 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27732 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27733 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27734
27735 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27736
27737 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27738 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27739 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27740 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27741
27742 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27743 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27744 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27745 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27746
27747 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27748 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27749
27750 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27751
27752 ;;;***
27753 \f
27754 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27755 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19598 13691))
27756 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27757
27758 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27759 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27760
27761 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27762
27763 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27764 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27765
27766 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27767
27768 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27769 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27770
27771 It has these extra commands:
27772 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27773
27774 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27775 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27776 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27777 modified version of TeX input format.
27778
27779 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27780 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27781 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27782 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27783
27784 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27785 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27786 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27787 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27788 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27789 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27790 in the Texinfo file.
27791
27792 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27793 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27794 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27795 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27796 move forward past the closing brace.
27797
27798 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27799 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27800
27801 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27802 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27803 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27804
27805 Here are the functions:
27806
27807 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27808 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27809 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27810
27811 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27812 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27813 texinfo-master-menu
27814
27815 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27816
27817 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27818 which menu descriptions are indented.
27819
27820 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27821 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27822 in the region.
27823
27824 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27825 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27826 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27827 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27828
27829 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27830 be the first node in the file.
27831
27832 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27833 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27834
27835 \(fn)" t nil)
27836
27837 ;;;***
27838 \f
27839 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27840 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27841 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
27842 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27843
27844 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27845 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27846 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27847 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27848
27849 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27850
27851 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27852 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27853
27854 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27855
27856 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27857 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27858
27859 \(fn)" t nil)
27860
27861 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27862 Not documented
27863
27864 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27865
27866 ;;;***
27867 \f
27868 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27869 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27870 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19562 42953))
27871 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27872
27873 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27874 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27875
27876 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27877
27878 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27879 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27880 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27881 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27882 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27883
27884 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27885 a symbol as a valid THING.
27886
27887 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27888 of the textual entity that was found.
27889
27890 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27891
27892 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27893 Return the THING at point.
27894 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27895 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27896 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27897
27898 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27899 a symbol as a valid THING.
27900
27901 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27902
27903 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27904 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27905
27906 \(fn)" nil nil)
27907
27908 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27909 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27910
27911 \(fn)" nil nil)
27912
27913 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27914 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27915
27916 \(fn)" nil nil)
27917
27918 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27919 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27920
27921 \(fn)" nil nil)
27922
27923 ;;;***
27924 \f
27925 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27926 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27927 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
27928 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27929
27930 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27931 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27932
27933 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27934
27935 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27936 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27937 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27938 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27939
27940 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27941
27942 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27943 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27944
27945 \(fn)" t nil)
27946
27947 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27948 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27949
27950 \(fn)" t nil)
27951
27952 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27953
27954 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27955 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27956
27957 \(fn)" t nil)
27958
27959 ;;;***
27960 \f
27961 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27962 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27963 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27964 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27965 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19562
27966 ;;;;;; 42953))
27967 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27968
27969 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27970 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27971 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27972
27973 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27974
27975 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27976 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27977
27978 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27979
27980 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27981 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27982 The returned string has no composition information.
27983
27984 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27985
27986 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27987 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27988
27989 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27990
27991 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27992 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27993
27994 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27995
27996 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27997 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27998 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27999 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28000
28001 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28002
28003 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28004 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28005 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28006 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28007
28008 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28009
28010 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28011 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28012 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28013
28014 \(fn)" t nil)
28015
28016 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28017 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28018 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28019
28020 \(fn)" t nil)
28021
28022 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28023 Not documented
28024
28025 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28026
28027 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28028 Not documented
28029
28030 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28031
28032 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28033 Not documented
28034
28035 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28036
28037 ;;;***
28038 \f
28039 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28040 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
28041 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28042
28043 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28044 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28045 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28046 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28047 parameters.
28048 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28049
28050 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28051
28052 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28053 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28054 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28055 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28056 parameters.
28057 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28058
28059 \(fn)" t nil)
28060
28061 ;;;***
28062 \f
28063 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28064 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28065 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19640 47194))
28066 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28067
28068 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28069 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28070
28071 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28072 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28073
28074 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28075 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28076 This display updates automatically every minute.
28077 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28078 are displayed as well.
28079 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28080
28081 \(fn)" t nil)
28082
28083 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28084 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28085 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28086 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28087 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28088 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28089
28090 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28091
28092 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28093 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28094 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28095
28096 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28097 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28098 are displayed as well.
28099 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28100
28101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28102
28103 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28104 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28105 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28106 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28107
28108 \(fn)" t nil)
28109
28110 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28111 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28112 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28113 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28114
28115 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28116
28117 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28118 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28119
28120 \(fn)" t nil)
28121
28122 ;;;***
28123 \f
28124 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28125 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28126 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28127 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28128 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
28129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28130
28131 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28132 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28133 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28134
28135 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28136 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28137 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
28138 (progn
28139 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28140 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28141 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28142
28143 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28144 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28145
28146 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28147
28148 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28149 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28150
28151 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28152
28153 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28154 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28155
28156 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28157
28158 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28159 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28160 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28161
28162 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28163
28164 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28165
28166 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28167 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28168 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28169
28170 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28171
28172 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28173 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28174
28175 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28176
28177 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28178 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28179 DATE should be a date-time string.
28180
28181 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28182
28183 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28184 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28185 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28186
28187 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28188
28189 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28190 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28191
28192 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28193
28194 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28195 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28196
28197 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28198
28199 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28200 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28201 TIME should be a time value.
28202 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28203
28204 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28205
28206 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28207 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28208 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28209
28210 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28211
28212 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28213 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28214 The valid format specifiers are:
28215 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28216 %d is the number of days.
28217 %h is the number of hours.
28218 %m is the number of minutes.
28219 %s is the number of seconds.
28220 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28221 %% is a literal \"%\".
28222
28223 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28224 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28225
28226 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28227 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28228 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28229
28230 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28231 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28232 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28233
28234 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28235
28236 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28237
28238 ;;;***
28239 \f
28240 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28241 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19562 42953))
28242 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28243 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28244 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28245 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28246 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28247 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28248 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28249 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28250 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28251
28252 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28253 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28254 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28255 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28256 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28257 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28258 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28259 look like one of the following:
28260 Time-stamp: <>
28261 Time-stamp: \" \"
28262 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28263 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28264 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28265 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28266 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28267 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28268 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28269 the template.
28270
28271 \(fn)" t nil)
28272
28273 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28274 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28275 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28276
28277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28278
28279 ;;;***
28280 \f
28281 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28282 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28283 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28284 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28285 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
28286 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28287
28288 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28289 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28290 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28291 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28292 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28293 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28294 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28295 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28296 display (non-nil means on).
28297
28298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28299
28300 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28301 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28302 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28303 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28304 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28305 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28306 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28307 this function is called within a day.
28308
28309 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28310 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28311 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28312 discover the name of the project.
28313
28314 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28315
28316 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28317 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28318 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28319 begun during the last time segment.
28320
28321 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28322 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28323 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28324 discover the reason.
28325
28326 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28327
28328 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28329 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28330 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28331 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28332 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28333
28334 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28335
28336 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28337 Change to working on a different project.
28338 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28339 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28340 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28341 working on.
28342
28343 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28344
28345 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28346 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28347 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28348
28349 \(fn)" nil nil)
28350
28351 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28352 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28353 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28354
28355 \(fn)" t nil)
28356
28357 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28358 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28359 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28360 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28361 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28362 \"relative to today\".
28363
28364 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28365
28366 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28367 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28368 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28369 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28370
28371 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28372
28373 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28374 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28375 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28376 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28377 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28378 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28379
28380 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28381
28382 ;;;***
28383 \f
28384 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28385 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19640 47194))
28386 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28387
28388 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28389 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28390 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28391 the generated Quail package is saved.
28392
28393 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28394
28395 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28396 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28397 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28398 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28399 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28400 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28401 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28402
28403 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28404
28405 ;;;***
28406 \f
28407 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28408 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19562 42953))
28409 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28410 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28411 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28412
28413 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28414 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28415 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28416 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28417 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28418
28419 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28420
28421 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28422 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28423 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28424 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28425 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28426
28427 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28428
28429 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28430 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28431 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28432 in the menu in two ways:
28433 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28434 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28435 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28436
28437 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28438 keymap or an alist of alists.
28439 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28440 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28441
28442 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28443
28444 ;;;***
28445 \f
28446 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28447 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28448 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19562 42953))
28449 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28450
28451 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28452 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28453
28454 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28455
28456 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28457 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28458
28459 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28460
28461 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28462 Insert new TODO list entry.
28463 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28464 category.
28465
28466 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28467
28468 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28469 List top priorities for each category.
28470
28471 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28472 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28473
28474 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28475 between each category.
28476 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28477
28478 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28479
28480 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28481 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28482 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28483 between each category.
28484
28485 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28486
28487 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28488
28489 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28490 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28491
28492 \(fn)" t nil)
28493
28494 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28495 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28496
28497 \(fn)" nil nil)
28498
28499 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28500 Show TODO list.
28501
28502 \(fn)" t nil)
28503
28504 ;;;***
28505 \f
28506 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28507 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28508 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19619 52030))
28509 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28510
28511 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28512 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28513 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28514
28515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28516
28517 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28518 Add an item to the tool bar.
28519 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28520 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28521 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28522 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28523
28524 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28525 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28526 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28527 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28528
28529 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28530 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28531
28532 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28533
28534 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28535 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28536 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28537 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28538 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28539 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28540
28541 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28542 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28543 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28544 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28545
28546 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28547
28548 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28549 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28550 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28551 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28552 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28553 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28554 properties to add to the binding.
28555
28556 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28557
28558 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28559 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28560
28561 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28562
28563 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28564 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28565 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28566 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28567 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28568 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28569 properties to add to the binding.
28570
28571 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28572 holds a keymap.
28573
28574 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28575
28576 ;;;***
28577 \f
28578 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28579 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
28580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28581
28582 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28583 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28584 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28586 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28587 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28588
28589 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28590
28591 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28592 TPU/edt emulation.
28593
28594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28595
28596 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28597
28598 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28599 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28600
28601 \(fn)" t nil)
28602
28603 ;;;***
28604 \f
28605 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28606 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
28607 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28608
28609 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28610 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28611
28612 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28613 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28614 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28615 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28616 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28617
28618 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28619 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28620 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28621 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28622 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28623
28624 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28625 (tpu-edt)
28626
28627 Known Problems:
28628
28629 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28630 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28631 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28632 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28633 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28634 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28635
28636 \(fn)" t nil)
28637
28638 ;;;***
28639 \f
28640 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19562 42953))
28641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28642
28643 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28644 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28645 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28646 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28647 to a tcp server on another machine.
28648
28649 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28650
28651 ;;;***
28652 \f
28653 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28654 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19591 62571))
28655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28656
28657 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28658 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28659
28660 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28661
28662 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28663 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28664 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28665 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28666 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28667 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28668 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28669 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28670
28671 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28672
28673 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28674 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28675 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28676 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28677 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28678 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28679 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28680 the window or buffer configuration.
28681
28682 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28683
28684 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28685
28686 ;;;***
28687 \f
28688 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28689 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28690 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28691 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19640 47194))
28692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28693
28694 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28695 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28696 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28697
28698 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28699
28700 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28701 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28702
28703 It can have the following values:
28704
28705 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28706 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28707 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28708
28709 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28710
28711 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28712 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28713 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28714 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28715
28716 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28717
28718 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28719 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28720 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28721 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28722
28723 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28724 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28725 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28726
28727 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28728 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28729 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28730 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28731 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28732 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28733 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28734 files which are not really Tramp files.
28735
28736 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28737 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28738 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28739 updated after changing this variable.
28740
28741 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28742
28743 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28744 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28745 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28746 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28747
28748 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
28749 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28750 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28751 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28752
28753 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28754
28755 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28756 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28757 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28758 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28759
28760 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28761 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28762 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28763
28764 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28765 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28766 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28767
28768 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28769 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28770 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28771 updated after changing this variable.
28772
28773 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28774
28775 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28776 Alist of completion handler functions.
28777 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28778 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28779 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28780
28781 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28782 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28783 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28784 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28785
28786 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28787 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28788 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28789 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28790
28791 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28792 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28793 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28794
28795 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28796
28797 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28798 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28799 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28800
28801 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28802 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28803
28804 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28805
28806 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28807 Not documented
28808
28809 \(fn)" nil nil)
28810
28811 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28812 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28813
28814 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28815
28816 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28817 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28818
28819 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28820
28821 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28822 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28823
28824 \(fn)" t nil)
28825
28826 ;;;***
28827 \f
28828 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28829 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
28830 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28831
28832 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28833 Not documented
28834
28835 \(fn)" nil nil)
28836
28837 ;;;***
28838 \f
28839 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19598
28840 ;;;;;; 13691))
28841 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28842
28843 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28844 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28845 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28846 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28847 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28848 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28849 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28850 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28851
28852 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28853 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28854 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28855
28856 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28857 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28858 resumed later.
28859
28860 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28861
28862 ;;;***
28863 \f
28864 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28865 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28867
28868 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28869 Not documented
28870
28871 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28872
28873 ;;;***
28874 \f
28875 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28876 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19619 52030))
28877 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28878 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28879 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28880 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28881
28882 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28883 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28884 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28885 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28886 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28887 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28888 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28889
28890 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28891
28892 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28893 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28894 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28895 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28896
28897 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28898
28899 \(fn)" t nil)
28900
28901 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28902 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28903 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28904 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28905 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28906 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28907 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28908
28909 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28910 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28911
28912 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28913 \\___/\\
28914 / \\
28915 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28916
28917 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28918
28919 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28920
28921 ;;;***
28922 \f
28923 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28924 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28925 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28926 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28927 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
28928 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28929
28930 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28931 Toggle typing break mode.
28932 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28934 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28935
28936 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28937
28938 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28939 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28940
28941 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28942
28943 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28944 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28945
28946 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28947 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28948 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28949
28950 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28951 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28952
28953 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28954
28955 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28956 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28957
28958 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28959 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28960 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28961 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28962
28963 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28964
28965 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28966 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28967 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28968
28969 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28970 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28971 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28972 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28973 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28974 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28975
28976 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28977 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28978 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28979 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28980
28981 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28982 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28983
28984 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28985 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28986
28987 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28988
28989 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28990 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28991 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28992
28993 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28994 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28995 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28996 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28997 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28998 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28999 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29000
29001 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29002 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29003
29004 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29005 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29006 reset the keystroke counter.
29007
29008 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29009 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29010 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29011 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29012
29013 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29014 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29015 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29016 `type-break-schedule' command.
29017
29018 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29019 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29020 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29021 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29022 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29023 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29024 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29025 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29026 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29027
29028 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29029 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29030 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29031 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29032 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29033
29034 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29035 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29036 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29037 approximate good values for this.
29038
29039 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29040 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29041
29042 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29043 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29044 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29045 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29046 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29047 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29048
29049 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29050 a typing break occur. They include:
29051
29052 `type-break-query-mode'
29053 `type-break-query-function'
29054 `type-break-query-interval'
29055
29056 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29057
29058 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29059 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29060 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29061 problems.
29062
29063 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29064
29065 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29066 Take a typing break.
29067
29068 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29069 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29070
29071 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29072 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29073
29074 \(fn)" t nil)
29075
29076 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29077 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29078 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29079 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29080
29081 \(fn)" t nil)
29082
29083 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29084 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29085
29086 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29087 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29088 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29089 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29090 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29091 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29092 average typing speed.)
29093
29094 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29095 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29096 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29097 the computed maximum threshold.
29098
29099 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29100 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29101 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29102 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29103 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29104
29105 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29106
29107 ;;;***
29108 \f
29109 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19562 42953))
29110 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29111
29112 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29113 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29114 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29115 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29116 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29117
29118 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29119
29120 ;;;***
29121 \f
29122 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29123 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29124 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29125 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29126 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29127 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19619 52030))
29128 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29129
29130 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29131 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29132
29133 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29134
29135 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29136 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29137
29138 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29139
29140 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29141 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29142
29143 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29144
29145 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29146 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29147
29148 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29149
29150 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29151 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29152
29153 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29154
29155 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29156 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29157
29158 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29159
29160 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29161 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29162
29163 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29164
29165 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29166 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29167
29168 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29169
29170 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29171 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29172
29173 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29174
29175 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29176 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29177
29178 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29179
29180 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29181 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29182
29183 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29184
29185 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29186 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29187
29188 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29189
29190 ;;;***
29191 \f
29192 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29193 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19562 42953))
29194 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29195
29196 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29197 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29198 Works by overstriking underscores.
29199 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29200 which specify the range to operate on.
29201
29202 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29203
29204 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29205 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29206 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29207 which specify the range to operate on.
29208
29209 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29210
29211 ;;;***
29212 \f
29213 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29214 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29215 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29216
29217 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29218 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29219 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29220 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29221 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29222 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29223
29224 \(fn)" nil nil)
29225
29226 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29227 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29228
29229 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29230
29231 ;;;***
29232 \f
29233 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19562
29234 ;;;;;; 42953))
29235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29236
29237 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29238 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29239 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29240 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29241
29242 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29243
29244 ;;;***
29245 \f
29246 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29247 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19640 47194))
29248 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29249
29250 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29251 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29252 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29253
29254 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29255 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29256 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29257 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29258 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29259 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29260
29261 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29262 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29263 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29264
29265 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29266 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29267 the callback is not called).
29268
29269 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29270 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29271 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29272 take effect.
29273
29274 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29275
29276 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29277
29278 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29279 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29280 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29281 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29282 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29283
29284 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29285
29286 ;;;***
29287 \f
29288 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29289 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19562 42953))
29290 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29291
29292 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29293 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29294 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29295
29296 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29297 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29298 `url-generic-parse-url'
29299 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29300 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29301 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29302 realm
29303 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29304 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29305 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29306 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29307 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29308 what type of auth to use
29309 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29310 if one cannot be found in the cache
29311
29312 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29313
29314 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29315 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29316
29317 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29318 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29319 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29320 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29321 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29322 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29323 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29324 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29325
29326 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29327
29328 ;;;***
29329 \f
29330 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29331 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19640 47194))
29332 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29333
29334 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29335 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29336
29337 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29338
29339 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29340 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29341 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29342
29343 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29344
29345 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29346 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29347
29348 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29349
29350 ;;;***
29351 \f
29352 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19562 42953))
29353 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29354
29355 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29356 Not documented
29357
29358 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29359
29360 ;;;***
29361 \f
29362 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29363 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19591 62571))
29364 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29365
29366 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29367 Not documented
29368
29369 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29370
29371 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29372 Not documented
29373
29374 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29375
29376 ;;;***
29377 \f
29378 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19591
29379 ;;;;;; 62571))
29380 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29381
29382 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29383 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29384
29385 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29386
29387 ;;;***
29388 \f
29389 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29390 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19640 47194))
29391 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29392
29393 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29394 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29395
29396 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29397
29398 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29399 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29400 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29401 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29402 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29403
29404 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29405
29406 ;;;***
29407 \f
29408 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29409 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29410 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
29411 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29412
29413 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29414 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29415 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29416 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29417 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29418 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29419
29420 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29421
29422 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29423 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29424
29425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29426
29427 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29428 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29429 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29430 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29431
29432 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29433
29434 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29435 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29436 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29437 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29438 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29439 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29440 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29441 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29442 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29443 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29444
29445 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29446
29447 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29448 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29449 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29450 accessible.
29451
29452 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29453
29454 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29455 Not documented
29456
29457 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29458
29459 ;;;***
29460 \f
29461 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29462 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19640 47194))
29463 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29464
29465 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29466 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29467 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29468 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29469 CBARGS as the arguments.
29470
29471 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29472
29473 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29474 Not documented
29475
29476 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29477
29478 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29479
29480 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29481 Not documented
29482
29483 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29484
29485 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29486 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29487 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29488
29489 Property list members:
29490
29491 methods
29492 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29493 supports.
29494
29495 dav
29496 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29497 supported.
29498
29499 dasl
29500 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29501
29502 ranges
29503 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29504
29505 p3p
29506 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29507 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29508 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29509 Emacs/W3.
29510
29511 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29512
29513 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29514 Default HTTPS port.")
29515
29516 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29517 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29518 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29519
29520 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29521 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29522 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29523 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29524 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29525
29526 ;;;***
29527 \f
29528 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19598 13691))
29529 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29530
29531 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29532 Not documented
29533
29534 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29535
29536 ;;;***
29537 \f
29538 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19562
29539 ;;;;;; 42953))
29540 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29541
29542 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29543 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29544 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29545 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29546 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29547
29548 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29549
29550 ;;;***
29551 \f
29552 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29553 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29554 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29555
29556 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29557 Not documented
29558
29559 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29560
29561 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29562 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29563
29564 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29565
29566 ;;;***
29567 \f
29568 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29569 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19562 42953))
29570 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29571
29572 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29573 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29574
29575 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29576
29577 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29578 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29579
29580 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29581
29582 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29583 Not documented
29584
29585 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29586
29587 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29588
29589 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29590
29591 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29592
29593 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29594 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29595
29596 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29597
29598 ;;;***
29599 \f
29600 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29601 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29602 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29603
29604 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29605 Not documented
29606
29607 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29608
29609 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29610 Not documented
29611
29612 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29613
29614 ;;;***
29615 \f
29616 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29617 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29618 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29619 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29620
29621 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29622 Not documented
29623
29624 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29625
29626 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29627 Not documented
29628
29629 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29630
29631 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29632 Not documented
29633
29634 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29635
29636 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29637 Not documented
29638
29639 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29640
29641 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29642 Not documented
29643
29644 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29645
29646 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29647 Not documented
29648
29649 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29650
29651 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29652 Not documented
29653
29654 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29655
29656 ;;;***
29657 \f
29658 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29659 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19640 47194))
29660 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29661
29662 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29663 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29664
29665 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29666
29667 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29668 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29669 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29670 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29671
29672 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29673
29674 ;;;***
29675 \f
29676 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29677 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
29678 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29679
29680 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29681 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29682
29683 \(fn)" t nil)
29684
29685 ;;;***
29686 \f
29687 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29688 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29689 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29690 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29691 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29692 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29693 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19640 47194))
29694 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29695
29696 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29697 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29698 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29699
29700 If t, all messages will be logged.
29701 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29702 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29703
29704 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29705
29706 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29707 Not documented
29708
29709 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29710
29711 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29712 Not documented
29713
29714 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29715
29716 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29717 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29718 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29719 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29720 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29721 & ==> &amp;
29722 < ==> &lt;
29723 > ==> &gt;
29724 \" ==> &quot;
29725
29726 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29727
29728 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29729 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29730 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29731
29732 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29733
29734 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29735 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29736 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29737
29738 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29739
29740 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29741 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29742
29743 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29744
29745 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29746 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29747
29748 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29749
29750 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29751 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29752
29753 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29754
29755 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29756 Not documented
29757
29758 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29759
29760 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29761 Not documented
29762
29763 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29764
29765 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29766 Not documented
29767
29768 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29769
29770 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29771
29772 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29773 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29774
29775 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29776
29777 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29778 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29779
29780 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29781
29782 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29783 Not documented
29784
29785 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29786
29787 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29788 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29789 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29790 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29791 forbidden in URL encoding.
29792
29793 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29794
29795 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29796 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29797 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29798 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29799 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29800 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29801
29802 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29803
29804 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29805 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29806 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29807 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29808
29809 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29810
29811 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29812 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29813 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29814
29815 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29816
29817 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29818 View the current document's URL.
29819 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29820 the minibuffer.
29821
29822 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29823
29824 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29825
29826 ;;;***
29827 \f
29828 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29829 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19562 42953))
29830 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29831
29832 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29833 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29834 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29835 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29836 to refrain from editing the file
29837 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29838 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29839 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29840 in any way you like.
29841
29842 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29843
29844 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29845 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29846 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29847 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29848 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29849
29850 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29851 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29852
29853 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29854
29855 ;;;***
29856 \f
29857 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29858 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29859 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19562 42953))
29860 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29861
29862 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29863 Not documented
29864
29865 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29866
29867 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29868 Not documented
29869
29870 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29871
29872 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29873 Not documented
29874
29875 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29876
29877 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29878 Not documented
29879
29880 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29881
29882 ;;;***
29883 \f
29884 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19619 52030))
29885 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29886
29887 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29888 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29889
29890 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29891
29892 ;;;***
29893 \f
29894 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29895 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29896 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
29897 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29898
29899 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29900 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29901 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29902 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29903
29904 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29905
29906 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29907 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29908 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29909
29910 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29911
29912 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29913 Uudecode region between START and END.
29914 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29915
29916 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29917
29918 ;;;***
29919 \f
29920 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29921 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29922 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29923 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29924 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff
29925 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29926 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (19640 47194))
29927 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29928
29929 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29930 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29931 See `run-hooks'.")
29932
29933 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29934
29935 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29936 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29937 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29938
29939 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29940
29941 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29942 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29943 See `run-hooks'.")
29944
29945 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29946
29947 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29948 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29949 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29950
29951 For locking systems:
29952 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29953 control.
29954 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29955 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29956 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29957 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29958 it performs a revert on that file.
29959 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29960 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29961 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29962 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29963 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29964 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29965 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29966
29967 For merging systems:
29968 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29969 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29970 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29971 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29972 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29973 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29974 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29975 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29976 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29977
29978 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29979
29980 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29981 Register into a version control system.
29982 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29983 Otherwise register the current file.
29984 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29985 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29986
29987 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29988 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29989 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29990 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29991 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29992 first backend that could register the file is used.
29993
29994 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29995
29996 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29997 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29998
29999 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30000
30001 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30002 Display diffs between file revisions.
30003 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30004 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30005 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30006
30007 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30008 saving the buffer.
30009
30010 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30011
30012 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30013 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30014 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30015 fileset with the working revision.
30016 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30017 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30018
30019 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30020 saving the buffer.
30021
30022 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30023
30024 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30025 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30026 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30027 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30028
30029 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30030
30031 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30032 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30033 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30034 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30035
30036 \(fn)" t nil)
30037
30038 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30039 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
30040 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
30041 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30042 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
30043 from the current branch.
30044
30045 See Info node `Merging'.
30046
30047 \(fn)" t nil)
30048
30049 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30050
30051 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30052 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30053 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30054 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30055 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30056 checked out in that new branch.
30057
30058 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30059
30060 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30061 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30062 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30063 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30064 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30065 allowed and simply skipped).
30066
30067 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30068
30069 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30070 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30071 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30072 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30073 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30074
30075 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30076 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30077
30078 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30079
30080 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30081 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30082 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30083 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30084 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30085
30086 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30087
30088 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30089 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30090 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30091
30092 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30093
30094 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30095 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30096 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30097
30098 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30099
30100 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30101 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30102 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30103 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30104
30105 \(fn)" t nil)
30106
30107 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30108 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30109 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30110 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30111
30112 \(fn)" t nil)
30113
30114 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30115
30116 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30117 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
30118 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
30119 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
30120 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
30121 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
30122
30123 \(fn)" t nil)
30124
30125 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30126 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30127 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30128 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30129 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30130 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30131 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30132
30133 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30134
30135 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30136 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30137 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30138 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30139 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30140 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30141 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30142 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30143 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30144
30145 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30146
30147 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30148 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30149
30150 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30151
30152 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30153 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30154
30155 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30156
30157 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30158 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30159 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30160 directory.
30161
30162 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30163
30164 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30165 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30166 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30167
30168 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30169 log entries should be gathered.
30170
30171 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30172
30173 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30174 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30175
30176 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30177
30178 ;;;***
30179 \f
30180 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30181 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
30182 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30183
30184 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30185 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30186
30187 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30188 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30189 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30190 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30191 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30192 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30193
30194 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30195 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30196 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30197 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30198 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30199 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30200 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30201 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30202
30203 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30204
30205 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30206
30207 Customization variables:
30208
30209 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30210 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30211 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30212 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30213
30214 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30215
30216 ;;;***
30217 \f
30218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (19598 13691))
30219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30220 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30221 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30222 (progn
30223 (load "vc-arch")
30224 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30225
30226 ;;;***
30227 \f
30228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (19598 13691))
30229 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30230
30231 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30232 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30233
30234 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30235 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30236 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30237 (progn
30238 (load "vc-bzr")
30239 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30240
30241 ;;;***
30242 \f
30243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (19640 47194))
30244 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30245 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30246 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30247 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30248 (load "vc-cvs")
30249 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30250
30251 ;;;***
30252 \f
30253 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (19598 13691))
30254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30255
30256 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30257 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30258 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30259 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30260 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30261
30262 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30263 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30264 The file lines appear later.
30265
30266 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30267 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30268
30269 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30270
30271 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30272
30273 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30274
30275 ;;;***
30276 \f
30277 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30278 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
30279 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30280
30281 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30282 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30283 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30284 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30285 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30286 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30287 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30288 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30289 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30290 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30291 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30292 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30293 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30294 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30295 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30296
30297 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30298
30299 ;;;***
30300 \f
30301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (19598 13691))
30302 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30303 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30304 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30305 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30306 (progn
30307 (load "vc-git")
30308 (vc-git-registered file))))
30309
30310 ;;;***
30311 \f
30312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19619 52030))
30313 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30314 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30315 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30316 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30317 (progn
30318 (load "vc-hg")
30319 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30320
30321 ;;;***
30322 \f
30323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hooks" "vc/vc-hooks.el" (19640 47194))
30324 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hooks.el
30325
30326 (put 'vc-mode 'risky-local-variable t)
30327
30328 ;;;***
30329 \f
30330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (19598 13691))
30331 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30332
30333 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30334
30335 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30336 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30337 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30338 (progn
30339 (load "vc-mtn")
30340 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30341
30342 ;;;***
30343 \f
30344 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30345 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
30346 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30347
30348 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30349 Where to look for RCS master files.
30350 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30351
30352 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30353
30354 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30355
30356 ;;;***
30357 \f
30358 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30359 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
30360 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30361
30362 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30363 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30364 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30365
30366 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30367 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30368
30369 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30370 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30371 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30372 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30373
30374 ;;;***
30375 \f
30376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (19640 47194))
30377 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30378 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30379 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30380 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30381 "_svn")
30382 (t ".svn"))))
30383 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30384 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30385 (file-name-directory f)))
30386 (load "vc-svn")
30387 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30388
30389 ;;;***
30390 \f
30391 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30392 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
30393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30394 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30395
30396 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30397 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30398
30399 Usage:
30400 ------
30401
30402 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30403 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30404 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30405 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30406
30407 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30408 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30409 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30410 completions.
30411
30412 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30413 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30414
30415 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30416 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30417
30418 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30419 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30420 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30421
30422 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30423
30424
30425 Maintenance:
30426 ------------
30427
30428 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30429 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30430
30431 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30432
30433 Official distribution is at
30434 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30435
30436
30437 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30438 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30439
30440 Key bindings:
30441 -------------
30442
30443 \\{vera-mode-map}
30444
30445 \(fn)" t nil)
30446
30447 ;;;***
30448 \f
30449 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30450 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
30451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30452
30453 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30454 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30455 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30456 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30457 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30458
30459 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30460
30461 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30462 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30463
30464 Supports highlighting.
30465
30466 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30467 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30468
30469 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30470
30471 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30472 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30473 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30474 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30475 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30476 on the left side of your screen.
30477 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30478 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30479 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30480 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30481 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30482 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30483 function keyword.
30484 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30485 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30486 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30487 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30488 if (a)
30489 begin
30490 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30491 Indentation for case statements.
30492 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30493 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30494 mark after an end.
30495 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30496 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30497 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30498 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30499 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30500 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30501 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30502 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30503 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30504 if (a)
30505 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30506 otherwise you get:
30507 if (a)
30508 begin
30509 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30510 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30511 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30512 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30513 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30514 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30515 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30516 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30517 comments in tight quarters.
30518 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30519 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30520
30521 Variables controlling other actions:
30522
30523 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30524 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30525 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30526
30527 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30528
30529 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30530
30531 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30532 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30533 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30534
30535 Some other functions are:
30536
30537 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30538 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30539 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30540 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30541 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30542
30543 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30544 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30545 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30546 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30547
30548 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30549 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30550 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30551 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30552 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30553 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30554 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30555 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30556 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30557 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30558 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30559 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30560 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30561 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30562 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30563 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30564 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30565 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30566 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30567 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30568 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30569 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30570 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30571 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30572 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30573 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30574 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30575 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30576
30577 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30578 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30579
30580 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30581
30582 \(fn)" t nil)
30583
30584 ;;;***
30585 \f
30586 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30587 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
30588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30589
30590 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30591 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30592
30593 Usage:
30594 ------
30595
30596 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30597 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30598 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30599 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30600 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30601 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30602 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30603 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30604 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30605
30606 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30607 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30608 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30609 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30610
30611 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30612 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30613 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30614 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30615 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30616
30617 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30618 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30619
30620
30621 HEADER INSERTION:
30622 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30623 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30624 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30625
30626
30627 STUTTERING:
30628 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30629 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30630 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30631 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30632
30633 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30634 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30635 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30636 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30637 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30638
30639
30640 WORD COMPLETION:
30641 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30642 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30643 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30644 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30645
30646 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30647 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30648 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30649 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30650 beginning with \"std\").
30651
30652 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30653 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30654 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30655 stop.
30656
30657
30658 COMMENTS:
30659 `--' puts a single comment.
30660 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30661 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30662 with a comment in between.
30663 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30664 out following lines.
30665 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30666 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30667
30668 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30669 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30670 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30671 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30672 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30673 non-nil.
30674
30675 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30676 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30677 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30678 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30679 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30680 multi-line comments.
30681
30682
30683 INDENTATION:
30684 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30685 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30686 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30687 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30688
30689 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30690 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30691 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30692 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30693
30694 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30695 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30696 and vice versa.
30697
30698 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30699 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30700
30701
30702 ALIGNMENT:
30703 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30704 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30705 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30706 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30707 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30708 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30709 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30710 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30711
30712 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30713 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30714 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30715 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30716 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30717 is non-nil.
30718
30719 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30720 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30721 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30722
30723 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30724 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30725
30726
30727 CODE FILLING:
30728 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30729 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30730 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30731 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30732 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30733 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30734
30735
30736 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30737 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30738 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30739 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30740 command:
30741
30742 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30743
30744
30745 PORT TRANSLATION:
30746 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30747 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30748 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30749 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30750 internal signal initializations (menu).
30751
30752 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30753 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30754 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30755
30756 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30757 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30758 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30759 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30760 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30761 in subsequent paste operations.)
30762
30763 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30764 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30765 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30766
30767
30768 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30769 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30770 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30771 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30772 association list with formals).
30773
30774
30775 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30776 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30777 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30778 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30779 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30780 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30781 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30782 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30783 `vhdl-testbench'.
30784
30785
30786 KEY BINDINGS:
30787 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30788
30789
30790 VHDL MENU:
30791 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30792
30793
30794 FILE BROWSER:
30795 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30796 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30797 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30798
30799 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30800 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30801
30802
30803 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30804 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30805 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30806 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30807
30808 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30809 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30810 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30811
30812 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30813 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30814 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30815 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30816
30817 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30818 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30819 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30820 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30821 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30822
30823 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30824 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30825 required by secondary units.
30826
30827
30828 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30829 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30830 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30831 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30832 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30833 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30834 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30835 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30836 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30837 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30838 inputs to this component -> input port created
30839 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30840 outputs from this component -> output port created
30841 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30842 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30843
30844 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30845 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30846 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30847 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30848 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30849
30850 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30851 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30852
30853 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30854 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30855 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30856 component instantiation is also supported (option
30857 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30858
30859 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30860 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30861 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30862 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30863 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30864 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30865 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30866 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30867 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30868 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30869 | generating the configuration.
30870 |
30871 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30872 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30873 | configurations in speedbar.
30874
30875 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30876
30877
30878 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30879 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30880 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30881 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30882 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30883 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30884 information. New compilers can be added.
30885
30886 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30887 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30888
30889
30890 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30891 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30892 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30893 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30894 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30895
30896 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30897 command:
30898
30899 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30900 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30901 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30902
30903 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30904 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30905 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30906 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30907 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30908 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30909 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30910
30911 Limitations:
30912 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30913 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30914 not (yet) supported.
30915 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30916 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30917 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30918
30919
30920 PROJECTS:
30921 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30922 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30923 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30924 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30925 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30926 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30927 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30928 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30929
30930 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30931 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30932 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30933 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30934 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30935 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30936 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30937 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30938 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30939 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30940 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30941
30942
30943 SPECIAL MENUES:
30944 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30945 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30946 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30947 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30948 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30949 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30950 current directory for VHDL source files.
30951
30952
30953 VHDL STANDARDS:
30954 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30955 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30956
30957
30958 KEYWORD CASE:
30959 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30960 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30961 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30962 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30963 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30964 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30965 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30966 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30967
30968
30969 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30970 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30971 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30972 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30973 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30974 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30975 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30976
30977 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30978 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30979 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30980 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30981 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30982 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30983
30984 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30985 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30986 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30987 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30988 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30989 visually.
30990
30991 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30992 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30993 highlighted if written in lower case.
30994
30995 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30996 highlighted using a different background color if option
30997 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30998
30999 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31000 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31001 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31002 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31003 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31004
31005
31006 USER MODELS:
31007 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31008 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31009 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31010
31011
31012 HIDE/SHOW:
31013 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31014 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31015 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31016 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31017 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31018
31019
31020 CODE UPDATING:
31021 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31022 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31023 Limitations:
31024 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31025 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31026 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31027 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31028 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31029 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31030 (used to obtain the port names).
31031
31032
31033 CODE FIXING:
31034 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31035 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31036
31037
31038 PRINTING:
31039 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31040 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31041 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31042 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31043 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31044 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31045 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31046 printers.
31047
31048
31049 OPTIONS:
31050 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31051 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31052 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31053 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31054 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31055
31056 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31057 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31058 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31059 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31060 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31061 INSTALL file).
31062
31063 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31064 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31065
31066
31067 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31068 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31069 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31070 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31071
31072 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31073
31074
31075 HINTS:
31076 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31077 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31078
31079 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31080
31081 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31082
31083 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31084
31085
31086 RELEASE NOTES:
31087 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31088
31089
31090 Maintenance:
31091 ------------
31092
31093 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31094 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31095
31096 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31097
31098 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31099 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31100 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31101 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31102
31103 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31104 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31105 where the latest version can be found.
31106
31107
31108 Known problems:
31109 ---------------
31110
31111 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31112 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31113 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31114
31115
31116 The VHDL Mode Authors
31117 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31118
31119 Key bindings:
31120 -------------
31121
31122 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31123
31124 \(fn)" t nil)
31125
31126 ;;;***
31127 \f
31128 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19562 42953))
31129 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31130
31131 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31132 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31133 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31134 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31135
31136 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31137 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31138 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31139 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31140 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31141
31142 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31143 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31144
31145 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31146
31147 * Limitations and unsupported features
31148 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31149 not supported.
31150 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31151 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31152
31153 * Modifications
31154 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31155 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31156 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31157 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31158 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31159 for undoing a repeated change command.
31160 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31161 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31162 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31163
31164 * Extensions
31165 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31166 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31167 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31168 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31169 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31170 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31171 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31172 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31173
31174 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31175
31176 \(fn)" t nil)
31177
31178 ;;;***
31179 \f
31180 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31181 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31182 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31183 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19562 42953))
31184 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31185
31186 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31187 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31188
31189 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31190
31191 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31192 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31193 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31194 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31195
31196 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31197
31198 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31199 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31200
31201 \(fn)" t nil)
31202
31203 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31204 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31205 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31206 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31207
31208 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31209
31210 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31211 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31212
31213 \(fn)" t nil)
31214
31215 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31216 Not documented
31217
31218 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31219
31220 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31221 Not documented
31222
31223 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31224
31225 ;;;***
31226 \f
31227 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31228 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31229 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31230 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31231 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19562 42953))
31232 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31233
31234 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31235 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31236 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31237
31238 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31239
31240 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31241 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31242 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31243 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31244
31245 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31246
31247 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31248 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31249
31250 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31251
31252 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31253 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31254 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31255 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31256 moving around in the buffer.
31257 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31258 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31259
31260 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31261
31262 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31263
31264 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31265 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31266 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31267 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31268
31269 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31270 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31271 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31272 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31273 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31274
31275 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31276
31277 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31278
31279 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31280 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31281 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31282 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31283 buffer.
31284
31285 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31286 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31287 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31288 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31289 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31290
31291 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31292
31293 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31294
31295 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31296 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31297 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31298 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31299 moving around in the buffer.
31300 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31301 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31302
31303 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31304
31305 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31306 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31307 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31308
31309 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31310 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31311 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31312 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31313
31314 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31315
31316 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31317 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31318 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31319 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31320 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31321 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31322 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31323 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31324
31325 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31326
31327 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31328 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31329 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31330
31331 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31332
31333 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31334 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31335 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31336 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31337 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31338 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31339 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31340 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31341
31342 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31343
31344 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31345 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31346 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31347
31348 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31349
31350 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31351 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31352 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31353 turn it off.
31354
31355 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31356 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31357 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31358 read-only.
31359 \\<view-mode-map>
31360 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31361 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31362 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31363 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31364 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31365
31366 H, h, ? This message.
31367 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31368 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31369 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31370 > move to the end of buffer.
31371 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31372 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31373 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31374 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31375 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31376 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31377 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31378 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31379 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31380 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31381 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31382 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31383 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31384 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31385 Use this to view a changing file.
31386 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31387 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31388 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31389 . set the mark.
31390 x exchanges point and mark.
31391 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31392 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31393 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31394 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31395 ' go to position saved in character register.
31396 s do forward incremental search.
31397 r do reverse incremental search.
31398 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31399 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31400 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31401 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31402 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31403 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31404 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31405 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31406 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31407 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31408 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31409 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31410 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31411 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31412 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31413 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31414 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31415
31416 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31417 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31418 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31419 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31420 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31421 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31422 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31423 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31424 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31425
31426 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31427
31428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31429
31430 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31431 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31432 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31433 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31434 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31435 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31436 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31437 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31438 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31439
31440 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31441
31442 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31443 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31444 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31445 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31446 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31447 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31448 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31449
31450 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31451 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31452 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31453 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31454 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31455 1) nil Do nothing.
31456 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31457 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31458 frame.
31459 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31460 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31461 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31462 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31463
31464 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31465
31466 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31467
31468 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31469
31470 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31471 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31472
31473 \(fn)" t nil)
31474
31475 ;;;***
31476 \f
31477 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19619
31478 ;;;;;; 52030))
31479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31480
31481 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31482 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31483
31484 \(fn)" nil nil)
31485
31486 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31487 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31488
31489 \(fn)" t nil)
31490
31491 ;;;***
31492 \f
31493 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31494 ;;;;;; (19598 13691))
31495 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31496
31497 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31498 Toggle Viper on/off.
31499 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31500
31501 \(fn)" t nil)
31502
31503 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31504 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31505
31506 \(fn)" t nil)
31507
31508 ;;;***
31509 \f
31510 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31511 ;;;;;; (19619 52030))
31512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31513
31514 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31515 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31516 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31517 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31518 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31519 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31520 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31521 the beginning of the warning.")
31522
31523 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31524 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31525 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31526 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31527 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31528 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31529 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31530 also call that function before the next warning.")
31531
31532 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31533 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31534
31535 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31536 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31537 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31538 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31539
31540 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31541 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31542 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31543 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31544 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31545 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31546
31547 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31548 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31549 Default is :warning.
31550
31551 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31552 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31553 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31554 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31555 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31556 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31557
31558 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31559 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31560 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31561
31562 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31563
31564 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31565 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31566
31567 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31568
31569 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31570 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31571 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31572 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31573
31574 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31575 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31576 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31577 can be whatever you like.)
31578
31579 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31580 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31581
31582 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31583 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31584 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31585 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31586 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31587
31588 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31589
31590 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31591 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31592 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31593 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31594 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31595
31596 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31597
31598 ;;;***
31599 \f
31600 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31601 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
31602 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31603
31604 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31605 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31606 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31607 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31608 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31609 in disk.
31610
31611 See `wdired-mode'.
31612
31613 \(fn)" t nil)
31614
31615 ;;;***
31616 \f
31617 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19562 42953))
31618 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31619
31620 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31621 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31622
31623 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31624 hotlist.
31625
31626 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31627 <nwv@acm.org>.
31628
31629 \(fn)" t nil)
31630
31631 ;;;***
31632 \f
31633 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31634 ;;;;;; (19562 42953))
31635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31636 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31637 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31638
31639 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31640
31641 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31642 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31643 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31644 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31645 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31646 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31647
31648 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31649
31650 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31651 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31652 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31653 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31654
31655 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31656 and off otherwise.
31657
31658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31659
31660 ;;;***
31661 \f
31662 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31663 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31664 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31665 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19598 13691))
31666 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31667
31668 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31669 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31670
31671 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31672 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31673 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31674
31675 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31676 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31677
31678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31679
31680 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31681 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31682
31683 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31684 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31685 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31686
31687 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31688 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31689 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31690 use `whitespace-mode'.
31691
31692 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31693
31694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31695
31696 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31697 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31698 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31700 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31701 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31702
31703 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31704
31705 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31706 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31707
31708 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31709 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31710 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31711
31712 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31713 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31714
31715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31716
31717 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31718 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31719 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31720 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31721 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31722 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31723
31724 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31725
31726 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31727 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31728
31729 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31730 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31731 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31732
31733 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31734 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31735 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31736 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31737
31738 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31739
31740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31741
31742 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31743 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31744
31745 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31746 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31747
31748 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31749 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31750
31751 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31752
31753 CHAR MEANING
31754 (VIA FACES)
31755 f toggle face visualization
31756 t toggle TAB visualization
31757 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31758 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31759 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31760 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31761 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31762 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31763 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31764 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31765 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31766 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31767 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31768 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31769 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31770 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31771 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31772
31773 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31774 T toggle TAB visualization
31775 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31776 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31777
31778 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31779 ? display brief help
31780
31781 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31782 The valid symbols are:
31783
31784 face toggle face visualization
31785 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31786 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31787 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31788 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31789 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31790 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31791 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31792 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31793 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31794 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31795 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31796 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31797 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31798 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31799 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31800 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31801
31802 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31803 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31804 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31805
31806 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31807
31808 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31809
31810 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31811
31812 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31813 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31814
31815 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31816 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31817
31818 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31819 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31820
31821 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31822
31823 CHAR MEANING
31824 (VIA FACES)
31825 f toggle face visualization
31826 t toggle TAB visualization
31827 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31828 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31829 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31830 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31831 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31832 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31833 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31834 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31835 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31836 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31837 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31838 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31839 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31840 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31841 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31842
31843 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31844 T toggle TAB visualization
31845 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31846 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31847
31848 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31849 ? display brief help
31850
31851 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31852 The valid symbols are:
31853
31854 face toggle face visualization
31855 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31856 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31857 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31858 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31859 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31860 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31861 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31862 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31863 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31864 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31865 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31866 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31867 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31868 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31869 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31870 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31871
31872 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31873 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31874 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31875
31876 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31877
31878 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31879
31880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31881
31882 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31883 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31884
31885 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31886 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31887 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31888 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31889 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31890
31891 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31892
31893 The problems cleaned up are:
31894
31895 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31896 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31897 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31898 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31899
31900 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31901 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31902 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31903 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31904 SPACEs.
31905 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31906 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31907 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31908 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31909
31910 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31911 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31912 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31913 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31914 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31915 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31916 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31917 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31918
31919 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31920 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31921 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31922
31923 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31924 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31925 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31926 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31927 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31928 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31929 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31930 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31931
31932 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31933 documentation.
31934
31935 \(fn)" t nil)
31936
31937 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31938 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31939
31940 The problems cleaned up are:
31941
31942 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31943 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31944 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31945 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31946 SPACEs.
31947 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31948 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31949 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31950 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31951
31952 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31953 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31954 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31955 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31956 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31957 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31958 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31959 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31960
31961 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31962 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31963 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31964
31965 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31966 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31967 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31968 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31969 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31970 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31971 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31972 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31973
31974 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31975 documentation.
31976
31977 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31978
31979 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31980 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31981
31982 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31983 non-nil.
31984
31985 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31986 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31987 `whitespace-style' to have:
31988
31989 empty
31990 trailing
31991 indentation
31992 space-before-tab
31993 space-after-tab
31994
31995 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31996 whitespace problems in buffer.
31997
31998 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31999
32000 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32001 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32002 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32003 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32004 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32005 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32006 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32007
32008 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32009 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32010 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32011 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32012 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32013 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32014 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32015
32016 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32017 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32018 cleaning up these problems.
32019
32020 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32021
32022 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32023 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32024
32025 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32026 non-nil.
32027
32028 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32029 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32030 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32031
32032 empty
32033 indentation
32034 space-before-tab
32035 trailing
32036 space-after-tab
32037
32038 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32039 whitespace problems in buffer.
32040
32041 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32042
32043 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32044 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32045 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32046 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32047 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32048 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32049 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32050
32051 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32052 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32053 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32054 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32055 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32056 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32057 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32058
32059 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32060 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32061 cleaning up these problems.
32062
32063 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32064
32065 ;;;***
32066 \f
32067 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32068 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19598 13691))
32069 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32070
32071 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32072 Browse the widget under point.
32073
32074 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32075
32076 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32077 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32078
32079 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32080
32081 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32082 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32083
32084 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32085
32086 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32087 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32088 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32089
32090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32091
32092 ;;;***
32093 \f
32094 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32095 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19640
32096 ;;;;;; 47194))
32097 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32098
32099 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32100 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32101
32102 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32103
32104 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32105 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32106 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32107
32108 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32109
32110 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32111 Create widget of TYPE.
32112 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32113
32114 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32115
32116 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32117 Delete WIDGET.
32118
32119 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32120
32121 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32122 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32123
32124 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32125
32126 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32127 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32128 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32129 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32130
32131 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32132 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32133
32134 \(fn)" nil nil)
32135
32136 ;;;***
32137 \f
32138 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32139 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19562
32140 ;;;;;; 42953))
32141 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32142
32143 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32144 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32145 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32146 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32147 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32148 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32149 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32150
32151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32152
32153 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32154 Select the window above the current one.
32155 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32156 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32157 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32158 negative ARG) of the current window.
32159 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32160
32161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32162
32163 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32164 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32165 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32166 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32167 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32168 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32169 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32170
32171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32172
32173 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32174 Select the window below the current one.
32175 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32176 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32177 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32178 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32179 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32180
32181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32182
32183 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32184 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32185 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32186 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32187
32188 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32189
32190 ;;;***
32191 \f
32192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "window" "window.el" (19619 52030))
32193 ;;; Generated autoloads from window.el
32194
32195 (put 'special-display-buffer-names 'risky-local-variable t)
32196
32197 ;;;***
32198 \f
32199 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32200 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
32201 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32202
32203 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32204 Toggle Winner mode.
32205 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32206 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32207
32208 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32209
32210 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32211 Toggle Winner mode.
32212 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32213
32214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32215
32216 ;;;***
32217 \f
32218 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32219 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (19619 52030))
32220 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32221
32222 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32223 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32224 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32225 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32226 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32227
32228 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32229
32230 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32231 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32232 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32233 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32234 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32235 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32236 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32237 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32238
32239 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32240 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32241
32242 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32243
32244 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32245 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32246
32247 \(fn)" t nil)
32248
32249 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32250 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32251 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32252 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32253 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32254 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32255 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32256 `woman' command for further details.
32257
32258 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32259
32260 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32261 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32262
32263 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32264
32265 ;;;***
32266 \f
32267 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32268 ;;;;;; (19640 47194))
32269 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32270
32271 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32272 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32273
32274 BUGS:
32275 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32276 are not implemented
32277 - Options for search and replace
32278 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32279 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32280
32281 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32282 Emacs-like.
32283
32284 The key bindings are:
32285
32286 C-a backward-word
32287 C-b fill-paragraph
32288 C-c scroll-up-line
32289 C-d forward-char
32290 C-e previous-line
32291 C-f forward-word
32292 C-g delete-char
32293 C-h backward-char
32294 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32295 C-j help-for-help
32296 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32297 C-l ws-repeat-search
32298 C-n open-line
32299 C-p quoted-insert
32300 C-r scroll-down-line
32301 C-s backward-char
32302 C-t kill-word
32303 C-u keyboard-quit
32304 C-v overwrite-mode
32305 C-w scroll-down
32306 C-x next-line
32307 C-y kill-complete-line
32308 C-z scroll-up
32309
32310 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32311 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32312 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32313 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32314 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32315 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32316 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32317 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32318 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32319 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32320 C-k b ws-begin-block
32321 C-k c ws-copy-block
32322 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32323 C-k f find-file
32324 C-k h ws-show-markers
32325 C-k i ws-indent-block
32326 C-k k ws-end-block
32327 C-k p ws-print-block
32328 C-k q kill-emacs
32329 C-k r insert-file
32330 C-k s save-some-buffers
32331 C-k t ws-mark-word
32332 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32333 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32334 C-k v ws-move-block
32335 C-k w ws-write-block
32336 C-k x kill-emacs
32337 C-k y ws-delete-block
32338
32339 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32340 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32341 C-o j justify-current-line
32342 C-o k kill-buffer
32343 C-o l list-buffers
32344 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32345 C-o r set-fill-column
32346 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32347 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32348 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32349 C-o wo other-window
32350 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32351
32352 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32353 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32354 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32355 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32356 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32357 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32358 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32359 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32360 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32361 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32362 C-q a ws-query-replace
32363 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32364 C-q c end-of-buffer
32365 C-q d end-of-line
32366 C-q f ws-search
32367 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32368 C-q l ws-undo
32369 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32370 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32371 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32372 C-q w ws-last-error
32373 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32374 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32375
32376 \(fn)" t nil)
32377
32378 ;;;***
32379 \f
32380 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19562 42953))
32381 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32382
32383 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32384 Perform an interactive search.
32385 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32386 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32387 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32388 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32389
32390 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32391 Example:
32392
32393 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32394
32395 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32396
32397 ;;;***
32398 \f
32399 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32400 ;;;;;; (19591 62571))
32401 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32402
32403 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32404 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32405 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32406 Returns the top node with all its children.
32407 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32408 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32409
32410 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32411
32412 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32413 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32414 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32415 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32416 is not well-formed XML.
32417 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32418 and returned as the first element of the list.
32419 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32420
32421 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32422
32423 ;;;***
32424 \f
32425 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32426 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19562 42953))
32427 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32428
32429 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32430 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32431 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32432 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32433 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32434 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32435 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32436 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32437 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32438 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32439
32440 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32441
32442 ;;;***
32443 \f
32444 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19562
32445 ;;;;;; 42953))
32446 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32447
32448 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32449 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32450 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32452 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32453 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32454
32455 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32456
32457 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32458 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32459 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32460 it off.
32461
32462 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32463 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32464 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32465 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32466 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32467 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32468
32469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32470
32471 ;;;***
32472 \f
32473 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32474 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19598 13691))
32475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32476
32477 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32478 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32479
32480 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32481
32482 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32483 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32484
32485 \(fn)" nil nil)
32486
32487 ;;;***
32488 \f
32489 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32490 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19562 42953))
32491 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32492
32493 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32494 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32495
32496 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32497
32498 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32499 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32500
32501 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32502
32503 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32504 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32505 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32506
32507 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32508
32509 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32510 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32511
32512 \(fn)" t nil)
32513
32514 ;;;***
32515 \f
32516 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19562 42953))
32517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32518
32519 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32520 Zone out, completely.
32521
32522 \(fn)" t nil)
32523
32524 ;;;***
32525 \f
32526 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "button.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-loaddefs.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-face.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-lexbind.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el" "font-lock.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/burmese.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "net/gnutls.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32701 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32702 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32703 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32704 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32705 ;;;;;; "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32706 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32707 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
32708 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32709 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el"
32710 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-sql.el"
32711 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
32712 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
32713 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32714 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32715 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32716 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
32717 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
32718 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32719 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32720 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32721 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32722 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32723 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32724 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32725 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32726 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32727 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32728 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32729 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32730 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "saveplace.el"
32731 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
32732 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32733 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32734 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32735 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32736 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32737 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "themes/tango-dark-theme.el"
32738 ;;;;;; "themes/tango-theme.el" "themes/wheatgrass-theme.el" "timezone.el"
32739 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32740 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32741 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32742 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32743 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32744 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32745 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el"
32746 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32747 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "x-dnd.el") (19640 50567 802767))
32748
32749 ;;;***
32750 \f
32751 (provide 'loaddefs)
32752 ;; Local Variables:
32753 ;; version-control: never
32754 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32755 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32756 ;; coding: utf-8
32757 ;; End:
32758 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here